#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.oo
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://qa.openoffice.org/issues/enter_bug.cgi?comment=&component=l10n&form_name=enter_issue&short_desc=Localization+issue+in+file%3A+helpcontent2%2Fsource%2Ftext%2Fswriter%2F01.oo&subcomponent=ui\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-28 10:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-24 09:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Cheng-Chia <pswo10680@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: zh_TW\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.1.6\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"

#: 05100000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Cell"
msgstr "儲存格"

#: 05100000.xhp#hd_id3150765.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"Cell\">Cell</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100000.xhp\" name=\"儲存格\">儲存格</link>"

#: 05100000.xhp#par_id3147567.2.help.text
msgid "This command is only available if you have selected a table in your document, or if the cursor is in a table cell."
msgstr "只有您在文件中選取了表格，或游標位於表格儲存格中時，此指令才可用。"

#: 04040000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
msgstr "插入內文標籤"

#: 04040000.xhp#bm_id4974211.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks;inserting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>書籤;插入</bookmark_value>"

#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Bookmark"
msgstr "插入內文標籤"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149806.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">Inserts a bookmark at the cursor position. You can then use the Navigator to quickly jump to the marked location at a later time.</ahelp> In an HTML document, bookmarks are converted to anchors that you can jump to from a hyperlink. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textmarkeein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBookmark\">在游標位置插入書籤。接著可於稍後使用助手快速跳換至標示的位置。</ahelp>在 HTML 文件中，書籤會轉換成您可以從超連結跳換至的標號。</variable>"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3153677.3.help.text
msgid "To jump to a specific bookmark, press F5 to open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>, click the plus sign (+) next to the<emph> Bookmark</emph> entry, and then double-click the bookmark."
msgstr "若要跳換到特定的內文標籤，請按 F5 鍵來開啟<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"助手\">助手</link>，按一下<emph>[內文標籤]</emph>條目旁的加號 (+)，然後在此內文標籤上按兩下。"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151308.4.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>You can also right-click the <emph>Page Number</emph> field at the left end of the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the document window, and then choose the bookmark that you want to jump to.</defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"></caseinline><defaultinline>您也可以在文件視窗底部<emph>[狀態列]</emph>左端的<emph>[頁碼]</emph>欄位上按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後選擇要跳換到的內文標籤。</defaultinline></switchinline>"

#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3154188.5.help.text"
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr "內文標籤"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3155178.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">Type the name of the bookmark that you want to create. The lower list contains all of the bookmarks in the current document. To delete a bookmark, select it in the list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:CB_BOOKMARK\">鍵入要建立的內文標籤之名稱。下方的清單中包含目前文件中的所有內文標籤。若要刪除內文標籤，請在清單中選取它，然後按一下<emph>[刪除]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3149483.13.help.text
msgid "You cannot use the following characters in a bookmark name: / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"
msgstr "您無法在內文標籤名稱中使用下列字元： / \\ @ : * ? \" ; , . #"

#: 04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text
msgctxt "04040000.xhp#hd_id3149817.11.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 04040000.xhp#par_id3151251.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark from the <emph>Insert Bookmark</emph> dialog and click the <emph>Delete</emph> button. No confirmation dialog will follow.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_BOOKMARK:BT_DELETE\">若要刪除一個內文標籤，請從 <emph>[插入內文標籤]</emph> 對話方塊選取內文標籤，然後按一下 <emph>[刪除]</emph> 按鈕。將不會出現任何確認對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04230000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04230000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Footer"
msgstr "頁尾"

#: 04230000.xhp#hd_id3147403.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"Footer\">Footer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04230000.xhp\" name=\"頁尾\">頁尾</link>"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3149353.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">Adds or removes a footer from the page style that you select in the submenu. The footer is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageFooter\">在子功能表內選取的頁面樣式中加入或移除頁尾。註腳會新增到使用相同頁面樣式的所有頁面中。</ahelp>在新文件中，僅列出「預設」頁面樣式。其他頁面樣式會在文件中套用後加入到清單中。"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id7026276.help.text
msgid "The footers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
msgstr "只有在列印版面配置 (啟用 <emph>[檢視] - [列印版面配置]</emph>) 中檢視文件時，才看得到頁尾。"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150018.3.help.text
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have footers."
msgstr "在具有頁尾的頁面樣式前顯示有核取標記。"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text
msgid "To remove a footer, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style containing the footer. The footer is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
msgstr "若要移除頁尾，請選擇 <emph>[插入] - [頁尾]</emph>，然後選取包含該頁尾的頁面樣式。頁尾會從使用此頁面樣式的所有頁面中移除。"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3153923.5.help.text
msgid "To add or remove footers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Footer - All</emph>."
msgstr "若要在文件中使用的所有頁面樣式內加入或移除頁尾，請選擇<emph>[插入] - [頁尾] - [全部]</emph>。"

#: 04230000.xhp#par_id3151187.6.help.text
msgid "To format a footer, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Footer\"><emph>Format - Page - Footer</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要格式化頁尾，請選擇<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [頁] - [頁尾]\"><emph>[格式] - [頁] - [頁尾]</emph></link>。"

#: 04010000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
msgstr "插入手動分隔符"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Manual Break"
msgstr "插入手動換行符"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3147176.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">Inserts a manual line break, column break or a page break at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"umbruch\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertBreak\">在目前的游標位置插入手動分隔符、換欄或分頁。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151176.4.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145420.5.help.text
msgid "Select the type of break that you want to insert."
msgstr "選取您所要插入分隔符的類型。"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3154097.6.help.text
msgid "Line Break"
msgstr "換行"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149805.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">Ends the current line, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the next line, without creating a new paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_LINE\">結束目前行，並將游標右側的文字移至下一行，而不建立新的段落。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149685.8.help.text
msgid "You can also insert a line break by pressing Shift+Enter."
msgstr "您也可以按 SHIFT+ENTER 組合鍵來插入換行。"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3148566.9.help.text
msgid "Column Break"
msgstr "換欄"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155182.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"column\">column</link>. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_COL\">插入手動換欄 (在多欄版式中)，並將游標右側的文字移至下一<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"欄\">欄</link>的起始處。手動換欄由新欄頂端的非列印邊框來指示。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149487.11.help.text
msgid "Page Break"
msgstr "分頁"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3149102.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_BREAK:RB_PAGE\">插入手動分頁，並將游標右側的文字移至下頁的起始處。插入的分頁由新頁頂端的非列印邊框來指示。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3145758.13.help.text
msgid "You can also insert a page break by pressing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter. However, if you want to assign the following page a different Page Style, you must use the menu command to insert the manual page break."
msgstr "您也可以按<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">指令 </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter 組合鍵來插入分頁。但是，如果您要為後一頁指定不同的頁面樣式，就必須使用功能表指令來插入手動分頁。"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3149175.14.help.text
msgid "Style"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3156275.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_BREAK:LB_COLL\">為緊隨手動分頁後的頁面選取頁面樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3145782.16.help.text
msgid "Change page number"
msgstr "變更頁碼"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3155917.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">Assigns the page number that you specify to the page that follows the manual page break. This option is only available if you assign a different page style to the page that follows manual page break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_BREAK:CB_PAGENUM\">將您指定的頁碼指定給緊隨手動分頁後的頁面。只有在您為緊隨手動分頁後的頁面指定不同的頁面樣式時，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text
msgctxt "04010000.xhp#hd_id3151384.20.help.text"
msgid "Page number"
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150700.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_BREAK:ED_PAGENUM\">為緊隨手動分頁後的頁面輸入新頁碼。</ahelp>"

#: 04010000.xhp#par_id3150554.18.help.text
msgid "To display manual breaks, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"View - Nonprinting Characters\"><emph>View - Nonprinting Characters</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要顯示手動分隔符，請選擇<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"[檢視] - [非列印字元]\"><emph>[檢視] - [非列印字元]</emph></link>。"

#: 01150000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr "合併列印"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150757.1.help.text"
msgid "Mail Merge"
msgstr "合併列印"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3151187.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog, which helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"serienbrieftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeDialog\">開啟 <emph>[合併列印]</emph> 對話方塊，可幫助您列印和儲存表單信函。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154102.4.help.text
msgid "During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr "列印時，資料庫資訊才會插入在「資料庫」欄位指令 (萬用字元) 的位置上。用來插入「資料庫」欄位指令的資訊可以在「插入」-「欄位指令」-「其他」下的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"「資料庫」\">「資料庫」</link>選項標籤中取得。"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8186895.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select a database and table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取資料庫和表格。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3101901.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下以建立一個包含所有資料條目的大型文件。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5345011.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click to create one document for every one data record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下以為每個資料條目建立一個文件。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id5631580.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">從資料庫中包含的資料產生每個檔案名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id8992889.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select the file format.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取檔案格式。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3154482.5.help.text
msgid "Records"
msgstr "資料條目"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3154565.6.help.text
msgid "Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record."
msgstr "確定要列印為表單信函的資料條目數。每個資料條目將會列印出一封信函。"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3155896.7.help.text"
msgid "All"
msgstr "全部"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149691.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_ALL\">處理資料庫的所有資料項目。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3155186.9.help.text
msgid "Selected records"
msgstr "選取的資料條目"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149483.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_MARKED\">僅處理資料庫中已標記的資料項目。僅當您先前已標記了資料庫中所需的資料項目時，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3149819.23.help.text"
msgid "From"
msgstr "寄件者"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149104.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">Specifies which records to include in your form letter.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FROM\">指定表單信函中要包含的記錄。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151260.11.help.text
msgid "From:"
msgstr "寄件者："

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149034.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">Specifies the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_FROM\">指定要列印的第一個記錄的編號。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3153631.25.help.text
msgid "To:"
msgstr "收件者："

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3145758.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">Specifies the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_MAILMERGE:NF_TO\">指定要列印的最後一個記錄的編號。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3152772.13.help.text
msgid "Output"
msgstr "匯出"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155138.14.help.text
msgid "Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file."
msgstr "確定是將表單信函傳送至印表機，還是將其儲存至檔案。"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150485.15.help.text"
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "印表機"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149167.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">Prints the form letters.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_PRINTER\">列印表單信函。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3145773.39.help.text"
msgid "File"
msgstr "檔案"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155910.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:RB_FILE\">儲存檔案中的表單信函。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3151371.35.help.text
msgid "Single print jobs"
msgstr "產生單項列印作業"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3155858.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">Prints each form letter individually with the selected printer.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:CB_SINGLE_JOBS\">用選取的印表機分別列印每封表單信函。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150111.41.help.text"
msgid "Path"
msgstr "路徑"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150687.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_PATH\">指定儲存表單信函的路徑。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3147412.43.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149553.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_MAILMERGE:PB_PATH\">開啟<emph>[選擇路徑]</emph>對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3145263.49.help.text
msgid "Generate file name from"
msgstr "產生檔案名稱自"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3150547.50.help.text
msgid "Specifies how the file name is generated."
msgstr "指定產生檔案名稱的方式。"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text
msgctxt "01150000.xhp#hd_id3150561.45.help.text"
msgid "Database field"
msgstr "資料庫欄位"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3149829.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">Uses the content of the selected data field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MAILMERGE:LB_COLUMN\">使用所選資料欄位的內容作為表單信函的檔案名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 01150000.xhp#hd_id3149848.47.help.text
msgid "Manual setting"
msgstr "手動設定"

#: 01150000.xhp#par_id3153289.48.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">Creates the file name based on the text you enter, followed by a serial number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_MAILMERGE:ED_FILENAME\">基於輸入的文字建立檔案名稱，並在後面加上一個序號。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Convert Text to Table"
msgstr "將文字轉換為表格"

#: 06090000.xhp#bm_id3147402.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>converting; text, into tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text; converting to tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; converting to text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>轉換; 文字, 轉換為表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文字; 轉換為表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 轉換為文字</bookmark_value>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"Convert Text to Table\">Convert Text to Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp\" name=\"轉換文字到表格\">轉換文字到表格</link>"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3145829.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">Converts the selected text into a table, or the selected table into text.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"texttab\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ConvertTableText\">將所選文字轉換成表格，或將所選表格轉換成文字。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150015.15.help.text
msgid "The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion."
msgstr "此對話方塊中的選項是否可用取決於轉換的類型。"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3145247.3.help.text
msgid "Separate text at"
msgstr "內文的分隔符"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3148388.4.help.text
msgid "A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph."
msgstr "分隔符，例如定位鍵，在所選文字中標記欄邊界。選擇中的每個段落都會轉換成表格中的列。類似地，當您將表格轉換成文字時，欄標記會變更成指定字元，而每列都會轉換成單獨的段落。"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150936.6.help.text"
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "定位鍵"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3149027.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_TAB\">使用定位鍵作為欄標記，將文字轉換成表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147171.10.help.text
msgid "Semicolons"
msgstr "分號"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147565.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_SEMI\">使用分號 (;) 作為欄標記，將文字轉換成表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3151273.12.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr "段落"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154645.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_PARA\">使用段落作為欄標記，將文字轉換成表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151184.16.help.text
msgid "Other:"
msgstr "其他："

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150256.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:RB_OTHER\">使用您在方塊中輸入的字元作為欄標記，將文字轉換成表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149295.20.help.text
msgid "Text box"
msgstr "文字欄位"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3151175.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:ED_OTHER\">輸入您要用作欄標記的字元。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3147508.18.help.text
msgid "Equal width for all columns"
msgstr "所有欄寬度相同"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154278.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_KEEPCOLUMN\">建立等寬的欄，不考量欄標記的位置。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150703.14.help.text"
msgid "AutoFormat"
msgstr "自動格式"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id31542781.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <emph>[自動格式]</emph> 對話方塊，您可於此處選取表格預先定義的版面配置。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154097.22.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3149802.23.help.text"
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "標題"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3153535.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">格式化新表格的第一列作為標題。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3150359.24.help.text"
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr "重複標題"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3150973.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">在表格延續的每一頁中重複此表格標題。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id5971251.help.text"
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr "前 ... 列"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id4136478.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">重複前 n 列為頁首。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3151315.25.help.text
msgid "Don't split table"
msgstr "不分開表格"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3147530.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">不跨頁分割表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text
msgctxt "06090000.xhp#hd_id3154472.26.help.text"
msgid "Border"
msgstr "邊框"

#: 06090000.xhp#par_id3154570.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CONV_TEXT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">為表格和表格儲存格增加邊框。</ahelp>"

#: 05150200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05150200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "套用"

#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id5028839.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic heading formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自動標題格式</bookmark_value>"

#: 05150200.xhp#bm_id.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;headings</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>headings;automatic</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>separator lines;AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自動校正功能; 標題</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>標題; 自動</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>分隔線; 自動校正功能</bookmark_value>"

#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Apply\">Apply</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"使用\">使用</link>"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3149871.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatApply\">根據您在 <emph>[工具] - [自動校正</emph><emph>選項]</emph> 下所設定的選項，自動格式化檔案。</ahelp>"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147404.15.help.text
msgid "When you apply automatic formats, the following rules apply:"
msgstr "當您採用自動格式時，採用下列規則："

#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
msgid "AutoCorrect for Headings"
msgstr "自動校正標題"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154505.4.help.text
msgid "A paragraph is formatted as a heading when the following conditions are met:"
msgstr "符合下列條件時，段落會作為標頭格式化；"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3145241.19.help.text
msgid "paragraph begins with a capital letter"
msgstr "段落以大寫字母開頭。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3148386.20.help.text
msgid "paragraph does not end with a punctuation mark"
msgstr "段落不以標點標記結束。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150564.21.help.text
msgid "empty paragraph above and below the paragraph"
msgstr "段落上下為空段落。"

#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3149030.8.help.text
msgid "AutoCorrect for Bullets / Numbering"
msgstr "自動校正項目符號/編號"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3156316.9.help.text
msgid "To create a bulleted list, type a hyphen (-), star (*), or plus sign (+), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph."
msgstr "若要建立已項目編號的清單，請在段落的起始處鍵入連字符 (-)、星號 (*) 或加號 (+)，再鍵入空格或定位鍵。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150763.18.help.text
msgid "To create a numbered list, type a number followed by a period (.), followed by a space or tab at the beginning of a paragraph. "
msgstr "若要建立編號清單，請在段落的起始處鍵入其後跟有句號 (.) 的號碼，再鍵入空格或定位鍵。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3147507.16.help.text
msgid "Automatic numbering is only applied to paragraphs formatted with the <emph>Standard</emph>, <emph>Text body</emph> or <emph>Text body indent</emph> paragraph styles."
msgstr "自動編號僅適用於使用 <emph>[標準]</emph>、<emph>[內文]</emph> 或 <emph>[內文縮排]</emph> 等段落樣式格式化的段落。"

#: 05150200.xhp#hd_id3152941.10.help.text
msgid "AutoCorrect for Separator Lines"
msgstr "自動校正分隔線"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154105.11.help.text
msgid "If you type three or more hyphens (---), underscores (___) or equal signs (===) on line and then press Enter, the paragraph is replaced by a horizontal line as wide as the page. The line is actually the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"lower border\">lower border</link> of the preceding paragraph. The following rules apply:"
msgstr "如果您在一行上輸入三個或更多個連字符 (---)、底線 (___) 或等號 (===)，然後按一下 ENTER 鍵，則此段落會由一條與頁面等寬的水平線條代替。此線條實際上是前一個段落的<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"下邊框\">下邊框</link>。採用下列規則："

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3153530.12.help.text
msgid "Three hyphens (-) yield a single line (0.05 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr "三個連字符 (-) 產出一條單線條 (寬度 0.05 pt，間隔 0.75 mm)。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3154477.13.help.text
msgid "Three underscore (_) yield a single line (1 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr "三條底線 (_) 產出一條單線條 (寬度 1 pt，間隔 0.75 mm)。"

#: 05150200.xhp#par_id3150982.14.help.text
msgid "Three equal signs (=) yield a double line (1.10 pt thick, gap 0.75 mm)."
msgstr "三個等號 (=) 產出雙線條 (寬度 1.10 pt，間隔 0.75 mm)。"

#: 04120200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
msgstr "插入索引/表格"

#: 04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#hd_id3151312.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Index/Table"
msgstr "插入目錄"

#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154476.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Inserts an index or a table of contents at the current cursor position.</ahelp> To edit an index or table of contents, place the cursor in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnisse\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertMultiIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">在目前游標所在位置插入索引或目錄。</ahelp> 若要編輯索引或目錄，請將游標置於索引或目錄中，然後選擇 <emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [索引與表格]</emph>。</variable>"

#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3154575.3.help.text
msgid "You can also preview the index or table in this dialog."
msgstr "您也可以在此對話方塊中預覽索引或表格。"

#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3155905.4.help.text
msgid "Depending on the type of index or table that you select, the following tabs are present."
msgstr "依據您所選索引或表格的類型，會展示以下標籤。"

#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149481.5.help.text
msgid "Use this tab to specify the column layout for the index or table of contents. By default, the index title is one-column wide and extends out from left page margin."
msgstr "使用此標籤來指定索引或目錄的欄版式。依預設，索引標題有一欄寬，並從左頁面邊距向外延伸。"

#: 04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text
msgctxt "04120200.xhp#par_id3149095.6.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"使用目錄和索引\">使用目錄和索引</link>"

#: 05110000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Row"
msgstr "列"

#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"Row\">Row</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110000.xhp\" name=\"列\">列</link>"

#: 05110000.xhp#par_id3154652.2.help.text
msgid "Set the height of rows, or select, insert, and delete rows."
msgstr "設定列的高度，或選取、插入和刪除列。"

#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3083451.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"Height\">Height</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110100.xhp\" name=\"高度\">高度</link>"

#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149349.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal Height\">Optimal Height</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"最適高度\">最適高度</link>"

#: 05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text
msgctxt "05110000.xhp#hd_id3149883.4.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"插入\">插入</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Index/Table"
msgstr "索引/表格"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3150933.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3148390.2.help.text
msgid "Use this tab to specify and define the type of  <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> that you want to insert. You can also create custom indexes."
msgstr "使用此標籤指定並定義要插入的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型。您也可建立自訂索引。"

#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3153921.3.help.text
msgid "Depending on the type of index that you select, this tab contains the following options."
msgstr "依據您選取的索引類型，此標籤包含下列選項。"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3147175.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"內容目錄\">內容目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151183.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"索引目錄\">索引目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3154645.6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"插圖目錄\">插圖目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3151265.7.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"表格目錄\">表格目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3153152.8.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"使用者自訂\">使用者自訂</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3149759.9.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"物件目錄\">物件目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#hd_id3145410.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"文獻目錄\">文獻目錄</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text
msgctxt "04120210.xhp#par_id3154278.11.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"使用目錄和索引\">使用目錄和索引</link>"

#: 04120210.xhp#par_id3152942.12.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\">Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]\">[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]</link>"

#: 05090300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Text Flow"
msgstr "換行和分頁"

#: 05090300.xhp#bm_id3154558.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;text flow around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text flow;around text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns; breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>row breaks in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; allowing page breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page breaks; tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables;row breaks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格;環繞文字表格的換行和分頁</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>換行和分頁;環繞文字表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>欄; 文字表格中的分隔符</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>文字表格中的換行</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 允許分頁</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>分頁; 表格</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>分割表格;換行</bookmark_value>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154558.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"換行和分頁\">換行和分頁</link>"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3145245.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">Set the text flow options for the text before and after the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TABLE_TEXTFLOW\">設定用於表格前後文字的換行和分頁選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3153920.3.help.text"
msgid "Text flow"
msgstr "換行和分頁"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3153720.4.help.text
msgid "Break"
msgstr "換行"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3154643.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGEBREAK\">選取此核取方塊，然後選取您要與此表格相關聯的分隔符類型。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3151183.6.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149286.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKPAGE\">在此表格前後插入分頁符。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3150981.8.help.text"
msgid "Column"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3151310.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_BREAKCOLUMN\">在多欄頁面上的表格前或後插入換欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3155898.10.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149695.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKBEFORE\">在此表格前插入分頁或換欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3159189.12.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3155179.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:RB_PAGEBREAKAFTER\">在此表格後插入分頁或換欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149490.14.help.text"
msgid "With Page Style"
msgstr "使用頁面樣式"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_PAGECOLL\">將您指定的頁面樣式套用至緊隨分頁的第一頁上。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3154839.16.help.text"
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149098.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_PAGECOLL\">選取您要套用至緊隨分頁的第一頁上的頁面樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149819.18.help.text"
msgid "Page number"
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3148978.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_PAGENUM\">輸入緊隨分頁的第一頁之頁碼。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3147100.33.help.text
msgid "Allow table to split across pages and columns"
msgstr "允許表格跨頁和跨欄分割"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153629.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT\">允許在表格的列之間分頁或換欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108D6.help.text
msgid "Allow row to break across pages and columns"
msgstr "允許跨頁與跨欄分列"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN108DA.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:TriStateBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_SPLIT_ROW\">允許在表格列的內部分頁或換欄。</ahelp> 如果已選取 <emph>[重複標題]</emph> 選項，則此選項將不會套用至表格中的第一列。"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3149034.35.help.text"
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
msgstr "與下列段落結合"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3147577.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_KEEP\">插入分頁符時，保持此表格與後續段落連在一起。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#hd_id3152772.19.help.text"
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr "重複標題"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3153350.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:CB_HEADLINE\">當此表格延續一頁以上時，在新頁上重複使用此表格標題。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text
msgctxt "05090300.xhp#par_idN1091C.help.text"
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr "前 ... 列"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10920.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">輸入標題中包括的列數。</ahelp>"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10940.help.text
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "文字方向"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10944.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTDIRECTION\">Select the direction for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can also use a combination of the following %PRODUCTNAME formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_TEXTDIRECTION\">選取儲存格文字的方向。</ahelp> 您也可以使用下列 %PRODUCTNAME 格式選項的組合來指定表格儲存格文字的方向："

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10964.help.text
msgid "horizontal text"
msgstr "水平文字"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10968.help.text
msgid "vertical text"
msgstr "垂直文字"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN1096C.help.text
msgid "right-to-left (vertical) direction"
msgstr "由右至左 (垂直) 的方向"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_idN10970.help.text
msgid "left-to-right direction."
msgstr "由左至右的方向。"

#: 05090300.xhp#hd_id3151028.23.help.text
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "垂直對齊"

#: 05090300.xhp#par_id3149164.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:ListBox:TP_TABLE_TEXTFLOW:LB_VERTORIENT\">指定用於此表格中儲存格的垂直方向文字對齊。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "E-Mail Message"
msgstr "電子郵件訊息"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
msgid "E-Mail Message"
msgstr "電子郵件訊息"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
msgid "Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">e-mail</link> attachments."
msgstr "為您作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">電子郵件</link>附件傳送的檔案輸入訊息和問候語行。"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10554.help.text
msgid "This e-mail should contain a salutation"
msgstr "此電子郵件應包含一個稱謂"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation to the e-mail.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在電子郵件中增加問候語行。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text"
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
msgstr "插入個人化的稱謂"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">增加個人化的問候語行。若要使用預設的問候語行，請清除此核取方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10562.help.text"
msgid "Female"
msgstr "女性"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取女性收件者的個人化問候語。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟女性收件者的 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">[自訂問候語行]</link> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
msgid "Male"
msgstr "男性"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取男性收件者的個人化問候語。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟男性收件者的 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">[自訂問候語行]</link> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text"
msgid "Field name"
msgstr "欄位名稱"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取包含性別資訊之地址資料庫欄位的欄位名稱。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A1.help.text"
msgid "Field value"
msgstr "欄位值"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A5.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取表示收件者性別的欄位值。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text
msgctxt "mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105A8.help.text"
msgid "General salutation"
msgstr "一般稱謂"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取無法建立個人化問候語行時要使用的預設問候語。</ahelp>"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text
msgid "Write your message here"
msgstr "在這裡撰寫訊息"

#: mm_emabod.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the main text of the e-mail.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入電子郵件的主體文字。</ahelp>"

#: 04220000.xhp#tit.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04220000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Header"
msgstr "標題"

#: 04220000.xhp#hd_id3146320.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"Header\">Header</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04220000.xhp\" name=\"頁首\">頁首</link>"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">Adds or removes a header from the page style that you select in the submenu. The header is added to all of the pages that use the same page style.</ahelp> In a new document, only the \"Default\" page style is listed. Other page styles are added to the list after you apply them in the document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertPageHeader\">在子功能表內選取的頁面樣式中加入或移除頁首。頁首會新增到使用相同頁面樣式的所有頁面中。</ahelp>在新文件中，僅列出「預設」頁面樣式。其他頁面樣式會在文件中採用後加入到清單中。"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id2326425.help.text
msgid "The headers are visible only when you view the document in print layout (enable <emph>View - Print Layout</emph>)."
msgstr "只有在列印版面配置 (啟用 <emph>[檢視] - [列印版面配置]</emph>) 中檢視文件時，才看得到頁首。"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150570.3.help.text
msgid "A check mark is displayed in front of the page styles that have headers."
msgstr "在具有頁首的頁面樣式前顯示有核取標記。"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3153921.4.help.text
msgid "To remove a header, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style containing the header. The header is removed from all of the pages that use this page style."
msgstr "若要移除頁首，請選擇 <emph>[插入] - [頁首]</emph>，然後選取包含此頁首的頁面樣式。頁首會從使用此頁面樣式的所有頁面中移除。"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3150761.5.help.text
msgid "To add or remove headers from all of the page styles that are in use in the document, choose <emph>Insert - Header - All</emph>."
msgstr "若要在文件中使用的所有頁面樣式中加入或移除頁首，請選擇<emph>[插入] - [頁首] - [全部]</emph>。"

#: 04220000.xhp#par_id3156410.6.help.text
msgid "To format a header, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Header\"><emph>Format - Page - Header</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要格式化頁首，請選擇<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040300.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [頁] - [頁首]\"><emph>[格式] - [頁] - [頁首]</emph></link>。"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "New Address List"
msgstr "新的地址清單"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
msgid "New Address List"
msgstr "新的地址清單"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
msgid "Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents. When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list."
msgstr "輸入新地址或編輯<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">合併列印</link>文件的地址。當您按一下 <emph>[確定]</emph> 時，會出現一對話方塊提示您輸入用來儲存地址清單的位置。"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text
msgid "Address Information"
msgstr "地址資訊"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入或編輯每位合併列印收件者的欄位內容。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text
msgid "Show Entry Number"
msgstr "檢視項目編號"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">按一下這些按鈕可瀏覽記錄，輸入記錄編號則可顯示記錄。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在地址清單中增加一筆空白記錄。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">刪除所選的記錄。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
msgid "Find"
msgstr "尋找"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp\">[尋找輸入項目]</link> 對話方塊。當您編輯輸入項目時，可讓該對話方塊保持開啟。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
msgid "Customize"
msgstr "自訂"

#: mm_newaddlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp\">[自訂地址清單]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中重新排列、重新命名、增加和刪除欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 01160500.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
msgstr "HTML 文件的名稱和路徑"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3147171.1.help.text"
msgid "Name and Path of HTML Documents"
msgstr "HTML 文件的名稱和路徑"

#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3151175.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">Saves the file as an HTML document, so that you can view it in a web browser. You can choose to create a separate page when a heading style that you specify is encountered in the document.</ahelp> If you choose this option, a separate page of links to all of the pages that are generated is also created. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"htmltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:NewHtmlDoc\">將檔案儲存為 HTML 文件，以便您在 Web 瀏覽器中檢視。在文件中遇到您指定的標題樣式時，可以選擇建立獨立頁面。</ahelp>若選擇此選項，則會建立一個獨立頁面，其中包含進入所有已產生頁面的連結。 </variable>"

#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149801.3.help.text
msgid "Consecutive numbers are added to the file name if more than one HTML document is created. The titles of the HTML pages are created from the topmost chapter heading."
msgstr "如果建立了一個以上的 HTML 文件，則將連續數字加入檔案名稱中。HTML 頁面的標題從最頂端的章節標頭建立。"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3154568.6.help.text
msgid "Display area"
msgstr "顯示範圍"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text
msgctxt "01160500.xhp#hd_id3153668.7.help.text"
msgid "File name"
msgstr "檔案名稱"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155892.4.help.text
msgid "Current Style"
msgstr "目前樣式"

#: 01160500.xhp#par_id3149688.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the heading paragraph style that you want to use to indicate a new HTML page.</ahelp> To use this option, apply one of the heading paragraph styles to the paragraphs where you want to start a new page in the document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SEND_HTML_CTRL_LISTBOX_TEMPLATE\">選取要用於指示新 HTML 頁的標題段落樣式。</ahelp> 若要使用此選項，可對文件中新頁起始處的段落套用其中一種標題段落樣式。"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3155187.8.help.text
msgid "File type"
msgstr "檔案類型"

#: 01160500.xhp#hd_id3143277.9.help.text
msgid "Save"
msgstr "儲存"

#: 05090100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Table"
msgstr "表格"

#: 05090100.xhp#bm_id3154762.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; positioning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 定位</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>表格; 插入文字於前</bookmark_value>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"Table\">Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp\" name=\"工作格\">工作格</link>"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3146322.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">Specify the size, position, spacing, and alignment options for the selected table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_TABLE\">指定所選表格的大小、位置、間隔和對齊等選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154560.3.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "屬性"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149881.5.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">輸入表格的內部名稱。您可以使用此名稱在瀏覽中快速地找到該表格。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150567.7.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149026.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_WIDTH\">輸入表格的寬度。</ahelp>僅當未選取<emph>[對齊]</emph>區域中的<emph>[自動]</emph>選項時，此核取方塊才可用。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3154644.9.help.text"
msgid "Relative"
msgstr "相對"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3151183.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:CB_REL_WIDTH\">按頁面寬度的百分比形式顯示表格的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3151168.13.help.text"
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "對齊"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145412.14.help.text
msgid "Set the alignment options for the selected table."
msgstr "設定用於所選表格的對齊選項。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147511.15.help.text"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自動"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154108.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FULL\">將表格水平延伸至頁面的左右邊距。</ahelp> 我們建議這樣設定 HTML 文件中的表格。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149807.17.help.text"
msgid "Left"
msgstr "向左"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153540.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_LEFT\">將表格的左邊緣與頁面左邊距對齊。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3151311.36.help.text
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "從左"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3153672.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FROM_LEFT\">將表格的左邊緣與您在<emph>[間隔]</emph>區域的<emph>[向左]</emph>方塊中輸入的縮排對齊。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3150982.19.help.text"
msgid "Right"
msgstr "向右"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154567.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_RIGHT\">將表格的右邊緣與頁面右邊距對齊。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155899.21.help.text
msgid "Centered"
msgstr "置中"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3149696.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_CENTER\">在頁面上水平置中表格。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3159188.23.help.text
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "手動"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3155180.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"column widths\">column widths</link>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:RB_FREE\">依您在 <emph>[間隔]</emph> 區域的 <emph>[左]</emph> 方塊和 <emph>[右]</emph> 方塊中輸入的數值，水平對齊表格。</ahelp>$[officename] 自動計算該表格的寬度。選取此選項，可以指定個別的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"欄寬\">欄寬</link>。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149824.25.help.text"
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3149102.27.help.text"
msgid "Left"
msgstr "向左"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3154836.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_LEFT_DIST\">輸入左側頁邊和表格邊緣之間所要留出的間隔。</ahelp>如果選取了<emph>[對齊]</emph>區域中的<emph>[自動]</emph>或<emph>[左]</emph>選項，則此選項不可用。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text
msgctxt "05090100.xhp#hd_id3147094.29.help.text"
msgid "Right"
msgstr "向右"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3147220.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_RIGHT_DIST\">輸入右側頁邊和表格邊緣之間所要留出的間隔數。</ahelp>如果選取了<emph>[對齊]</emph>區域中的<emph>[自動]</emph>或<emph>[右]</emph>選項，則此選項不可用。"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3147576.31.help.text
msgid "Above"
msgstr "向上"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3152771.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_TOP_DIST\">輸入表格上邊緣和表格上方文字之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#hd_id3155142.33.help.text
msgid "Below"
msgstr "向下"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145763.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FORMAT_TABLE:ED_BOTTOM_DIST\">輸入表格下邊緣和表格下方文字之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05090100.xhp#par_id3145782.35.help.text
msgid "To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press Enter."
msgstr "若要在文件、頁首或頁尾起始處的表格前插入段落，請將游標放在第一個儲存格所有內容的前面，然後按 ENTER 鍵。"

#: 06160000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Current Index"
msgstr "目前索引"

#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"Current Index\">Current Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp\" name=\"目前的目錄\">目前的目錄</link>"

#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the current index.</ahelp> The current index is the one that contains the cursor."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前的索引。</ahelp> 目前的索引為包含游標的索引。"

#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3154763.3.help.text
msgid "You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:"
msgstr "您也可以在索引或目錄上按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後選擇<emph>[更新索引/表格]</emph>。下列指令在右鍵功能表中也可取得："

#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3146967.4.help.text
msgid "Edit Index/Table"
msgstr "編輯目錄"

#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3151387.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EditCurIndex\" visibility=\"visible\">編輯目前的索引或表格。</ahelp>"

#: 06160000.xhp#hd_id3147403.6.help.text
msgid "Delete Index/Table"
msgstr "刪除目錄"

#: 06160000.xhp#par_id3155625.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:RemoveTableOf\" visibility=\"visible\">刪除目前的索引或表格。</ahelp>"

#: 01160400.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "AutoAbstract to Presentation"
msgstr "自動摘要送至簡報"

#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3151183.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"AutoAbstract to Presentation\">AutoAbstract to Presentation</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp\" name=\"自動摘要送至簡報\">自動摘要送至簡報</link>"

#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145412.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">Opens the current document as a $[officename] Impress presentation. The current document must contain at least one predefined heading paragraph style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendAbstractToStarImpre\">開啟目前文件作為 $[officename] Impress 簡報。此目前文件至少要包括一個預先定義的標題段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text
msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3149801.3.help.text"
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
msgstr "包含的大綱層次"

#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3153667.4.help.text
msgid "Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style are included."
msgstr "輸入新簡報包括的大綱層次。例如，如果您選擇一級，則僅有緊隨「標題 1」段落樣式之後的段落才會被包含。"

#: 01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text
msgctxt "01160400.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text"
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
msgstr "每章節包含的段落"

#: 01160400.xhp#par_id3145580.6.help.text
msgid "Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). "
msgstr "輸入在每個大綱層次 (標題) 下要包括的段落數。"

#: 04130100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04130100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
msgstr "以鍵盤變更訊框、物件的大小並且移動"

#: 04130100.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>移動; 物件和訊框</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>物件; 使用鍵盤移動/變更大小</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>調整大小; 物件和訊框, 使用鍵盤</bookmark_value>"

#: 04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text
msgctxt "04130100.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text"
msgid "Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard"
msgstr "使用鍵盤修改框架、圖形和物件"

#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3145248.2.help.text
msgid "You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard."
msgstr "您可以使用鍵盤變更所選框架和物件的大小或將其移動。"

#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3148771.4.help.text
msgid "To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
msgstr "若要移動選取的框架或物件，請按箭頭鍵。若要一次移動一個像素，請按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>，然後按箭頭鍵。"

#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3150762.5.help.text
msgid "To resize a selected frame or object, first press Ctrl+Tab. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press Ctrl+Tab again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key."
msgstr "若要調整選取的框架或物件之大小，請先按 Ctrl+Tab。現在其中一個控點會閃爍，表示已選取該控點。若要選取其他控點，請再按 Ctrl+Tab。按箭頭鍵可依網格單位調整物件大小。若要一次調整一個像素，請按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>，然後按一下箭頭鍵。"

#: 04130100.xhp#par_id3149294.6.help.text
msgid "The increment by which you move an object with the keyboard is determined by the document grid. To change the properties of the document grid, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"Text document - Grid\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</link></emph>."
msgstr "使用鍵盤移動物件的增量由文件網格決定。若要變更文件網格的特性，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp\" name=\"[文字文件] - [網格]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [網格]</link></emph>。"

#: 04090006.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Database"
msgstr "資料庫"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3153536.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"Database\">Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"資料庫\">資料庫</link>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154471.2.help.text
msgid "You can insert fields from any database, for example, address fields, into your document."
msgstr "您可以從任何資料庫將欄位 (例如，地址欄位) 插入文件中。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id090220080439090.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要增加欄位至文件，請依序按一下欄位類型、在 <emph>[選取]</emph> 清單中按一下欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154196.3.help.text
msgid "Field type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3149484.4.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149096.5.help.text
msgid "Any Record"
msgstr "任何一個資料條目"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151257.6.help.text
msgid "Inserts the contents of the database field that you specify in the <emph>Record Number</emph> box as a mail merge field if the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Condition\"><emph>Condition</emph></link> that you enter is met. Only records selected by a multiple selection in the data source view are considered."
msgstr "如果符合輸入的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件\"><emph>條件</emph></link>，則插入您在<emph>[資料條目號碼]</emph>方塊中指定作為合併列印欄位的資料庫欄位的內容。僅考量資料源檢視中多重選擇選取的資料條目。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147100.7.help.text
msgid "You can use this field to insert several records into a document. Simply insert the <emph>Any Record</emph> field in front of the form letter fields that use a certain record."
msgstr "您可以使用此欄位將數個資料條目插入文件中。在使用某個資料條目的表單信函欄位前，僅僅插入<emph>[任何一個資料條目]</emph>欄位。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153632.8.help.text
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr "資料庫名稱"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3152776.9.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of the database table selected in the <emph>Database selection </emph>box. The \"Database Name\" field is a global field, that is, if you insert a different database name in your document, the contents of all previously inserted \"Database Name\" fields are updated."
msgstr "插入在<emph>[選擇資料庫]</emph>方塊中所選資料庫表格的名稱。「資料庫名稱」欄位是一個全域欄位，即如果您在文件中插入不同的資料庫名稱，則先前插入的所有「資料庫名稱」欄位的內容都會更新。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149167.15.help.text
msgid "Mail merge field"
msgstr "合併列印欄位"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145779.16.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of a database field as a placeholder, so that you can create a mail merge document. The field content is automatically inserted when you print the form letter."
msgstr "將資料庫名稱作為萬用字元插入，以便您建立合併列印文件。當您列印此表單信函時，該欄位內容會自動插入。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3151372.12.help.text
msgid "Next record"
msgstr "下一個資料條目"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150114.13.help.text
msgid "Inserts the contents of the next mail merge field in your document, if the condition that you define is met. The records that you want to include must be selected in the data source view."
msgstr "如果符合您定義的條件，則在文件中插入下一個合併列印欄位的內容，前提是必須已在資料源檢視中選取了您要包括的資料條目。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3155861.14.help.text
msgid "You can use the \"Next record\" field to insert the contents of consecutive records between the mail merge fields in a document."
msgstr "您可以使用「下一個資料條目」欄位，插入文件中合併列印欄位間連續資料條目的內容。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_id3147412.10.help.text"
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "資料條目編號"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147495.11.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the selected database record."
msgstr "插入所選資料庫資料條目的號碼。"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3149565.17.help.text
msgid "Database Selection"
msgstr "選擇資料庫"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3145268.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">選取您希望欄位參考的資料庫表格或資料庫查詢。</ahelp> 您可以在文件中包括來自多個資料庫或查詢的欄位。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id0902200804391084.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">若欄位連結至條件，請於此處輸入條件細則。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3147739.19.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the \"Any Record\" and \"Next Record\" fields are inserted. The default condition is \"True\", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text."
msgstr "如果需要，您可以指定在插入「任何一個資料條目」和「下一個資料條目」欄位的內容前必須滿足的條件。預設條件為「真」，也就是說，如果您不變更條件文字，條件始終為真。"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3146336.20.help.text"
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "條目號碼"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3149836.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">請輸入當您指定的條件符合時您想要插入的記錄數目。</ahelp> 記錄數會與目前資料源檢視中的選擇相對應。例如，如果您在包含 10 個資料條目的資料庫中選取後 5 個資料條目，則第一個資料條目的號碼將是 1，而不是 6。"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3153305.22.help.text
msgid "If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection."
msgstr "如果您參照不同資料庫 (或同一資料庫中不同的表格或查詢) 中的欄位，則 $[officename] 會決定相對於目前選擇的資料條目號碼。"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#hd_id3156109.23.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3156122.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取要插入的欄位之格式。此選項可用於數字、布林值、日期和時間欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3150904.25.help.text
msgid "From database"
msgstr "從資料庫"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150922.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">使用選取的資料庫中定義的格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text
msgctxt "04090006.xhp#par_idN1076E.help.text"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10772.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">開啟檔案開啟對話方塊以選取資料庫檔案 (*.odb)。選取的檔案會新增至資料庫選取清單。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3155084.27.help.text
msgid "User defined"
msgstr "自訂"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3154333.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">採用您在<emph>[自訂]格式清單</emph>中選取的格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#hd_id3146948.29.help.text
msgid "List of user-defined formats"
msgstr "自訂格式的清單"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_id3150093.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">列出可用的使用者自訂格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN107FF.help.text
msgid "Printing a form letter"
msgstr "列印表單信函"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10803.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">當您列印包含資料庫欄位的文件時，會出現一對話方塊詢問您是否要列印表單信函。如果您回答 [是]，<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">[合併列印]</link> 對話方塊會開啟，您可在其中選取要列印的資料庫記錄。</ahelp>"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10812.help.text
msgid "Do not show warning again"
msgstr "不要再顯示此警告"

#: 04090006.xhp#par_idN10816.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Suppresses this dialog from now on. There is no easy way to get it back!</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">以後不再顯示此對話方塊。此動作無法輕易回復！</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr "新的地址區塊"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr "新的地址區塊"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">合併列印</link>文件內地址區塊中地址資料欄位的位置。"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
msgid "Address Elements"
msgstr "地址元素"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取一個地址欄位並將該欄位拖曳至另一個清單中。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text"
msgid ">"
msgstr ">"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將 [地址元素] 清單中所選的欄位增加至另一個清單中。</ahelp> 您可將同樣的欄位增加一次以上。"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
msgid "<"
msgstr "<"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從另一個清單中移除選取的欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
msgstr "將地址元素拖曳至下方欄位"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用拖放方式或使用箭頭按鈕編排欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">以目前的地址區塊版面配置來顯示第一筆資料庫記錄的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
msgctxt "mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text"
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr "(箭頭按鈕)"

#: mm_newaddblo.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在清單中選取一個項目，然後按一下箭頭按鈕移動該項目。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Load Styles"
msgstr "載入樣式"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3151242.1.help.text"
msgid "Load Styles"
msgstr "載入樣式"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3083446.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">Imports formatting styles from another document or template into the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlagentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:LoadStyles\">將格式樣式從另一個文件或範本匯入目前的文件中。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149354.6.help.text"
msgid "Categories"
msgstr "分類"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154561.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">Lists the available template categories. Click a category to view its contents in the <emph>Templates </emph>list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_REGION\">列出可用的範本分類。按一下分類，來檢視<emph>[範本]</emph>清單中的此分類的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3149885.8.help.text"
msgid "Templates"
msgstr "範本"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3145249.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">Lists the available templates for the selected category.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_LISTBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_LB_TEMPLATE\">列出所選分類的可用範本。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3148392.10.help.text"
msgid "Text"
msgstr "文字"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3149026.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">Loads the paragraph and the character styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_TEXT_STYLE\">從選取的文件中，將段落樣式和字元樣式載入目前的文件中。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153717.12.help.text"
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "框架"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">Loads the frame styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_FRAME_STYLE\">從選取的文件中，將訊框樣式載入目前的文件中。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3147565.14.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁面"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3154642.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">Loads the page styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_PAGE_STYLE\">從選取的文件中，將頁面樣式載入目前的文件中。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text
msgctxt "05170000.xhp#hd_id3153147.18.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3152587.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">Loads the numbering styles from the selected document into the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_NUM_STYLE\">從選取的文件中，將編號樣式載入目前的文件中。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3151176.16.help.text
msgid "Overwrite"
msgstr "覆寫"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147514.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">Replaces styles in the current document that have the same name as the styles you are loading.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_CHECKBOX_DLG_NEW_FILE_CB_MERGE_STYLE\">代替目前的文件中與所載入樣式具有相同名稱的樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3150358.20.help.text
msgid "Styles with identical names are automatically overwritten."
msgstr "會自動覆寫具有等同名稱的樣式。"

#: 05170000.xhp#hd_id3153668.21.help.text
msgid "From file"
msgstr "從檔案"

#: 05170000.xhp#par_id3147526.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">Locate the file containing the styles that you want to load, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_NEW_FILE_PB_LOAD_FILE\">尋找包含要載入樣式的檔案，然後按一下<emph>[開啟舊檔]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 03120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Web Layout"
msgstr "Web 版面配置"

#: 03120000.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web Layout\">Web Layout</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03120000.xhp\" name=\"Web 版面配置\">Web 版面配置</link>"

#: 03120000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">Displays the document as seen in a Web browser.</ahelp> This is useful when you create HTML documents."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:BrowseView\">像在 Web 瀏覽器中一般顯示此文件。</ahelp>建立 HTML 文件時，這會十分有用。"

#: 05110500.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05110500.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 05110500.xhp#hd_id3149502.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110500.xhp\" name=\"刪除\">刪除</link>"

#: 05110500.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">Deletes the selected row(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteRows\">從表格中刪除選取的列。</ahelp></variable>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Select Address Block"
msgstr "選擇地址區塊"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
msgid "Select Address Block"
msgstr "選擇地址區塊"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
msgid "Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>."
msgstr "選取、編輯或刪除<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">合併列印</link>的地址區塊版面配置。"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
msgid "Select the address block which you want to use"
msgstr "選取要使用的地址區塊。"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在清單中選取合併列印地址要使用的區塊，然後按一下 <emph>[確定]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgid "Never include country/region"
msgstr "永不包含國家/地區"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將國家或地區資訊排除在地址區塊以外。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
msgid "Always include country/region"
msgstr "永遠包含國家/地區"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將國家或地區資訊包含在地址區塊內。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
msgid "Only include country/region if it is not:"
msgstr "僅在下列情況以外包含國家/地區："

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10567.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">只在地址區塊中包含您在文字方塊中輸入之值以外的國家或地區資訊。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10651.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入不列印的國家/地區字串。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">[新的地址區塊]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中定義新的地址區塊版面配置。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp\">[新的地址區塊]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中編輯所選的地址區塊版面配置。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: mm_seladdblo.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">刪除所選的地址區塊版面配置。</ahelp>"

#: 05130004.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Numbering Style "
msgstr "編號樣式"

#: 05130004.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"編號樣式\">編號樣式</link>"

#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text
msgid "Here you can create a Numbering Style. The Numbering Styles are organized in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
msgstr "您可在此建立編號樣式。「編號樣式」是在 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"樣式和格式化\">[樣式和格式化]</link> 視窗中進行管理。"

#: 05130004.xhp#par_id3151390.3.help.text
msgid "When a Numbering Style is created, a name is assigned to the numbering. This is why such templates are also called \"named\" numberings. Unnamed numberings, which are used for <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"direct formatting\">direct formatting</link>, can be created in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Numbering/bullets\">Bullets and Numbering</link> dialog or with the icons of the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"object bar\">object bar</link>."
msgstr "在建立「編號樣式」時，會為編號指定一個名稱。這就是為什麼此類的範本也稱為「已命名」的編號。未命名編號是用於<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"直接格式化\">直接格式化</link>，它可以在 <link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"編號/項目符號\">[項目符號與編號]</link> 對話方塊中建立，或是和<link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"物件列\">物件列</link>的圖示一起建立。"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 個人化"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize Document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 個人化文件</link>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Edit documents for each recipient."
msgstr "編輯每位收件者的文件。"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "The Mail Merge Wizard creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient. When you reach this page of the wizard, the names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document."
msgstr "「合併列印精靈」可建立單個合併文件，以分頁符號分隔每位收件者。當您進入精靈的這個頁面時，文件內已包含收件者的姓名和地址。"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "Edit individual document"
msgstr "編輯個別文件"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the mail merge document for a single recipient.</ahelp> After you made your changes, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">最小化精靈，以便您可以編輯單個收件者的合併列印文件。</ahelp> 完成變更之後，請按一下 <emph>[返回合併列印精靈]</emph> 按鈕。"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FA.help.text
msgid "Search for"
msgstr "搜尋內容"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN105FE.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the text that you want to search for in the merged document, for example, the name of a recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入想要在合併文件內搜尋的文字，例如收件者的姓名。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text"
msgid "Find"
msgstr "尋找"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start the search.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">按一下此選項開始搜尋。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
msgid "Whole words only"
msgstr "全字拼寫相符"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches for whole words only and not parts of larger words.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">搜尋全字拼寫相符的字，而非長字的其中一部分。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
msgid "Backwards"
msgstr "下移一層"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Searches from the current cursor position to the top of the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從目前的游標所在位置開始搜尋至文件頂端。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text"
msgid "Match case"
msgstr "比對大小寫"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters in the search.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">搜尋時區分字元的大小寫。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge07.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Save print send\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, print or send</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 儲存列印傳送\">合併列印精靈 - 儲存、列印或傳送</link>"

#: 05150300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Apply and Edit Changes"
msgstr "套用和編輯變更"

#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"Apply and Edit Changes\">Apply and Edit Changes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp\" name=\"編輯使用和變更\">編輯使用和變更</link>"

#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3152999.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>. In a dialog, you are asked to accept or reject the changes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:AutoFormatRedlineApply\">按照您在 <emph>[工具] - [自動校正</emph><emph>選項]</emph> 下設定的選項，自動格式化檔案。會出現對話方塊詢問您要接受或是拒絕變更。</ahelp>"

#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3148775.4.help.text
msgid "Accept All"
msgstr "全部接受"

#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149029.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_ACCEPT\">採用所有的格式變更。</ahelp>"

#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3153722.6.help.text
msgid "Reject All"
msgstr "全部拒絕"

#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3149711.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_REJECT\">拒絕所有的格式變更。</ahelp>"

#: 05150300.xhp#hd_id3150756.8.help.text
msgid "Edit Changes"
msgstr "編輯變更"

#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3147570.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFORMAT_EDIT_CHG\">開啟對話方塊，於此處您可以接受或拒絕自動校正變更。也可檢視特定作者或在特定日期所做的變更。</ahelp>"

#: 05150300.xhp#par_id3151184.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject AutoFormat Changes, Filter tab\">Accept or Reject Changes, Filter tab</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02230402.xhp\" name=\"接受或拒絕自動格式變更，[篩選] 標籤\">接受或拒絕變更內容，[篩選] 標籤</link>"

#: 05120500.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120500.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 05120500.xhp#hd_id3145801.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"Delete\">Delete</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120500.xhp\" name=\"刪除\">刪除</link>"

#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3153418.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">Deletes the selected column(s) from the table.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"loeschentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:DeleteColumns\">從表格中刪除選取的欄。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05120500.xhp#par_id3156385.3.help.text
msgid "This command is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr "只有在游標處於表格中時，此指令才可用。"

#: 04120300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
msgstr "插入參考文獻目錄條目"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151187.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Bibliography Entry"
msgstr "插入文獻目錄條目"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154642.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"literaturvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry\">插入參考文獻目錄條目參照。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3145416.3.help.text"
msgid "Entry"
msgstr "條目"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3157721.15.help.text
msgid "From bibliography database"
msgstr "從文獻資料庫"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154096.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_COMP_RB\">從參考文獻目錄資料庫中插入參照。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149805.17.help.text
msgid "From document content"
msgstr "從文件內容"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3153536.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_FROM_DOC_RB\">從儲存在目前文件中的參考文獻目錄記錄中插入一個參照。</ahelp> 儲存在文件中的條目比儲存在參考文獻目錄資料庫的條目之優先順序要來得高。"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3154200.19.help.text
msgid "When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document."
msgstr "當您儲存包含參考文獻目錄條目的文件時，對應的資料條目會自動儲存在文件的隱入欄位中。"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3143273.5.help.text"
msgid "Short name"
msgstr "簡短描述文"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149490.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_MARK_DLG_ID_LISTBOX\">選取所要插入參考文獻目錄資料條目的簡稱。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3151260.7.help.text"
msgid "Author, Title"
msgstr "作者，標題"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149824.8.help.text
msgid "If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area."
msgstr "如果有可用空間，所選簡短描述文的作者和完整標題將顯示在此區域中。"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3149105.9.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147100.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_OK\">將文獻目錄參照插入文件中。如果您建立了新的條目，則必須將其插入為項目，否則當您關閉文件時，會遺失該條目。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3147216.11.help.text"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "關閉"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149036.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CLOSE\">關閉對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3153634.13.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3147579.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_CREATE_ENTRY\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定義參考文獻目錄條目\">[定義參考文獻目錄條目]</link> 對話方塊，您可在此對話方塊中建立新的參考文獻目錄記錄。此資料條目僅儲存於此文件中。若要將資料條目加入參考文獻目錄資料庫中，請選擇<emph>[工具] - [文獻資料庫]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text
msgctxt "04120300.xhp#hd_id3155142.20.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3157900.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_AUTH_MRK_EDIT_ENTRY\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定義參考文獻目錄條目\">[定義參考文獻目錄條目]</link> 對話方塊，您可以在此對話方塊中編輯選取的參考文獻目錄記錄。</ahelp>"

#: 04120300.xhp#par_id3149172.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"利用文獻目錄條目工作的提示\">利用文獻目錄條目工作的提示</link>。"

#: 04120213.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3147570.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145415.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select the <emph>Illustration Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取「插圖索引」作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，以下選項可用。</variable>"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3153534.3.help.text"
msgid "Create from"
msgstr "製作從"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151315.4.help.text
msgid "Specify the information to be combined to form an index."
msgstr "指定要合併形成索引的資訊。"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154478.5.help.text
msgid "Captions"
msgstr "標籤"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153677.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">從物件標籤建立索引項目。</ahelp> 若要將標籤加入物件中，請選取該物件，然後選擇 <emph>[插入] - [標籤]</emph>。"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#hd_id3154576.7.help.text"
msgid "Category"
msgstr "分類"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149687.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">選取您要用於索引條目的標籤分類。</ahelp>"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3154195.9.help.text
msgid "Display"
msgstr "顯示"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155186.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">選取您想要用於索引項目的標籤部份。</ahelp> 下表列出了根據標籤文字 \"Illustration 24:The Sun\" 可以選取的標籤選項，其中 \"Illustration 24\" 為自動產生，\"The Sun\" 由使用者加入。"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3151260.11.help.text
msgid "Selections in the Display list box"
msgstr "<emph>在「顯示」清單方塊中的選取</emph>"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3148972.12.help.text
msgid "Entry in the Index"
msgstr "<emph>目錄中的條目</emph>"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3147213.13.help.text
msgid "Reference Text"
msgstr "參照文"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3153636.14.help.text
msgid "Illustration 24: The Sun"
msgstr "插圖 24：太陽"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3152768.15.help.text"
msgid "Category and Number"
msgstr "分類和號碼"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155145.16.help.text
msgid "Illustration 24"
msgstr "插圖 24"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text
msgctxt "04120213.xhp#par_id3149168.17.help.text"
msgid "Caption"
msgstr "標籤"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3145781.18.help.text
msgid "The Sun"
msgstr "太陽"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155915.19.help.text
msgid "If you select \"Caption Text\", the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption does not appear in the index entry."
msgstr "如果您選取「標籤文字」，則標籤起始處的標點和空格不在索引條目中出現。"

#: 04120213.xhp#hd_id3151378.20.help.text
msgid "Object names"
msgstr "物件名稱"

#: 04120213.xhp#par_id3155863.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">從物件名稱建立索引項目。</ahelp> 例如，您可以在瀏覽中檢視物件名稱，然後在右鍵功能表中變更它們。"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Custom Salutation"
msgstr "自訂稱謂"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
msgid "Custom Salutation"
msgstr "自訂稱謂"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
msgid "Specify the salutation layout for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">mail merge</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">e-mail merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">合併列印</link>或<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">電子郵件合併</link>文件的問候語行版面配置。對於女性收件者和男性收件者，此對話方塊的名稱不同。"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text
msgid "Salutation elements"
msgstr "稱謂元素"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取一個欄位並將該欄位拖曳至另一個清單中。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text"
msgid ">"
msgstr ">"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將 [稱謂元素] 清單中所選的欄位增加至另一個清單中。您可將同一欄位增加一次以上。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text"
msgid "<"
msgstr "<"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從另一個清單中移除選取的欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10566.help.text
msgid "Drag salutation elements into the box below"
msgstr "將稱謂元素拖曳到下列方塊中"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056A.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用拖放方式或使用箭頭按鈕編排欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
msgid "Customize salutation"
msgstr "自訂稱謂"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10571.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從清單中選取稱謂和標點符號欄位的值。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">以目前的稱謂版面配置來顯示第一筆資料庫記錄的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr "(箭頭按鈕)"

#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusgrelin.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在清單中選取一個項目，然後按一下箭頭按鈕移動該項目。</ahelp>"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Copies To"
msgstr "副本抄送"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
msgid "Copy To"
msgstr "副本抄送"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
msgid "Specify additional e-mail recipients for the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">合併列印</link>文件的其他電子郵件收件者。"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
msgid "CC"
msgstr "副本"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入電子郵件副本的收件者，每位收件者以分號 (;) 分隔。</ahelp>"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgid "BCC"
msgstr "密件副本"

#: mm_copyto.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the recipients of e-mail blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入電子郵件密件副本的收件者，每位收件者以分號 (;) 分隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05110100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Row Height"
msgstr "列高"

#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text"
msgid "Row Height"
msgstr "列高"

#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3149053.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\">Changes the height of the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">變更所選列的高度。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
msgctxt "05110100.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "高度"

#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154554.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected row(s).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:ED_HEIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您需要的所選取列高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05110100.xhp#hd_id3149878.5.help.text
msgid "Fit to size"
msgstr "自動最適調整"

#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3145244.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the row height to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_ROW_HEIGHT:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">自動調整列高度，以適合儲存格的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05110100.xhp#par_id3154646.7.help.text
msgid "You can also right-click in a cell, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"Row - Optimal Height\"><emph>Row - Optimal Height</emph></link>."
msgstr "您也可以在儲存格中按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後選擇 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110200.xhp\" name=\"[列] - [最適高度]\"><emph>[列] - [最適高度]</emph></link>。"

#: 04020000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Insert Section"
msgstr "插入區域"

#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3154108.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Section\">Insert Section</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereicheinfuegen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"插入區域\">插入區域</link></variable>"

#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3154480.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">Inserts a text section at the cursor position in the document. You can also select a block of text and then choose this command to create a section. You can use sections to insert blocks of text from other documents, to apply custom column layouts, or to protect or to hide blocks of text if a condition is met.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereich\"><ahelp hid=\"FN_INSERT_COLUMN_SECTION\">在文件中的游標位置插入文字區域。您也可以選取文字區塊，然後選擇此指令來建立區域。您可以使用區域從其他文件插入文字區塊、採用自訂欄版式或在符合條件時保護或隱入文字區塊。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3152955.3.help.text
msgid "You can insert an entire document in a section, or a named section from another. You can also insert a section as a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link."
msgstr "您可以在區域中插入整個文件，或從其他文件插入已命名區域。您也可以將區域作為 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> 連結插入。"

#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149684.5.help.text
msgid "To edit a section, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要編輯區域，請選擇<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [區域]\"><emph>[格式] - [區域]</emph></link>。"

#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3155183.6.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Insert Section </emph>dialog contains the following tabs:"
msgstr "<emph>[插入區域]</emph>對話方塊包含下列標籤："

#: 04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text
msgctxt "04020000.xhp#hd_id3151257.7.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04020000.xhp#par_id3149102.8.help.text
msgid "Inserts the section that you defined at the current cursor position in the document."
msgstr "在文件中目前的游標位置插入您定義的區域。"

#: 06080200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Endnotes"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3156321.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"Endnotes\">Endnotes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080200.xhp\" name=\"尾註\">尾註</link>"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for endnotes.</ahelp> The type of endnote numbering and the Styles to apply are the options available."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENDNOTE_OPTIONS\">指定註腳的格式。</ahelp> 註腳編號的類型與套用的樣式為可用選項。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149292.3.help.text"
msgid "AutoNumbering"
msgstr "自動編號"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151178.4.help.text"
msgid "Start at"
msgstr "開始從"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147512.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first endnote in the document.</ahelp> This is useful if want the endnote numbering to span more than one document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">輸入文件中第一個尾註的號碼。</ahelp> 如果您希望尾註編號功能同時用於多個文件，這個選項就很有用。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3150702.13.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3152943.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"re: \" to display \"re: 1\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">在備註文字中輸入您要在尾註號碼前顯示的文字。</ahelp> 例如，鍵入 \"re:\" 以顯示 \"re: 1\"。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3149804.15.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3153535.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">在備註文字中輸入您要在尾註號碼後顯示的文字。</ahelp>例如，鍵入 \")\" 以顯示 \"1)\"。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3152952.6.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3150970.7.help.text
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the endnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
msgstr "若要確保文件中尾註的外觀一致，請為註腳指定段落樣式。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3151312.8.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr "段落"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3147526.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">選取用於尾註文字的段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154470.11.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3154569.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">選取您要用於尾註的頁面樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3155901.20.help.text"
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3149692.21.help.text
msgid "You can assign styles to endnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined endnote styles, or use a different style."
msgstr "您可以為尾註標號和文字指定樣式。您可以使用預先定義的尾註樣式，或使用不同的樣式。"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text
msgctxt "06080200.xhp#hd_id3154198.22.help.text"
msgid "Text area"
msgstr "文字區域"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3159200.23.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENDNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">選取您要用於文件的文字區域中尾註標號的字元樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080200.xhp#hd_id3151326.18.help.text
msgid "Endnote area"
msgstr "尾註區域"

#: 06080200.xhp#par_id3155182.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENDNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">選取您要用於尾註區域中尾註號碼的字元樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04990000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04990000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "欄位"

#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147405.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04990000.xhp\" name=\"欄位指令\">欄位指令</link>"

#: 04990000.xhp#par_id3145827.2.help.text
msgid "Inserts a field at the current cursor position. The submenu lists the most common field types. To view all of the available fields, choose <emph>Other</emph>."
msgstr "在目前游標的位置插入欄位。子功能表列出大多數一般欄位類型。若要檢視全部可用欄位，請選擇<emph>[其他]</emph>。"

#: 04990000.xhp#hd_id3147571.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Other\">Other</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"其他...\">其他...</link>"

#: 02120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr "自動圖文集"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3147512.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"AutoText\">AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"自動圖文集\">自動圖文集</link>"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154571.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotexttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditGlossary\">建立、編輯或插入自動圖文集。您可以將格式化的文字、帶有圖形的文字、表格和欄位儲存為自動圖文集。若要快速地插入自動圖文集，請在文件中鍵入自動圖文集的捷徑，然後按 F3 鍵。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3143277.52.help.text
msgid "You can also click the arrow next to the <emph>AutoText</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, and then choose the AutoText that you want to insert."
msgstr "您也可以按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph> 列上的<emph>自動圖文集</emph>圖示旁邊的箭頭，然後選擇您要插入的自動圖文集。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3148982.4.help.text"
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr "自動圖文集"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153640.5.help.text
msgid "The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries."
msgstr "<emph>[自動圖文集]</emph>對話方塊列出了自動圖文集分類標題和條目。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3152766.6.help.text
msgid "Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing"
msgstr "輸入時，名稱的其餘部分會當作提示顯示"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145758.51.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press Ctrl+Tab to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type \"Dum\", and then press Enter."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_INSERT_TIP\">在鍵入符合自動圖文集項目的字詞之前三個字母後，顯示作為說明提示的完成字詞的建議。若要接受建議，請按 Enter 鍵。如果有一個以上的自動圖文集項目符合輸入的字母，請按 Ctrl+Tab 組合鍵以進至項目。</ahelp>例如，若要插入樣例文字，請鍵入「Dum」，然後按 Enter 鍵。"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149177.53.help.text
msgid "To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr "若要以反向順序顯示清單，請按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">指令</caseinline><defaultinline>CTRL</defaultinline></switchinline>+SHIFT+TAB 組合鍵。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3151378.9.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155862.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_NAME\">列出目前所選自動圖文集條目的名稱。如果您已經選取了文件中的文字，請鍵入新自動圖文集條目的名稱，按一下<emph>[自動圖文集]</emph>按鈕，然後選擇<emph>[新增]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150113.12.help.text"
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "縮寫"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3147413.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_GLOSSARY:ED_SHORTNAME\">顯示所選自動圖文集條目的捷徑。如果您正建立新的自動圖文集條目，請鍵入用於此條目的捷徑。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149558.65.help.text
msgid "List box"
msgstr "清單方塊"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145257.8.help.text
msgid "Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "列出自動圖文集分類標題。若要檢視分類中的自動圖文集條目，請按兩下此分類，或按一下它前面的加號 (+)。若要將自動圖文集條目插入目前的文件中，請在清單中選取此條目，然後按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153300.66.help.text
msgid "You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another."
msgstr "您可以在分類之間拖放自動圖文集條目。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156124.14.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156094.15.help.text
msgid "Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document."
msgstr "將所選自動圖文集插入目前的文件中。"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148788.75.help.text
msgid "If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style."
msgstr "如果將未格式化的自動圖文集條目插入段落中，此條目會使用目前的段落樣式來格式化。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150039.17.help.text"
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr "自動圖文集"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153127.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_EDIT\">按一下以顯示其他自動圖文集指令，例如，從目前文件內選擇的文字建立新的自動圖文集條目。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154618.19.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154635.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE\">從您在目前文件內的選擇建立新的自動圖文集條目。此條目會加入目前所選自動圖文集分類中。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149643.62.help.text
msgid "New (text only)"
msgstr "新增 (只是純文字)"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150668.63.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_DEFINE_TEXT\">僅從您在目前文件內所做選擇中的文字建立新的自動圖文集條目。不包括圖形、表格和其他物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154025.73.help.text
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "複製"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154043.74.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_COPY_TO_CLIPBOARD\">將所選自動圖文集複製到剪貼簿中。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149965.21.help.text
msgid "Replace"
msgstr "替代"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149607.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_REPLACE\">用在目前文件中所做的選擇代替所選自動圖文集條目的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3150768.23.help.text"
msgid "Rename"
msgstr "重新命名"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150786.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"Rename Text Block\">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">開啟 [重新命名自動圖文集] 對話方塊，您可以在其中變更選取的自動圖文集項目的名稱。</ahelp>開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp\" name=\"重新命名自動圖文集\">[重新命名自動圖文集]</link> 對話方塊，您可以在其中變更選取的自動圖文集項目的名稱。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155341.35.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155358.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_EDIT\">開啟所選自動圖文集條目，用於在單獨文件中編輯。完成所需的變更，選擇<emph>[檔案] - [儲存自動圖文集]</emph>，然後選擇<emph>[檔案] - [關閉]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155555.43.help.text"
msgid "Macro"
msgstr "巨集..."

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145106.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Assign Macro\">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">開啟 [指定巨集] 對話方塊，您可以在其中為選取的自動圖文集項目附加巨集。</ahelp>開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"指定巨集\">[指定巨集]</link> 對話方塊，您可以在其中為選取的自動圖文集項目附加巨集。"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3149583.76.help.text
msgid "You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the \"text only\" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field."
msgstr "您也可以使用與您建立的自動圖文集項目中提供的一些自動圖文集項目相連結的巨集。必須使用「僅文字」選項建立自動圖文集項目。例如，在 <field:company> 自動圖文集項目中插入字串，而 $[officename] 會將字串替代為對應資料庫欄位的內容。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3149597.77.help.text
msgid "Import"
msgstr "匯入 "

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148937.78.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_MD_GLOS_IMPORT\">開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以選取 MS 97/2000/XP Word 文件或範本，其中包含要匯入的自動圖文集。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3156038.37.help.text"
msgid "Categories"
msgstr "分類..."

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156055.38.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_GLOSSARY:PB_BIB\">加入、重新命名或刪除自動圖文集分類。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3159217.54.help.text
msgid "Edit Categories"
msgstr "編輯分類"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3145173.55.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_BIB_BASE\">加入、重新命名或刪除自動圖文集分類。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145192.39.help.text"
msgid "Category"
msgstr "分類標題"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3150802.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_BIB_BASE:ED_NAME\">顯示所選自動圖文集分類的名稱。若要變更分類的名稱，請鍵入新名稱，然後按一下<emph>[重新命名]</emph>。若要建立新的分類，請鍵入名稱，然後按一下<emph>[新增]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3155318.79.help.text"
msgid "Path"
msgstr "路徑"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155335.80.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_BIB_BASE_LB_PATH\">顯示儲存所選自動圖文集分類檔的目錄之目前路徑。如果您正建立自動圖文集分類，請選取儲存分類檔的位置。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154410.41.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154933.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_NEW\">使用您在<emph>[名稱]</emph>方塊中輸入的名稱，建立新的自動圖文集分類。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154959.67.help.text"
msgid "Rename"
msgstr "重新命名"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153379.68.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_BIB_BASE:PB_RENAME\">將所選自動圖文集分類的名稱變更為您在<emph>[名稱]</emph>方塊中輸入的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154120.81.help.text
msgid "Selection list"
msgstr "選擇清單"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154137.58.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GLOS_GROUP_TREE\">列出現有自動圖文集分類以及對應的路徑。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3145615.56.help.text"
msgid "Path"
msgstr "路徑..."

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154852.57.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"Edit Paths\">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">開啟 [編輯路徑] 對話方塊，您可於此處選取儲存自動圖文集的目錄。</ahelp>開啟 <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp\" name=\"編輯路徑\">[編輯路徑]</link> 對話方塊，可於其中選取儲存自動圖文集的目錄。"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3156064.61.help.text
msgid "To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog."
msgstr "若要將新路徑增加至自動圖文集目錄，請按一下 <emph>[自動圖文集]</emph> 對話方塊中的 <emph>[路徑]</emph> 按鈕。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3155383.45.help.text
msgid "Save links relative to"
msgstr "相對地儲存連結"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3155396.46.help.text
msgid "Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. "
msgstr "使用此區域來設定 $[officename] 插入與自動圖文集目錄之連結的方式。"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3148743.47.help.text
msgid "File system"
msgstr "在檔案系統內"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3148762.48.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_FILE_REL\">與電腦上自動圖文集目錄的連結是相對的。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3153020.49.help.text
msgid "Internet"
msgstr "在網際網路中"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3153037.50.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_NET_REL\">與網際網路上檔案的連結是相對的。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154590.71.help.text
msgid "Show preview"
msgstr "採用預覽"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154610.72.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">Turns on or off a preview of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_GLOSSARY:CB_SHOW_EXAMPLE\">開啟或關閉所選自動圖文集條目的預覽功能。</ahelp>"

#: 02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text
msgctxt "02120000.xhp#hd_id3154909.69.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: 02120000.xhp#par_id3154922.70.help.text
msgid "Shows a preview of the selected AutoText entry."
msgstr "顯示所選自動圖文集條目的預覽。"

#: 05100300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05100300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Protect"
msgstr "保護"

#: 05100300.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"Protect\">Protect</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100300.xhp\" name=\"保護\">保護</link>"

#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3145822.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">Prevents the contents of the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Protect\">防止修改選取儲存格的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3154641.3.help.text
msgid "When the cursor is in a read-only cell, a note appears on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr "當游標處於唯讀儲存格中時，一則備註會出現在<emph>狀態列</emph>上。"

#: 05100300.xhp#par_id3149292.4.help.text
msgid "To remove cell protection, select the cell(s), right-click, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Cell - Unprotect\"><emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要取消儲存格保護，請選取儲存格並在其上按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後選擇 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"[儲存格] - [取消保護]\"><emph>[儲存格] - [取消保護]</emph></link>。"

# 100%
#: 06100000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Sort"
msgstr "排序"

#: 06100000.xhp#bm_id3149353.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;sorting rows</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; sorting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sorting;paragraphs in special languages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Asian languages;sorting paragraphs/table rows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 排序列</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>排序; 段落/表格列</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>文字; 排序段落</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>文字行; 排序段落</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>排序; 使用特殊語言的段落</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>亞洲語言; 排序段落/表格列</bookmark_value>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149353.1.help.text"
msgid "Sort"
msgstr "排序"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150015.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"sort\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SortDialog\">將所選的段落或表格的列依照字母或數字排序。</ahelp>您可以定義高達三種排序關鍵字，也可以將字母與數字排序關鍵字結合。</variable>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150931.3.help.text
msgid "Sort criteria"
msgstr "排序規則"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149029.4.help.text
msgid "Keys 1 to 3"
msgstr "關鍵字 1 至 3"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3147170.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_SORTING:CB_KEY3\">指定其他排序條件。您也可以組合排序關鍵字。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147565.6.help.text
msgid "Column 1 to 3"
msgstr "欄 1 至 3"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154644.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_SORTING:ED_KEY3\">輸入想要用作排序基礎的表格欄數。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150254.9.help.text
msgid "Key type 1 to 3"
msgstr "關鍵字類型 1 至 3"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3149752.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SORTING:DLB_KEY3\">選取您想要使用的排序選項。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151177.16.help.text
msgid "Order"
msgstr "順序"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id072020090105453.help.text
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr "向上"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154270.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_UP3\">按向上的順序排序 (例如 1、2、3 或 a、b、c)。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3150708.19.help.text
msgid "Descending"
msgstr "向下"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3152946.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_DN3\">按向下的順序排序 (例如 9、8、7 或 z、y、x)。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149812.11.help.text
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "方向"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3153540.12.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_COL\">依據目前的排序選項，排序表格中的欄。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3147526.14.help.text"
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "列"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3153677.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_ROW\">依據目前的排序選項，排序表格中的欄或選擇的段落。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151312.21.help.text"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "分隔符"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3150350.22.help.text
msgid "Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs."
msgstr "段落為非列印段落標記所分隔。排序段落時，您也可以指定使用定位鍵或任意字元作為分隔符。"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154570.23.help.text"
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "製符表"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155902.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SORTING:RB_TAB\">如果選取的段落與以 Tab 鍵分隔的清單對應，請選取此選項。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3154190.25.help.text"
msgid "Character"
msgstr "字元"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3159196.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SORTING:ED_TABCH\">輸入您想要在選取區域中用來作為分隔符號的字元。</ahelp> 藉由使用分隔符號，$[officename] 可以決定選取段落中排序關鍵字的位置。"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3151324.31.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3155178.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_SORTING_PB_DELIM\">開啟<emph>[特殊字元]</emph>對話方塊；在此處，您可以選取要用作分隔符的字元。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149482.33.help.text"
msgid "Language"
msgstr "語言"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3151252.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_SORTING_LB_LANG\">選取用於定義排序規則的語言。</ahelp> 有些語言排序特定字元的方式與其他語言不同。"

#: 06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text
msgctxt "06100000.xhp#hd_id3149104.35.help.text"
msgid "Match case"
msgstr "精確區分大小寫"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_id3154838.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_DLG_SORTING_CB_CASE\">排序表格時區分大小寫字母。亞洲語言則套用特殊的處理規則。</ahelp>"

#: 06100000.xhp#par_idN10895.help.text
msgid "For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared."
msgstr "若是亞洲語言，選取 <emph>[大小寫須相符]</emph> 可套用多層比較功能。多層比較功能會忽略項目的大小寫形式和語音符號，先比較項目的原始形式。若形式相同，便會比較語音符號。若形式仍相同，會再比較其大小寫、字元寬度和日文假名差異。"

#: 05090201.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Editing Tables Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "使用鍵盤編輯表格"

#: 05090201.xhp#bm_id3154506.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; editing with the keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 使用鍵盤編輯</bookmark_value>"

#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3154506.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"Editing Tables Using the Keyboard\">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelle_tastatur\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp\" name=\"利用鍵盤編輯表格\">利用鍵盤編輯表格</link></variable>"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3145244.2.help.text
msgid "You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard."
msgstr "您可以使用鍵盤變更表格欄的大小或將其刪除。"

#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3150564.3.help.text
msgid "Resizing Columns and Rows"
msgstr "變更欄和列的大小"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153920.4.help.text
msgid "To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows."
msgstr "若要調整欄寬，請將游標置於表格儲存格中，按住 Alt，然後按向左或向右箭頭。若要調整欄寬但不變更表格寬度，請按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>，然後按向左或向右箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147566.5.help.text
msgid "To increase the left indent of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow."
msgstr "若要增加表格的左邊縮排，請按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift，然後按向右箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150759.11.help.text
msgid "To resize a row, place the cursor in the row, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the up or the down arrows."
msgstr "若要調整列高，請將游標置於列中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>，然後按向上或向下箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3149286.12.help.text
msgid "To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow."
msgstr "若要在頁面中將表格向下移，請按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift，然後按向下箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#hd_id3151176.8.help.text
msgid "Inserting and deleting columns or rows"
msgstr "插入和刪除欄或列"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3147512.9.help.text
msgid "To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
msgstr "若要插入欄，請將游標置於表格儲存格中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 並按 Insert 後放開，然後按向左或右箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3152940.13.help.text
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in the column that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the left or the right arrow."
msgstr "若要刪除欄，請將游標置於欲刪除的欄中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 並按 Delete 後放開，然後按向左或向右箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154105.14.help.text
msgid "To insert a row, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
msgstr "若要插入列，請將游標置於表格儲存格中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 並按 Insert 後放開，然後按向上或向下箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3153531.15.help.text
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in the row that you want to delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Delete, release, and then press the up or the down arrow."
msgstr "若要刪除列，請將游標置於欲刪除的列中，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> 並按 Delete 後放開，然後按向上或向下箭頭。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3150983.10.help.text
msgid "To change the behavior of tables in a text document, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></emph>."
msgstr "若要變更文字文件中的表格運作方式，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"[文字文件] - [表格]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [表格]</link></emph>。"

#: 05090201.xhp#par_id3154196.16.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"Table Bar\">Table Bar</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0204.xhp\" name=\"表格列\">表格列</link>"

#: 03130000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Print Layout"
msgstr "列印版面配置"

#: 03130000.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"列印版式\">列印版式</link>"

#: 03130000.xhp#par_id3145249.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">Displays how the document will look when you print it.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintLayout\">顯示此檔案列印時的外觀。</ahelp>"

#: 04090100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "輸入欄位"

#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3147515.1.help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "輸入欄位"

#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3146041.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLD_INPUT\">在文件中插入文字欄位，您按一下就可以開啟與編輯欄位。</ahelp> 您可以使用文字輸入欄位，或是為變數指定新值。"

#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154470.7.help.text
msgid "To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog."
msgstr "若要變更文件中輸入欄位的內容，請按一下此欄位，然後在對話方塊的下方方塊中編輯該文字。"

#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3153669.3.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3154571.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">The upper box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box of the Input Field on the <emph>Functions </emph>tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The lower box displays the contents of the field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:DLG_FLD_INPUT:ED_EDIT\">上方方塊顯示您在<emph>[欄位指令]</emph>對話方塊的<emph>[功能]</emph>標籤上，於輸入欄位的<emph>[提示]</emph>方塊中輸入的名稱。下方方塊顯示此欄位的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text
msgctxt "04090100.xhp#hd_id3155897.5.help.text"
msgid "Next"
msgstr "繼續"

#: 04090100.xhp#par_id3149691.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_FLD_INPUT:PB_NEXT\">跳換到文件的下一個輸入欄位。</ahelp> 當您將游標直接置於輸入欄位之前，然後按 Shift+Ctrl+F9 時，才可使用這個按鈕。"

#: 04120219.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Assign Styles"
msgstr "指定樣式"

#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3155621.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"Assign Styles\">Assign Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120219.xhp\" name=\"指定樣式\">指定樣式</link>"

#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3145828.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">從特定的段落樣式中建立索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120219.xhp#hd_id3145249.3.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3150566.4.help.text
msgid "The list contains the paragraph styles that you can assign to index levels."
msgstr "此清單包含了您可以為索引級指定的段落樣式。"

#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3147176.5.help.text
msgid "To create an index entry from a paragraph style, click the style in the<emph> Styles</emph> list, and then click the <emph>>> </emph>button to move the style to the index level that you want."
msgstr "若要從段落樣式建立索引條目，請在<emph>[樣式]</emph>清單中按一下此樣式，然後按一下<emph>[>>]</emph>按鈕，將樣式移到您要的索引級。"

#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3150762.6.help.text
msgid "<<"
msgstr "<<"

#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3149289.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">在索引階層中將所選段落樣式向上移動一級。</ahelp>"

#: 04120219.xhp#hd_id3151178.8.help.text
msgid ">>"
msgstr ">>"

#: 04120219.xhp#par_id3157903.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">在索引階層中將所選段落樣式向下移動一級。</ahelp>"

#: 06030000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "連字符"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154657.1.help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "連字符"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3148572.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts hyphens in words that are too long to fit at the end of a line.</ahelp> $[officename] searches the document and suggests hyphenation that you can accept or reject. If text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the selected text only. If no text is selected, the Hyphenation dialog works on the whole document.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"silben\"><ahelp hid=\".\">在句尾處太長的單字中插入連字符以配合行尾的結尾。</ahelp> $[officename] 會搜尋文件，並建議可以接受或拒絕的連字符連接。若已選取文字，則 [以連字符連接] 對話方塊僅適用於選取的文字。若未選取文字，則 [以連字符連接] 對話方塊適用於整份文件。</variable>"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3153811.3.help.text
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the current or selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link> tab. You can also apply automatic hyphenation to a paragraph style. In text where automatic hyphenation is enabled, the Hyphenation dialog will not find any word to hyphenate."
msgstr "若要自動以連字符連接目前或選取的段落，請選擇 <emph>[格式] - [段落]</emph>，然後按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"[換行和分頁]\">[換行和分頁]</link> 標籤。您也可以將自動連字符連接套用至段落樣式。在啟用自動連字符連接的文字中，[以連字符連接] 對話方塊不會找到任何要以連字符連接的字詞。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3151389.5.help.text
msgid "When $[officename] finds a word that requires hyphenation, do one of the following options:"
msgstr "當 $[officename] 發現需要添加連字符的詞時，執行以下選項之一："

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155622.36.help.text
msgid "To accept the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>."
msgstr "若要接受以連字符相連接的字詞，請按一下 <emph>[以連字符連接]</emph>。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154558.37.help.text
msgid "To change the hyphenation of the displayed word, click the left or right arrow below the word, and then click <emph>Hyphenate</emph>. The left and right buttons are enabled for words with multiple hyphenation points."
msgstr "若要變更所顯示之單字的連字符連接，請按一下該單字下方的向左或向右箭頭鍵，然後按一下 <emph>[以連字符連接]</emph>。針對具有多個連字符連接點的單字，啟用左及右按鈕。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150017.38.help.text
msgid "To reject the hyphenation of the displayed word, click <emph>Skip</emph>. This word will not be hyphenated."
msgstr "若要拒絕以連字符連接所顯示的單字，請按一下 <emph>[略過]</emph>。如此就不會以連字符連接該單字。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150018.38.help.text
msgid "To automatically hyphenate the remaining part of the selection or the document, click <emph>Hyphenate All</emph> and answer \"Yes\" to the following question."
msgstr "若要自動以連字符連接選取範圍或文件的其餘部分，請按一下 <emph>[全部以連字符連接]</emph>，並對下列問題回答 [是]。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3150019.38.help.text
msgid "To end hyphenation, click <emph>Close</emph>. The hyphenation that is applied already will not be reverted. You can use <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to undo all hyphenation that was applied while the Hyphenation dialog was open."
msgstr "若要結束以連字符連接，請按一下 <emph>[關閉]</emph>。將無法復原已套用連字符連接的單字。您可以使用 <emph>[編輯] - [復原]</emph> 來復原 [以連字符連接] 對話方塊開啟時所套用的所有連字符。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147562.19.help.text
msgid "To exclude paragraphs from the automatic hyphenation, select the paragraphs, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the Text Flow tab, and then clear the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box in the Hyphenation area."
msgstr "若要排除段落不自動以連字符連接，請選取這些段落，並選擇 <emph>[格式] - [段落]</emph>，再按一下 [換行和分頁] 標籤，然後清除 [以連字符連接] 區域中的 <emph>[自動]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154276.18.help.text
msgid "To disable the Hyphenation dialog and always hyphenate automatically, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"Language Settings - Writing Aids\">Language Settings - Writing Aids</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Hyphenate without inquiry</emph> check box."
msgstr "若要停用 [以連字符連接] 對話方塊，而且一律自動以連字符連接，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010400.xhp\" name=\"[語言設定] - [書寫輔助]\">[語言設定] - [書寫輔助]</link></emph>，然後選取 <emph>[不查詢直接以連字符連接]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3152950.17.help.text
msgid "To manually enter a hyphen directly in the document, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign (-)."
msgstr "若要直接在文件中手動輸入連字符，請按一下想要加入連字符的單字，然後按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+減號 (-)。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3147523.32.help.text
msgid "To insert a non-breaking (protected) hyphen directly in the document, click in the word that you want to hyphenate, and then press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+Minus sign(-)."
msgstr "若要直接在文件中插入不斷行的 (受保護) 連字符，請按一下要以連字符相連接的單字，然後按下 Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>+Ctrl </defaultinline></switchinline>+減號 (-)。"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3154573.33.help.text
msgid "To hide custom hyphens, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then clear the <emph>Custom hyphens</emph> check box."
msgstr "若要隱藏自訂連字符，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"[文字文件] - [格式化輔助]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</link></emph>，然後清除 <emph>[自訂的連字符]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3150360.20.help.text"
msgid "Word"
msgstr "字"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3153676.21.help.text"
msgid "Word"
msgstr "字"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149687.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:EDIT:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:ED_WORD\">顯示所選詞的連字符建議。</ahelp>"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154195.23.help.text
msgid "Left / Right Arrow"
msgstr "左向/右向箭頭"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3155174.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:IMAGEBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_RIGHT\">設定連字符的位置。只有在顯示一個以上的連字符建議時，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3151327.25.help.text"
msgid "Next"
msgstr "繼續"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149306.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_CONTINUE\">忽略連字符建議，並搜尋要用連字符連接的下一個詞。</ahelp>"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3149495.27.help.text
msgid "Hyphenate"
msgstr "分開"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149096.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">Inserts the hyphen at the indicated position.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_HYPHENATE\">在指示的位置插入此連字符。</ahelp>"

#: 06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text
msgctxt "06030000.xhp#hd_id3154829.29.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"

#: 06030000.xhp#par_id3149821.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SVXDLG_HYPHENATE:BTN_HYPH_DELETE\">移除所顯示單字目前連字符的連接點。</ahelp>"

#: 04120214.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120214.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120214.xhp#hd_id3151387.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120214.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120214.xhp#par_id3146320.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Index of Tables </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取「表格索引」作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，以下選項可用。</variable>"

#: mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Select Table"
msgstr "選擇表格"

#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
msgid "Select Table"
msgstr "選取表格"

#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the table that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取要供<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">合併列印</link>地址使用的表格。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN10557.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mm_seltab.xhp#par_idN1055B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <emph>[合併列印收件者]</emph> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: format_object.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "format_object.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Object"
msgstr "物件"

#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10548.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\">Object</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/format_object.xhp\">物件</link>"

#: format_object.xhp#par_idN10558.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu to edit the properties of the selected object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟子功能表，以編輯選取的物件之特性。</ahelp>"

#: format_object.xhp#hd_id1863460.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">Text Attributes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05990000.xhp\">文字屬性</link>"

#: format_object.xhp#par_id3542588.help.text
msgid "Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object."
msgstr "為選取的繪圖物件或文字物件中的文字設定版面配置和鎖定特性。"

#: format_object.xhp#par_id9466841.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">Fontwork</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05280000.xhp\">美術字型</link>"

#: format_object.xhp#par_id2874538.help.text
msgid "Edits Fontwork effects of the selected object that has been created with the previous Fontwork dialog."
msgstr "編輯選取的物件之美術字型效果，該物件是用之前的 [美術字型] 對話方塊建立的。"

#: 04090005.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Variables"
msgstr "變數"

#: 04090005.xhp#bm_id8526261.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined fields, restriction</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>使用者定義欄位, 限制</bookmark_value>"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3153716.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\">Variables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"變量\">變量</link>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150764.2.help.text
msgid "Variable fields let you add dynamic content to your document. For example, you can use a variable to reset the page numbering."
msgstr "變量欄位讓您將可變式內容加入文件中。例如，您可以使用變量重設頁面編號。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149759.3.help.text
msgid "User-defined fields are only available in the current document."
msgstr "自訂欄位只能在目前文件中使用。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243625.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要增加欄位至文件，請依序按一下欄位類型、在 <emph>[選取]</emph> 清單中按一下欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150703.4.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3154096.5.help.text"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "描述"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149803.6.help.text
msgid "Set Variable"
msgstr "設定變量"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150996.7.help.text
msgid "Defines a variable and its value. You can change the value of a variable by clicking in front of the variable field, and then choosing <emph>Edit - Field</emph>."
msgstr "定義變量及其值。您可以在變量欄位前按一下，然後選擇<emph>[編輯] - [欄位指令]</emph>，以變更變量的值。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text
msgid "Show Variable"
msgstr "顯示變量"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3153669.9.help.text
msgid "Inserts the current value of the variable that you click in the <emph>Selection </emph>list."
msgstr "插入您在<emph>[選取]</emph>清單中所按的變量之目前值。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147531.10.help.text
msgid "DDE field"
msgstr "DDE 欄位"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149684.11.help.text
msgid "Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link into the document, that you can update as often as you want through the assigned name."
msgstr "將 <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> 捷徑插入文件中，您可以透過指定的名稱隨時更新此連結。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3159196.12.help.text
msgid "Insert Formula"
msgstr "插入公式"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151322.13.help.text
msgid "Inserts a fixed number, or the result of a formula."
msgstr "插入固定數字或公式的結果。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text"
msgid "Input field"
msgstr "輸入欄位"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154829.15.help.text
msgid "Inserts a new value for a variable or a User Field."
msgstr "插入變量或使用者欄位的新值。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149098.37.help.text
msgid "The value of a variable in an Input field is only valid from where the field is inserted and onwards. To change the value of the variable later in the document, insert another Input field of the same name, but with a different value. However, the value of a User Field is changed globally."
msgstr "輸入欄位中變量的值僅從其欄位插入處起 (包括欄位插入處) 有效。以後若要變更文件中變量的值，請插入名稱相同但值不同的另一個輸入欄位。但是，使用者欄位的值會全域變更。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151255.38.help.text
msgid "The variables are displayed in the <emph>Selection</emph> field. When you click the <emph>Insert</emph> button, the dialog<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"Input Field\"><emph>Input Field</emph></link> appears, where you can enter the new value or additional text as a remark."
msgstr "這些變量顯示在<emph>[選取]</emph>欄位中。當您按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph> 按鈕時，對話方塊 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"輸入欄位\"><emph>[輸入欄位]</emph></link> 將會出現，您可以在此處輸入新值或作為註解的其他文字。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149034.16.help.text
msgid "Number range"
msgstr "號碼範圍"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3152772.17.help.text
msgid "Inserts automatic numbering for tables, graphics, or text frames."
msgstr "插入用於表格、圖形或文字框架的自動編號。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3147073.18.help.text
msgid "Set page variable"
msgstr "設定頁面變量"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154389.19.help.text
msgid "Inserts a reference point in the document, after which the page count restarts. Select \"on\" to enable the reference point, and \"off\" to disable it. You can also enter an offset to start the page count at a different number."
msgstr "在文件中插入參照點，頁面計數會在其後重新開始。選取「開啟」啟動此參照點，選取「關閉」將其停用。您也可以輸入偏移來以不同的數字開始頁面計數。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156267.20.help.text
msgid "Show Page Variable"
msgstr "顯示頁面變量"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150588.21.help.text
msgid "Displays the number of pages from the \"Set page variable\" reference point to this field."
msgstr "顯示從「設定頁面變量」參照點到此欄位的頁數。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145779.22.help.text
msgid "User Field"
msgstr "自訂欄位"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3151377.23.help.text
msgid "Inserts a custom global variable. You can use the User Field to define a variable for a condition statement. When you change a User Field, all instances of the variable in the document are updated."
msgstr "插入自訂全域變量。您可以使用使用者欄位，定義條件陳述的變量。當您變更使用者欄位時，文件中此變量所有的實例都會更新。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243892.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下要套用至所選欄位的格式，或按一下 [其它格式] 以定義自訂格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148886.25.help.text
msgid "For user-defined fields, click the format that you want to apply in the <emph>Format </emph>list, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format."
msgstr "對於使用者自訂欄位，在<emph>[格式]</emph>清單中按一下您要採用的格式，或按一下「其他格式」以定義自訂格式。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243880.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">輸入要建立的使用者定義欄位之名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id0903200802243951.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">輸入要增加至使用者定義欄位的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155860.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">在<emph>[格式]</emph>清單中，定義該值是作為文字插入還是作為數字插入。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3888363.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "選取"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id7453535.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">列出在 <emph>[類型]</emph> 清單中選取之欄位類型的可用欄位。若要插入欄位，請按一下欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3326822.help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
msgstr "若要從清單快速插入欄位，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>並連按兩下欄位。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150696.36.help.text
msgid "In an HTML document, two additional fields are available for the \"Set variable\" field type: HTML_ON and HTML_OFF. The text that you type in the <emph>Value </emph>box is converted to an opening HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"tag\">tag</link> (<Value>) or to a closing HTML (</Value>) tag when the file is saved as an HTML document, depending on the option that you select."
msgstr "在 HTML 文件中，「設定變量」欄位類型有兩個其他的欄位可用：HTML_ON and HTML_OFF。當檔案儲存為 HTML 檔案，您在<emph>[數值]</emph>方塊中鍵入的文字會依據您選取的選項，轉換為起始 HTML <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#tags\" name=\"標記\">標記</link> (<數值>) 或結束 HTML (</數值>) 標記。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149555.46.help.text
msgid "If you double-click an entry while holding the Ctrl key or select the desired variable and press the spacebar, it is immediately inserted into your document."
msgstr "按住 (Ctrl) 鍵同時按兩下某個條目，或選取所需的變量並按一下空檔鍵，如此，這個條目會立刻插入您的文件中。"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3155969.27.help.text"
msgid "Formula"
msgstr "公式"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155982.28.help.text
msgid "This option is only available if the \"Insert formula\" field type is selected."
msgstr "只有在選取了「插入公式」欄位類型時，此選項才可用。"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3149229.29.help.text
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "隱藏的"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3156233.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">在文件中隱藏此欄位內容。</ahelp> 在文件中此欄位以細體灰色標記的形式插入。僅「設定變量」和「自訂欄位」類型可用此選項。"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3146326.39.help.text
msgid "Chapter numbering"
msgstr "按章節編號"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3146340.40.help.text
msgid "Sets the options for resetting chapter numbers."
msgstr "指定用於重設章節號的選項。"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147456.41.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3149836.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">選擇文件中重新開始編號的標題或章節層級。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147594.43.help.text"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "連字符"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3148846.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">鍵入在標題級或章節級之間用作分隔符的字元。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3147057.31.help.text"
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "套用"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3155562.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">將使用者自訂的欄位加入<emph>[選取]</emph>清單中。</ahelp>"

#: 04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#hd_id3151080.33.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3154769.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">從選擇清單中移除使用者自訂的欄位。您只可以移除目前文件中並未使用的欄位。</ahelp>若要移除清單中目前文件已經使用的欄位，請先刪除文件中欄位的所有實例，然後從清單中移除欄位。"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3145318.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153293\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153293\" src=\"svx/res/nu02.png\" width=\"0.423cm\" height=\"0.423cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153293\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text
msgctxt "04090005.xhp#par_id3150169.35.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 05120200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Optimal Width"
msgstr "最適寬度"

#: 05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text
msgctxt "05120200.xhp#hd_id3149500.1.help.text"
msgid "Optimal Width"
msgstr "最適寬度"

#: 05120200.xhp#par_id3149050.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">Automatically adjusts column widths to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> Changing the width of a column does not affect the width of the other columns in the table. The width of the table cannot exceed the page width.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltenbreitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth\">自動調整欄寬度，以適合儲存格的內容。</ahelp>變更欄寬並不會影響表格中其他欄的寬度。表格的寬度不能超過頁面寬度。</variable>"

#: 05120200.xhp#par_id5611743.help.text
msgid "The change affects only selected cells. You can adjust multiple cells next to each other if you select the cells together."
msgstr "此變更僅會影像選取的儲存格。如果您選取多個接鄰的儲存格，可以一起調整這些儲存格。"

# 92%
#: 05090000.xhp#tit.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Table Format"
msgstr "表格格式"

# 92%
#: 05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090000.xhp#hd_id3147172.1.help.text"
msgid "Table Format"
msgstr "表格格式"

#: 05090000.xhp#par_id3154643.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">Specifies the properties of the selected table, for example, name, alignment, spacing, column width, borders, and background.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TableDialog\">指定所選表格的屬性，例如，名稱、對齊、間隔、欄寬、邊框以及背景。</ahelp></variable>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Greeting Line"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 問候語行"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a Salutation</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 建立稱謂</link>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Specify the properties for the salutation. If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient."
msgstr "指定問候語行的特性。如果合併列印資料庫包含性別資訊，您可根據該收件者的性別指定不同的問候語行。"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "This document should contain a salutation"
msgstr "此文件應包含稱謂"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a salutation.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">增加問候語行。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text"
msgid "Insert personalized salutation"
msgstr "插入個人化的問候語行"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在合併列印文件中增加個人化問候語行。若要使用預設的問候語行，請清除此核取方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text"
msgid "Female"
msgstr "女性"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取女性收件者的個人化問候語。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">[自訂問候語行]</link> (女性收件者) 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text"
msgid "Male"
msgstr "男性"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取男性收件者的個人化問候語。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp\">[自訂問候語行]</link> (男性收件者) 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text"
msgid "Field name"
msgstr "欄位名稱"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取包含性別資訊之地址資料庫欄位的欄位名稱。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A3.help.text"
msgid "Field value"
msgstr "欄位值"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取表示收件者性別的欄位值。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AA.help.text"
msgid "General salutation"
msgstr "一般稱謂"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105AE.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取預設的問候語行，此問候語行用於當您沒有指定個人化的問候語行時。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">顯示問候語行的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text"
msgid "Match fields"
msgstr "符合欄位"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105BC.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">[符合欄位]</link> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105CD.help.text"
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
msgstr "(瀏覽按鈕)"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D1.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用瀏覽按鈕可預覽上一筆或下一筆資料記錄的資訊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge04.xhp#par_idN105D4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 調整版面配置\">合併列印精靈 - 調整版面配置</link>"

#: 04120215.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3150568.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120215.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>User-Defined </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取「使用者自訂」作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，以下選項可用。</variable>"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151174.4.help.text
msgid "User-defined indexes are available in the <emph>Type</emph> box when you insert an index entry in your document."
msgstr "當您在文件中插入索引條目時，在<emph>[類型]</emph>方塊中，使用者自訂索引可用。"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text"
msgid "Create from"
msgstr "製作從"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3149802.7.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3151320.8.help.text
msgid "Tables"
msgstr "表格"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154473.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">在索引中包含表格。</ahelp>"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04120215.xhp#hd_id3154569.10.help.text"
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "圖形"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3153676.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">在索引中包含圖形。</ahelp>"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149685.12.help.text
msgid "Text frames"
msgstr "文字框架"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3154195.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">在索引中包含文字框架。</ahelp>"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3155182.14.help.text
msgid "OLE objects"
msgstr "OLE 物件"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3143282.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">在索引中包含 OLE 物件。</ahelp>"

#: 04120215.xhp#hd_id3149095.16.help.text
msgid "Use level from source chapter"
msgstr "級從源章節"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3151250.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">依據表格、圖形、文字框架和 OLE 物件索引條目在章節標題階層中的位置進行縮排。</ahelp>"

#: 04120215.xhp#par_id3147088.18.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Defining an index entry\">Defining an index entry</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"定義索引條目\">定義索引條目</link>"

#: 05040501.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05040501.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text
msgctxt "05040501.xhp#hd_id3149871.1.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3148569.2.help.text
msgid "Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for the section."
msgstr "指定區域的欄數和欄版式。"

#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3151390.4.help.text
msgid "Sections follow the text flow behavior of the page they are inserted into."
msgstr "區域遵循所插入頁面的換行和分頁動作。"

#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3083448.5.help.text
msgid "For example, if you insert a section that uses a two-column layout into a page style that uses a four-column layout, the two-column layout is nested inside one of the four columns."
msgstr "例如，如果您將使用二欄版式的區域插入使用四欄版式的頁面樣式中，則二欄版式會嵌套在四欄中的一欄內。"

#: 05040501.xhp#par_id3155625.6.help.text
msgid "You can also nest sections, that is, you can insert a section into another section."
msgstr "您也可以嵌套區域，即您可以將一個區域插入另一個區域中。"

#: 05040700.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes"
msgstr "註腳/尾註"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149028.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes/Endnotes\">Footnotes/Endnotes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp\" name=\"註腳和尾註\">註腳和尾註</link>"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147170.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies where footnotes and endnotes are displayed as well as their numbering formats.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"\" visibility=\"visible\">指定註腳和尾註的顯示位置及其編號格式。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149800.3.help.text
msgid "This tab is not available in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"Print Layout\">Print Layout</link> view."
msgstr "此標籤在 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03130000.xhp\" name=\"[整頁模式]\">[整頁模式]</link> 檢視中無法使用。"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3153538.4.help.text"
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154480.5.help.text
msgid "Collect at end of text"
msgstr "定位在內文末端"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3151309.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">在區域結尾處加入註腳。如果此區域持續一頁以上，則註腳會加入到顯示註腳標號之頁的底端。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152960.6.help.text"
msgid "Restart numbering"
msgstr "重新編號"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153677.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">從您指定的號碼重新開始註腳編號。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149688.13.help.text"
msgid "Start at"
msgstr "開始從"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3154196.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要為註腳指定的號碼。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155185.15.help.text"
msgid "Custom format"
msgstr "自訂格式"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3143283.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">指定註腳的自訂編號格式。</ahelp>僅當選取了<emph>[重新編號]</emph>核取方塊時，此核取方塊才可用。"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151258.17.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3149827.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要在註腳號碼前顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3154827.19.help.text"
msgid "Spin button own format"
msgstr "自訂格式的微調按鈕"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147092.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">選取註腳的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3148975.21.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147221.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要在註腳號碼後顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149044.7.help.text"
msgid "Endnotes"
msgstr "尾註"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3153639.8.help.text
msgid "Collect at end of section"
msgstr "在區域尾端收集"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147585.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">在區域結尾處加入尾註。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3152780.9.help.text"
msgid "Restart numbering"
msgstr "重新編號"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3153345.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">從您指定的號碼重新開始尾註編號。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3149166.26.help.text"
msgid "Start at"
msgstr "開始從"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3156270.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要為尾註指定的號碼。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151027.28.help.text"
msgid "Custom format"
msgstr "自訂格式"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3145776.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">指定尾註的自訂編號格式。</ahelp>只有在已選取<emph>[重新編號]</emph>核取方塊後，此核取方塊才可用。"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3151383.30.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3155921.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要在尾註號碼前顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3150699.32.help.text"
msgid "Spin button own format"
msgstr "自訂格式的微調按鈕"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3150123.33.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">選取尾註的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text
msgctxt "05040700.xhp#hd_id3155871.34.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05040700.xhp#par_id3147425.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入您要在尾註號碼後顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Text Grid"
msgstr "文字網格"

#: 05040800.xhp#bm_id3150760.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>亞洲語言版面配置的文字網格</bookmark_value>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3150760.18.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Text Grid\">Text Grid</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"文字網格\">文字網格</link>"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under <emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將文字網格加入目前的頁面樣式。只有在 [選項] 對話方塊的 <emph>[語言設定] - [語言]</emph> 下啟用了亞洲語言支援時，才可使用此選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154101.16.help.text
msgid "Grid"
msgstr "網格"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149805.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_RB_CHARSGRID\">在目前的頁面樣式中加入或移除用於行或字元的文字網格。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3153537.14.help.text
msgid "Grid layout"
msgstr "格子線版式"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3154478.12.help.text
msgid "Lines per page"
msgstr "毎頁的行數"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3151308.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_LINESPERPAGE\">輸入您想要頁面具有的最大行數。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3152957.10.help.text
msgid "Characters per line"
msgstr "毎行的字數"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3153674.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_NF_CHARSPERLINE\">輸入您想要行具有的最大字元數。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149684.8.help.text
msgid "Max. base text size"
msgstr "主文字的大小"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3154193.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_TEXTSIZE\">輸入最大的基本文字大小。大數值會導致每行的字元較少。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3155182.6.help.text
msgid "Max. Ruby text size"
msgstr "注音符號的大小"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3143283.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_MF_RUBYSIZE\">輸入注音文字的字型大小。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149496.4.help.text
msgid "Ruby text below/left from base text"
msgstr "注音符號在主文字的左下方"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3149816.3.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_CB_RUBYBELOW\">在基本文字的左側或下方顯示注音文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05040800.xhp#hd_id3149100.2.help.text
msgid "Grid display"
msgstr "顯示格子線"

#: 05040800.xhp#par_id3147089.1.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TEXTGRID_PAGE_LB_COLOR\">指定此文字網格的列印和顏色等選項。</ahelp>"

#: 04120220.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (indexes/tables)"
msgstr "項目 (索引/表格)"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3149349.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"Entries (indexes/tables)\">Entries (indexes/tables)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120220.xhp\" name=\"條目 (目錄)\">條目 (目錄)</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#par_id3154504.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">指定索引條目或表格條目的格式。此標籤的外觀會變更，以反映您在<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"[索引或表格]\">[索引或表格]</link>標籤上選取的索引類型。</ahelp>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3148770.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Table of Contents\">Table of Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"內容目錄\">內容目錄</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147564.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Alphabetical Index\">Alphabetical Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"索引目錄\">索引目錄</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151188.6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Illustration Index\">Illustration Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"插圖目錄\">插圖目錄</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3150761.7.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Index of Tables\">Index of Tables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"表格目錄\">表格目錄</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3153517.8.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined\">User-Defined</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"使用者自訂\">使用者自訂</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3151175.9.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Table of Objects\">Table of Objects</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"物件目錄\">物件目錄</link>"

#: 04120220.xhp#hd_id3147506.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography\">Bibliography</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"文獻目錄\">文獻目錄</link>"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Customize Address List"
msgstr "自訂地址清單"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1053C.help.text"
msgid "Customize Address List"
msgstr "自訂地址清單"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10540.help.text
msgid "Customizes the address list for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> documents."
msgstr "自訂<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">合併列印</link>文件的地址清單。"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10551.help.text
msgid "Address list elements"
msgstr "地址清單欄位"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取您要移動、刪除或重新命名的欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10560.help.text"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "增加"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">插入新的文字欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN1056E.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">刪除選取的欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10575.help.text"
msgid "Rename"
msgstr "重新命名"

#: mm_cusaddlis.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">重新命名選取的文字欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147338.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3155962.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Alphabetical Index </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取 <emph>[索引目錄]</emph> 作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link> 類型時，以下選項可用。 </variable>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3153247.3.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "附加"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154651.5.help.text
msgid "Combine identical entries"
msgstr "合併相同條目"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3153810.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">用單個條目代替等同的索引條目，此單個條目列出了該條目在文件中出現處的頁碼。例如，條目「檢視 10、檢視 43」合併為「檢視 10, 43」。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3147403.7.help.text
msgid "Combine identical entries with p or pp"
msgstr "用 f 或 ff 合併"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3083451.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">用單一項目取代也出現在下一頁或後續數頁上的相同索引項目，此單一項目會列出第一次出現處的頁碼，並具有「p」或「pp」。例如，項目「檢視 10、檢視 11、檢視 12」合併為「檢視 10pp」，「檢視 10、檢視 11」合併為「檢視 10p」。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3157870.9.help.text
msgid "Combine with -"
msgstr "用 - 合併"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3145825.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">用單個條目和條目出現處的頁面範圍代替出現在連續頁上的等同之索引條目。例如，條目「檢視 10、檢視 11、檢視 12」合併為「檢視 10-12」。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154502.11.help.text
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr "區分大小寫"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149880.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">在相同的索引條目中區分字母的大小寫。對於亞洲語言而言，需要套用特殊的處理規則。</ahelp>如果您希望根據條目在文件中第一次出現的情形決定條目的大小寫，請選取 <emph>[合併同一條目]</emph>。"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_idN10671.help.text
msgid "To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared."
msgstr "若要使用亞洲語言的多層比較功能，請選取 <emph>[區分字母大小寫]</emph>。多層比較功能會略過項目的大小寫和語音符號，只比較項目的原始形式。如果形式相同，就會比較語音符號。如果形式仍相同，會再比較它們的大小寫、字元寬度和日文假名差異。"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text
msgid "AutoCapitalize entries"
msgstr "條目自動大寫"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3148772.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">自動將索引條目的第一個字母變成大寫。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text
msgid "Keys as separate entries"
msgstr "關鍵字為自訂條目"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147170.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">將索引關鍵字作為獨立索引條目插入。</ahelp> 將關鍵字作為頂級索引條目插入，而為關鍵字指定的條目則作為縮排子條目插入。"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3151184.17.help.text
msgid "To define an index key, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert Index Entry\"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "若要定義索引關鍵字，請選擇<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"[插入索引條目]\"><emph>[插入索引條目]</emph></link>對話方塊。"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3154646.18.help.text
msgid "Concordance file"
msgstr "從檔案匯編條目"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3156322.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">使用詞彙索引檔自動標記索引條目，詞彙索引檔包含索引中的字詞清單。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150258.24.help.text"
msgid "File"
msgstr "檔案"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149287.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">選取、建立或編輯詞彙索引檔。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3152950.32.help.text"
msgid "Sort"
msgstr "排序"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3149812.33.help.text
msgid "Sets the options for sorting the index entries."
msgstr "指定用於排序索引條目的選項。"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text
msgctxt "04120212.xhp#hd_id3150347.34.help.text"
msgid "Language"
msgstr "語言"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3154475.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">選取用於排序索引條目的語言規則。</ahelp>"

#: 04120212.xhp#hd_id3153675.36.help.text
msgid "Key type"
msgstr "關鍵字類型"

#: 04120212.xhp#par_id3147530.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">當您要依值排序數字時 (如 1、2、12)，請選取數值。而要依字元碼排序數字時 (如 1、12、2)，請選取字母數字。</ahelp>"

#: 05130100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Condition"
msgstr "條件"

#: 05130100.xhp#bm_id3154656.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; conditional</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>conditional styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>樣式; 條件</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>條件樣式</bookmark_value>"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154656.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"Condition\">Condition</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130100.xhp\" name=\"條件\">條件</link>"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154766.2.help.text
msgid "Define conditions for conditional styles here."
msgstr "您可在此定義有條件的樣式的條件。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151391.10.help.text
msgid "Conditional styles are paragraph styles that have different properties depending on the context. Once defined, you cannot change the conditional properties of a conditional style."
msgstr "使用有條件的樣式時，會與段落樣式有關，它會根據上下文的不同而有所影響。在定義新樣式時，您可以定義樣式是否應為「有條件的」；之後無法變更這個屬性，但仍可以變更條件。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149349.11.help.text
msgid "$[officename] applies the paragraph properties of conditional styles as follows (the bold terms correspond to the titles of dialog fields): If a paragraph formatted with a conditional style is in a <emph>Context</emph> that has an <emph>Applied Style</emph> linked to it, then the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> from that condition is used. If no style is linked to the <emph>Context</emph>, then the attributes defined in the conditional style apply. The following example illustrates this relationship:"
msgstr "指定有條件的樣式的段落屬性時，$[officename] 執行如下 (以粗體加深的概念，符合對話方塊中欄位的標題)：若以有條件的樣式格式化的段落位於<emph>「上下文」</emph>中，且與<emph>「使用的樣式」</emph>連接，那麼便會使用這個條件中的<emph>「段落樣式」</emph>。若<emph>「上下文」</emph>未連接任何樣式，則適用已在有條件的樣式中定義的屬性。下列範例清楚說明其相關性："

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149883.12.help.text
msgid "Open a blank text document and write a short business letter with a header (<emph>Format</emph> - <emph>Page</emph> - <emph>Header</emph>)."
msgstr "開啟一個空的文字文件，然後寫一封含頁首的簡短商務信函 (<emph>「格式」</emph>-<emph>「頁」</emph>... -<emph>「頁首」</emph>)。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3148768.21.help.text
msgid "Define a new Paragraph Style by choosing <emph>New</emph> in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and selecting all the paragraph properties that you want for your business letter in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog. Name this style \"Business letter\"."
msgstr "您可以在「各類樣式」的右鍵功能表中選擇用於段落樣式的<emph>「開啟新檔...」</emph>指令，並在<emph>「段落樣式」</emph>對話方塊中定義您偏好於商務信函中用於一般段落的所有段落屬性，藉此定義一個新的段落樣式。然後將此樣式命名為「商務信函」。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3153723.23.help.text
msgid "Then click the <emph>Condition</emph> tab and select the <emph>Conditional style</emph> field to define the new Paragraph Style as a conditional style."
msgstr "接著轉換到<emph>「條件」</emph>選項標籤，並選取<emph>「當作有條件的樣式」</emph>欄位，以將新的段落樣式定義為有條件的樣式。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154647.24.help.text
msgid "In <emph>Context</emph>, select the header entry and under <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> select the style for the header in your business letter; for example, the default Paragraph Style \"Header\". You also can select your own style."
msgstr "現在請在<emph>「上下文」</emph>下選取「首頁」條目，並在<emph>「段落樣式」</emph>清單方塊中選取適用於您的商務信函的樣式，例如，預設的段落樣式「首頁」。當然，您也可以在此選取一個自訂的樣式。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150760.25.help.text
msgid "You can apply the Paragraph Style to the context by double-clicking the selected entry in the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> list box or by using <emph>Apply</emph>."
msgstr "在 <emph>[段落樣式]</emph> 清單方塊中，連按兩下所選條目，或使用 <emph>[套用]</emph> 將段落樣式套用至內容。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149753.26.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Paragraph Style dialog, and then format all paragraphs in your business letter, including the header, with the new \"Business letter\" conditional Paragraph Style. (When you click in the header, you may need to display <item type=\"literal\">All Styles</item> or <item type=\"literal\">Custom Styles</item> in the style list to use the new business letter style.)"
msgstr "按一下<emph>「確定」</emph>關閉「段落樣式」對話方塊，並以新的、有條件的段落樣式「商務信函」格式化您的商務信函中的所有段落，包括頁首。(當您按一下「頁首」，也同樣必須顯示全部樣式或「各類樣式」中的自訂樣式，以能夠使用新樣式「商務信函」。)"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3145412.27.help.text
msgid "The header text now has the attributes you specified in the Header Paragraph Style, while the other parts of the document have the attributes defined in the business letter conditional Paragraph Style."
msgstr "現在您會看見，當文件的所有其它部份擁有您在 (有條件的) 段落樣式「商務信函」中定義的屬性時，頁首文字便擁有在「頁首」段落樣式中定義的屬性。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154473.13.help.text
msgid "The \"Text body\" Style was created as a conditional style. Therefore, any styles you derive from it can be used as conditional styles."
msgstr "「內文」樣式會當作有條件的樣式置入。您從「內文」中取得的每個自訂樣式都可以當作「有條件的樣式」使用。"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151321.14.help.text
msgid "The Paragraph Style applied to the context is used when exporting to other formats (RTF, HTML, and so on)."
msgstr "匯出到其他格式 (RTF、HTML、等) 時，會寫入為上下文指定的段落樣式。"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3152952.3.help.text
msgid "Conditional style"
msgstr "當作有條件的樣式"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3150974.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">核取此方塊將新樣式定義為條件樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3153672.4.help.text
msgid "Context"
msgstr "上下文"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3147530.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">您可以在此看見 $[officename] 預先定義的上下文，包括大綱層次 1 到 10、編號/項目符號 1 到 10、表格標題、表格內容、區段、邊框、註腳、頁首和首尾。</ahelp>"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3155896.5.help.text
msgid "Applied Style"
msgstr "使用的樣式"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3149689.17.help.text
msgid "Here you can see the list of all Paragraph Styles applied to a context."
msgstr "在此會列出一張清單，內含為上下文指定的所有段落樣式。"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3154194.6.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "段落樣式"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3159195.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">在清單方塊中將包含可以指定到上下文的所有段落樣式的清單。</ahelp>"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149306.8.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3151335.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">按一下此處移除目前指定給所選樣式的上下文。</ahelp>"

#: 05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text
msgctxt "05130100.xhp#hd_id3149483.9.help.text"
msgid "Assign"
msgstr "指定"

#: 05130100.xhp#par_id3154829.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">按一下 <emph>[指定]</emph> 將<emph>所選段落樣式</emph>套用到定義的<emph>上下文</emph>中。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print & Send"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 儲存、列印和傳送"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1054C.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Save, Print or Send</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 儲存、列印或傳送</link>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
msgid "Specifies the output options for mail merge documents."
msgstr "指定合併列印文件的輸出選項。"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
msgid "The appearance of this page depends on the option that you select. After you specify the settings, click <emph>Finish</emph> to exit the wizard."
msgstr "此頁的外觀視您選取的選項而有所不同。指定好設定之後，按一下 <emph>[完成]</emph> 結束精靈。"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10578.help.text"
msgid "Save starting document"
msgstr "儲存開始文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057C.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the starting document that contains the database fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">儲存包含資料庫欄位的開始文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1057F.help.text"
msgid "Save starting document"
msgstr "儲存開始文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10583.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">儲存目前文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10586.help.text
msgid "Save merged document"
msgstr "儲存合併的文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">儲存合併的文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1058D.help.text
msgid "Save as single document"
msgstr "儲存為單一文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10591.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將合併的文件儲存為單個檔案。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10594.help.text
msgid "Save as individual documents"
msgstr "儲存為個別文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10598.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將合併的文件儲存為要寄給每位收件者的單獨檔案。文件的檔案名稱是以您輸入的名稱，其後加上底線和目前記錄的編號建構而成。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059B.help.text"
msgid "From"
msgstr "自"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1059F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box. </ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取以 <emph>[自]</emph> 方塊中的記錄編號為開頭且以 <emph>[至]</emph> 方塊中的記錄編號為結尾的一連串記錄。 </ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text"
msgid "From"
msgstr "寄件者"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN106E1.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入第一筆記錄的編號，將其納入合併列印中。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A2.help.text"
msgid "To"
msgstr "至"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入上一筆記錄的編號，將其納入合併列印中。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105A9.help.text
msgid "Save Documents"
msgstr "儲存文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105AD.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Saves the documents.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">儲存文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B0.help.text
msgid "Print merged document"
msgstr "列印合併的文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the output for all or some recipients.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列印所有收件者或某些收件者的輸出。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105B7.help.text"
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "印表機"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BB.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the printer.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取印表機。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105BE.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "特性"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">變更印表機特性。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C5.help.text
msgid "Print all documents"
msgstr "列印所有文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105C9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列印所有收件者的文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DA.help.text
msgid "Print Documents"
msgstr "列印文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105DE.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列印合併列印文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E1.help.text
msgid "Send merged document as e-mail"
msgstr "以電子郵件傳送合併的文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sends the output as e-mail messages to all recipients.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將輸出作為電子郵件訊息傳送給所有收件者。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105E8.help.text"
msgid "To"
msgstr "收件者"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EC.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database field that contains the e-mail address of the recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取包含收件者電子郵件地址的資料庫欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105EF.help.text
msgid "Copy to"
msgstr "副本抄送"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN105F3.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp\">[副本抄送]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中指定一或多個 [副本] 或 [密件副本] 地址。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10600.help.text"
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "主題"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the subject line for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入電子郵件訊息的主旨行。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10607.help.text
msgid "Send as"
msgstr "傳送格式"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the mail format for the e-mail messages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取電子郵件訊息的郵件格式。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1060E.help.text
msgid "The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments."
msgstr "純文字和 HTML 郵件格式以郵件內文傳送，而 *.odt、*.doc 和 *.pdf 格式以附件形式傳送。"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10611.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "特性"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10615.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">E-Mail Message</link> dialog where you can enter the e-mail message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp\">[電子郵件訊息]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中輸入作為附件傳送的合併列印檔案的電子郵件訊息。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10626.help.text
msgid "Name of the attachment"
msgstr "附件名稱"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">顯示附件的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text
msgid "Send all documents"
msgstr "傳送所有記錄"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10631.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select to send e-mails to all recipients.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選擇將電子郵件傳送給所有收件者。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text
msgid "Send Documents"
msgstr "傳送文件"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10646.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Click to start sending e-mails.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">按一下此選項開始傳送電子郵件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge08.xhp#par_idN10649.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈\">合併列印精靈</link>"

#: 05120300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 05120300.xhp#hd_id3154660.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120300.xhp\" name=\"選擇\">選擇</link>"

#: 05120300.xhp#par_id3154765.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the column that contains the cursor.</ahelp> This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireColumn\" visibility=\"visible\">選取游標所在的欄。</ahelp> 只有在游標處於表格中時，此選項才可用。"

#: 02110000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Navigator"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151177.85.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"助手\">助手</link>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149802.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">Shows or hides the Navigator, where you can quickly jump to different parts of your document. You can also use the Navigator to insert elements from the current document or other open documents, and to organize master documents.</ahelp> To edit an item in the Navigator, right-click the item, and then choose a command from the context menu. If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Navigator at the edge of your workspace."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Navigator\">顯示或隱入瀏覽；在瀏覽中您可以快速跳換到文件的不同部份。您也可以使用瀏覽從目前的文件或其他開啟的文件中插入元素，然後管理主控文件。</ahelp>若要在瀏覽中編輯項目，請在該項目上按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後從右鍵功能表中選擇一個指令。如果需要，您可以將瀏覽<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"停駐\">停駐</link> 在工作區的邊界。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154475.3.help.text
msgid "To open the Navigator, choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph>. To move the Navigator, drag its title bar. To dock the Navigator, drag its title bar to the left or to the right edge of the workspace. To undock the Navigator, double-click in a free area of the Navigator."
msgstr "若要開啟「助手」，請選擇 <emph>[檢視] - [助手]</emph>。若要移動「助手」，請拖曳其標題列。若要停駐「助手」，請將其標題列拖曳至工作區的左邊緣或右邊緣。若要解除停駐「助手」，請連按兩下「助手」的任一空白區域。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149490.79.help.text
msgid "Click the plus sign (+) next to a category in the Navigator to view the items in the category. To view the number of items in a category, rest your mouse pointer over the category in the Navigator. To jump to an item in the document, double-click the item in the Navigator."
msgstr "按一下瀏覽中分類旁的加號 (+) 來檢視分類中的項目。若要檢視某分類中的項目數，請在瀏覽中將您的滑鼠指標放置在該分類上。若要跳換到文件中的項目，請在瀏覽中按兩下該項目。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149106.64.help.text
msgid "To jump to the next or previous item in a document, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon to open the Navigation toolbar, click the item category, and then click the up or down arrows."
msgstr "跳換至文件中的下一個或上一個項目，按一下<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"導覽\">[導覽]</link> 圖示以開啟瀏覽工具列，按一下項目分類，然後按一下向上或向下箭頭。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155136.90.help.text
msgid "A hidden section in a document appears gray in the Navigator, and displays the text \"hidden\" when you rest the mouse pointer over it. The same applies to header and footer contents of Page Styles that are not used in a document, and hidden contents in tables, text frames, graphics, OLE objects, and indexes."
msgstr "文件中隱入的區域在助手中呈灰色，並當您將滑鼠指標停留在其上時，顯示文字「隱入的」。相同的情形適用於文件中未使用的頁面樣式的頁首內容和頁尾內容，以及表格、文字框架、圖形、OLE 物件和索引中隱入的內容。"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3149176.66.help.text"
msgid "Toggle"
msgstr "切換"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155917.67.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Switches between master view and normal view if a master document is open.</ahelp>Switches between <link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"master view\">master view</link> and normal view if a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link> is open."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">在主控檢視與標準檢視之間切換 (如果主控文件已經開啟)。</ahelp>在<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"主控檢視\">主控檢視</link>與標準檢視之間切換 (如果<link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"主控文件\">主控文件</link>已經開啟)。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150689.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150695\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150695\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150695\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149568.68.help.text"
msgid "Toggle"
msgstr "切換"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145272.69.help.text"
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150558.70.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Opens the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows.</ahelp>Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> toolbar, where you can quickly jump to the next or the previous item in the category that you select. Select the category, and then click the \"Previous\" and \"Next\" arrows."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">開啟 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 工具列，在此處您可以快速跳躍至選取的類別中之下一個項目或上一個項目。選取類別，然後按一下「上一個」箭頭和「下一個」箭頭。</ahelp>開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\">[瀏覽]</link> 工具列，在此處您可以快速跳躍至選取的類別中的下一個項目或上一個項目。選取類別，然後按一下「上一個」箭頭和「下一個」箭頭。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149838.83.help.text
msgid "To continue the search, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Repeat Search\"><emph>Repeat Search</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "若要繼續搜尋，請按一下<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"重複搜尋\"><emph>重複搜尋</emph></link> 圖示 (位於<emph>瀏覽</emph>工具列上)。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_idN1087B.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3628141\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3628141\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20249.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3628141\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3154341.71.help.text"
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150096.28.help.text
msgid "Previous"
msgstr "上一個"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148784.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the previous item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳躍至文件中的上一個項目。若要指定要跳躍至的項目類型，請按一下 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 圖示，然後按一下項目類別 - 例如「圖形」。</ahelp>跳躍至文件中的上一個項目。若要指定要跳躍至的項目類型，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\">[瀏覽]</link> 圖示，然後按一下項目類別 - 例如「圖形」。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154616.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154622\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20186.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154622\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150659.30.help.text
msgid "Previous Object"
msgstr "上一個物件"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3150675.31.help.text"
msgid "Next"
msgstr "下一個"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\".</ahelp>Jumps to the next item in the document. To specify the type of item to jump to, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, and then click an item category - for example, \"Graphics\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳躍至文件中的下一個項目。若要指定要跳躍至的項目類型，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\"><emph>[瀏覽]</emph></link> 圖示，然後按一下項目類別 - 例如「圖形」。</ahelp>跳躍至文件中的下一個項目。若要指定要跳躍至的項目類型，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\">[瀏覽]</link> 圖示，然後按一下項目類別 - 例如「圖形」。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150767.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150773\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150773\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20175.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150773\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155359.33.help.text
msgid "Next Object"
msgstr "下一個物件"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3148715.72.help.text"
msgid "Page number"
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155548.73.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">Type the number of the page number that you want to jump to, and then press Enter.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX16\">鍵入要跳換到的頁碼，然後按 ENTER。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148933.74.help.text
msgid "To quickly move the cursor to another page while you are in a document, press Shift+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5, type the number of the page that you want to jump to, and then wait a few moments."
msgstr "若要在文件中快速將游標移至另一頁，請按 SHIFT+<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">指令</caseinline><defaultinline>CTRL</defaultinline></switchinline>+F5 組合鍵，鍵入要跳換到的頁面的號碼，然後稍候片刻。"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155308.7.help.text
msgid "List Box"
msgstr "選取方塊"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155325.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">Shows or hides the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX7\">顯示或隱藏<emph> [瀏覽] </emph>清單。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154949.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154955\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154955\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20233.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154955\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3146874.9.help.text
msgid "List box on/off"
msgstr "開啟和關閉選取方塊"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3146891.10.help.text
msgid "Content View"
msgstr "切換內容檢視"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145596.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">Switches between the display of all categories in the Navigator and the selected category.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX8\">切換顯示瀏覽中的所有分類與所選分類。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154133.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154140\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154140\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154140\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3156067.12.help.text
msgid "Switch Content View"
msgstr "切換內容檢視"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155932.78.help.text
msgid "To quickly reorder headings and their associated text in your document, select the \"Headings\" category in the list, and then click the<emph> Content View</emph> icon. Now you can use drag-and-drop to reorder contents."
msgstr "若要快速地重新排列文件中標題及其關聯文字的順序，請選取清單中的「標題」分類，然後按一下 <emph>[內容檢視]</emph> 圖示。現在您可以使用拖放方式重新排列內容。"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3155381.13.help.text"
msgid "Set Reminder"
msgstr "設定提醒"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153011.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\"><emph>Navigation</emph></link> icon, in the <emph>Navigation</emph> window click the <emph>Reminder</emph> icon, and then click the <emph>Previous</emph> or <emph>Next</emph> button.</ahelp>Click here to set a reminder at the current cursor position. You can define up to five reminders. To jump to a reminder, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation\">Navigation</link> icon, in the Navigation window click the Reminder icon, and then click the Previous or Next button."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下此處，以在目前的游標位置設定提醒。您最多可以定義五個提醒。若要跳躍至提醒，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\"><emph>[瀏覽]</emph></link> 圖示，在 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 視窗中按一下 <emph>[提醒]</emph> 圖示，然後按一下 <emph>[上一個]</emph> 或 <emph>[下一個]</emph> 按鈕。</ahelp>按一下此處，以在目前的游標位置設定提醒。您最多可以定義五個提醒。若要跳躍至提醒，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽\">[瀏覽]</link> 圖示，在 [瀏覽] 視窗中按一下 [提醒] 圖示，然後按一下 [上一個] 或 [下一個] 按鈕。"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154608.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154904\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154904\" src=\"sw/imglst/sr20014.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154904\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3153054.15.help.text"
msgid "Set Reminder"
msgstr "設定提醒"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3153070.17.help.text"
msgid "Header"
msgstr "頁首"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3159242.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">Moves the cursor to the header, or from the header to the document text area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX10\">將游標移至頁首，或從頁首移至文件文字區域。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153900.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153911\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153911\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20179.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153911\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3147104.19.help.text"
msgid "Header"
msgstr "頁首"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3147120.20.help.text"
msgid "Footer"
msgstr "頁尾"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147137.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">Moves the cursor to the footer, or from the footer to the document text area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX11\">將游標移至頁尾，或從頁尾移至文件文字區域。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150217.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150224\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150224\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20177.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150224\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145220.22.help.text"
msgid "Footer"
msgstr "頁尾"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145237.23.help.text"
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
msgstr "標號 <-> 文字"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150314.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">Jumps between the footnote text and the footnote anchor.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX12\">在註腳文字和註腳標號之間跳換。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153100.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153108\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153108\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20182.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153108\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3150650.25.help.text"
msgid "Anchor <-> Text"
msgstr "標號 <-> 文字"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154292.34.help.text
msgid "Drag Mode"
msgstr "拖放模式"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155828.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">Sets the drag and drop options for inserting items from the Navigator into a document, for example, as a hyperlink. Click this icon, and then choose the option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX4\">指定用於從瀏覽向文件插入項目的拖放選項，例如，作為超連結。按一下此圖示，然後選擇您要使用的選項。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155120.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155126\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155126\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155126\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147042.36.help.text
msgid "Drag mode"
msgstr "拖曳模式"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150938.37.help.text
msgid "Insert As Hyperlink"
msgstr "當作超連結插入"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150954.38.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">Creates a hyperlink when you drag and drop an item into the current document. Click the hyperlink in the document to jump to the item that the hyperlink points to.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_HYP\">將某個項目拖放至目前的文件中時，建立超連結。按一下文件中的超連結，跳換到此超連結指向的項目。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154354.39.help.text
msgid "Insert As Link"
msgstr "當作連結插入"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154371.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">Inserts the selected item as a link where you drag and drop in the current document. Text is inserted as protected sections. The contents of the link are automatically updated when the source is changed. To manually update the links in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>. You cannot create links for graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_LINK\">在目前的文件中，於拖放位置將所選項目作為連結插入。將文字作為受保護區域插入。資料源變更時，連結的內容會自動更新。若要手動更新文件中的連結，請選擇<emph>「工具」 - 「更新」 - 「連結」</emph>。您無法建立用於圖形、OLE 物件、參照和索引的連結。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3155572.42.help.text
msgid "Insert As Copy"
msgstr "當作複製件插入"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155589.43.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">Inserts a copy of the selected item where you drag and drop in the current document. You cannot drag and drop copies of graphics, OLE objects, references and indexes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_DRAG_COPY\">在目前的文件中，於拖放位置插入所選項目的副本。您無法拖放圖形、OLE 物件、參照和索引的副本。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3150507.45.help.text
msgid "Outline Level"
msgstr "大綱層次"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150529.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">Click this icon, and then choose the number of heading outline levels that you want to view in the Navigator window.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking a heading in the Navigator window."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX13\">按一下此圖示，然後選擇您想要在 [瀏覽] 視窗中檢視的標題大綱層次數目。</ahelp> 您也可以在 [瀏覽] 視窗中的標題上按一下右鍵，以存取此指令。"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3148808.76.help.text
msgid "1-10"
msgstr "1-10"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148826.77.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">Click <emph>1 </emph>to only view the top level headings in the Navigator window, and <emph>10</emph> to view all of the headings.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_OUTLINES\">按一下<emph>[1]</emph>以僅檢視瀏覽視窗中的第一級標題，按一下<emph>[10]</emph>以檢視所有標題。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153588.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153595\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153595\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153595\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3145554.47.help.text"
msgid "Outline level"
msgstr "大綱層次"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#hd_id3145571.48.help.text"
msgid "Chapter Up"
msgstr "章節升級"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3145587.49.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, up one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX5\">將選取的標題和標題下面的文字在助手和文件中上移一個標題位置。若只要移動選取的標題，而不移動與標題相關聯的文字，請按住 Ctrl 鍵，然後按一下此圖示。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153268.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153275\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153275\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153275\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text
msgctxt "02110000.xhp#par_id3149147.50.help.text"
msgid "Chapter Up"
msgstr "章節升級"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3154424.51.help.text
msgid "Chapter Down"
msgstr "章節降級"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3154440.52.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">Moves the selected heading, and the text below the heading, down one heading position in the Navigator and in the document. To move only the selected heading and not the text associated with the heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX6\">將選取的標題和標題下面的文字在助手和文件中下移一個標題位置。若只要移動選取的標題，而不移動與標題相關聯的文字，請按住 Ctrl 鍵，然後按一下此圖示。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153768.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150828\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150828\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150828\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150870.53.help.text
msgid "Chapter down"
msgstr "章節降級"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3151338.55.help.text
msgid "Promote Level"
msgstr "升級"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3151354.56.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">Increases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only increase the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX14\">將選取的標題及其下面標題的大綱層次提高一級。若要只提高選取的標題之大綱層次，請按住 Ctrl 鍵，然後按一下此圖示。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3155414.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155420\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155420\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3153697.57.help.text
msgid "Promote level"
msgstr "升級"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3153714.58.help.text
msgid "Demote Level"
msgstr "降級"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3150707.59.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">Decreases the outline level of the selected heading, and the headings that occur below the heading, by one. To only decrease the outline level of the selected heading, hold down Ctrl, and then click this icon.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_TBX15\">將選取的標題及其下面標題的大綱層次降低一級。若要只降低選取的標題之大綱層次，請按住 Ctrl，然後按一下此圖示。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148414.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148420\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148420\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148420\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3147324.60.help.text
msgid "Demote level"
msgstr "降級"

#: 02110000.xhp#hd_id3147340.61.help.text
msgid "Open Documents"
msgstr "載入的文件"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3148999.62.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">Lists the names of all open text documents. To view the contents of a document in the Navigator window, select the name of the document in the list. The current document displayed in the Navigator is indicated by the word \"active\" after its name in the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVIGATOR_LISTBOX\">列出所有開啟的文字文件的名稱。若要在瀏覽視窗中檢視文件的內容，請在清單中選取該文件的名稱。在清單中，顯示在瀏覽中的目前文件將由其名稱之後的「使用中」一詞來指示。</ahelp>"

#: 02110000.xhp#par_id3149025.63.help.text
msgid "You can also right-click an item in the Navigator, choose <emph>Display</emph>, and then click the document that you want to view."
msgstr "您也可以在助手中的項目上按一下滑鼠右鍵，選擇<emph>[顯示]</emph>，然後按一下要檢視的文件。"

#: 05060800.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Hyperlink"
msgstr "超連結"

#: 05060800.xhp#bm_id3150980.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>frames; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>pictures; defining hyperlinks</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; for objects</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>物件; 定義超連結</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>訊框; 定義超連結</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>圖片; 定義超連結</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>超連結; 用於物件</bookmark_value>"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3150980.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"Hyperlink\">Hyperlink</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp\" name=\"超連結\">超連結</link>"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154188.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">指定所選圖形、訊框或 OLE 物件的超連結屬性。</ahelp>"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3155180.3.help.text
msgid "Link to"
msgstr "連結"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3143275.4.help.text
msgid "Set the link properties."
msgstr "設定連結屬性。"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3149485.5.help.text"
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3154831.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">輸入您要開啟之檔案的完整路徑。</ahelp>"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3151260.17.help.text"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149109.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">找到您要超連結開啟的檔案，然後按一下 <emph>[開啟舊檔]</emph>。</ahelp>目標檔案可位於您的機器或是網際網路上的<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP 伺服器\">FTP 伺服器</link> 中。"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3148972.19.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3147217.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">輸入超連結的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text
msgctxt "05060800.xhp#hd_id3153636.7.help.text"
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "訊框"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149042.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"here\">here</link>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">指定要開啟目標檔案的訊框的名稱。</ahelp><link href=\"text/shared/01/01100500.xhp\" name=\"此處\">此處</link> 將描述預先定義的目標訊框名稱。"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3152772.9.help.text
msgid "Image Map"
msgstr "影像映射"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3155138.10.help.text
msgid "Select the type of <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"ImageMap\">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page."
msgstr "選取要使用的<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap\" name=\"影像映射\">影像映射</link>類型。影像映射設定置換在此頁中輸入的超連結設定。"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3153357.13.help.text
msgid "Server-side image map"
msgstr "伺服器端影像映射"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3149176.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">使用伺服器端影像映射。</ahelp>"

#: 05060800.xhp#hd_id3156278.15.help.text
msgid "Client-side image map"
msgstr "用戶端影像映射"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151036.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">使用<link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"影像映射\">影像映射</link> ，這是您為所選物件建立的。</ahelp>"

#: 05060800.xhp#par_id3151380.21.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">URL</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url\" name=\"URL\">URL</link>"

#: 01160200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline to Clipboard"
msgstr "大綱送至剪貼簿"

#: 01160200.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Clipboard\">Outline to Clipboard</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160200.xhp\" name=\"大綱送至剪貼簿\">大綱送至剪貼簿</link>"

#: 01160200.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">Sends the outline of a document to the clipboard in Rich Text Format (RTF).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToClipboard\">將文件的大綱以 Rich Text Format (RTF) 格式傳送至剪貼簿。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Functions"
msgstr "函數"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149123.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Functions\">Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"功能\">功能</link>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150343.45.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">在此輸入其他功能參數的值。參數的類型是根據所選取的功能而定。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151242.2.help.text
msgid "Depending on the field type that you select, you can assign conditions to certain functions. For example, you can define a field that executes a macro when you click the field in the document, or a condition that, when met, hides a field. You can also define placeholder fields that insert graphics, tables, frames and other objects into your document when needed."
msgstr "功能欄位會執行特定功能，它可根據欄位類型與條件連結。您可以定義用滑鼠按一下便可執行特定巨集的欄位，或是隱藏與特定條件相關的文字片段的欄位。針對圖形、表格、框架和其他物件可定義萬用字元，以在必要時將它們插入文件中。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352037.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要增加欄位至文件，請依序按一下欄位類型、在 <emph>[選取]</emph> 清單中按一下欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150537.3.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3155623.4.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152999.5.help.text
msgid "Conditional text"
msgstr "有條件的文字"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149881.6.help.text
msgid "Inserts text if a certain <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> is met. For example, enter \"sun eq 1\" in the <emph>Condition</emph> box, and then the text that you want to insert when the variable \"sun\" equals \"1\" in the <emph>Then </emph>box. If you want, you can also enter the text that you want to display when this condition is not met in the <emph>Else</emph> box. To define the variable \"sun\", click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"Variables\"><emph>Variables</emph></link> tab, select \"Set variable\", type \"sun\" in the<emph> Name</emph> box, and its value in the<emph> Value</emph> box."
msgstr "插入文字，當符合某個<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件\">條件</link> 時。例如，在 <emph>[條件]</emph> 方塊中輸入 \"sun eq 1\"，然後在 <emph>[然後]</emph> 方塊中輸入如果變數 \"sun\" 等於 \"1\" 時將插入的文字。如果您需要，也可以在 <emph>[否則]</emph> 方塊中輸入不符合此條件時將顯示的文字。若要定義變數 \"sun\"，請按一下 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090005.xhp\" name=\"變數\"><emph>[變數]</emph></link> 標籤，選取 [設定變數] 並在 <emph>[名稱]</emph> 方塊中輸入 \"sun\"，在 <emph>[值]</emph> 方塊中輸入值。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153719.47.help.text
msgid "Input list"
msgstr "輸入清單"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147564.48.help.text
msgid "Inserts a text field that displays one item from a list. You can add, edit, and remove items, and change their order in the list. Click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in your document or press Ctrl+Shift+F9 to display the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"Choose Item\"><emph>Choose Item</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "插入文字欄位，以顯示清單中的一個項目。您可以在清單中加入、編輯和移除項目，還可以變更它們的順序。按一下文件中的某個<emph>輸入清單</emph>欄位，或按 CTRL+SHIFT+F9 組合鍵，以顯示<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp\" name=\"[選擇項目]\"><emph>[選擇項目]</emph></link>對話方塊。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3153146.7.help.text"
msgid "Input field"
msgstr "輸入欄位"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149287.8.help.text
msgid "Inserts a text field that you can open by <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"clicking\">clicking</link> it in the document. You can then change the text that is displayed."
msgstr "插入用來輸入文字的公式欄位。它可透過額外的提示執行。若您按一下<emph>「插入」</emph>按鈕，會顯示 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp\" name=\"「輸入欄位」\"><emph>「輸入欄位」</emph></link>對話方塊，您可在其中輸入所要的文字並進行編輯。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154691.9.help.text
msgid "Execute macro"
msgstr "執行巨集"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text
msgid "Inserts a text field that runs a macro when you click the field in the document. To assign a macro to the field, click the <emph>Macro</emph> button. "
msgstr "插入一個按兩下便會自動執行所指定巨集的文字欄位。透過<emph>「巨集...」</emph>按鈕可選取所要的巨集。您可根據巨集的選取在<emph>「提示」</emph>文字欄位中輸入必要的註釋。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3152946.11.help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "萬用字元"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153527.12.help.text
msgid "Inserts a placeholder field in the document, for example, for graphics. When you click a placeholder field in the document, you are prompted to insert the item that is missing."
msgstr "在文件中插入萬用字元。您可在<emph>「格式」</emph>下設定萬用字元的類型。在<emph>「萬用字元」</emph>文字欄位中輸入名稱，並在<emph>「提示」</emph>下輸入可能的註釋。若您按一下文件中的萬用字元，則可插入萬用字元所代表的物件。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id3150973.13.help.text"
msgid "Hidden text"
msgstr "隱藏的文字"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147524.14.help.text
msgid "Inserts a text field that is hidden when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden text</emph> check box."
msgstr "插入符合指定的條件時要隱藏的文字欄位。若要使用此功能，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"[文字文件] - [格式化輔助]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</link></emph>，並清除 <emph>[欄位：隱藏文字]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154480.15.help.text
msgid "Hidden Paragraph"
msgstr "隱藏的段落"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153677.16.help.text
msgid "Hides a paragraph when the condition that you specify is met. To use this function, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph> and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraph</emph> check box."
msgstr "在符合指定的條件時隱藏段落。若要使用此功能，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"[文字文件] - [格式化輔助]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</link></emph>，並清除 <emph>[欄位：隱入的段落]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154192.39.help.text
msgid "Combine characters "
msgstr "字元組合 (只支援中日韓文字)"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3159199.42.help.text
msgid "Combines up to 6 characters, so that they behave as a single character. This feature is only available when Asian fonts are supported."
msgstr "在此可組合 1 至 6 個字元，它會根據接下來的組合當作標準字元處理。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#par_id0902200804352213.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下要套用至所選欄位的格式，或按一下 [其它格式] 以定義自訂格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151329.17.help.text
msgid "For function fields, the format field is only used for fields of the type placeholder. Here, the format determines the object for which the placeholder stands."
msgstr "使用功能欄位時，格式欄位只有在「萬用字元」類型的欄位指令下有涵義。在此可透過格式決定適用萬用字元的物件。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149494.18.help.text"
msgid "Condition"
msgstr "條件"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3143281.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">為查看連結到<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件\">條件</link>的欄位，請在此輸入條件。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3151248.20.help.text"
msgid "Then, Else"
msgstr "那麼就，否則"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3154830.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">在 <emph>[然後]</emph> 方塊中輸入滿足條件時要顯示的文字，在 <emph>[否則]</emph> 方塊中輸入不滿足條件時要顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3146865.22.help.text
msgid "You can also insert database fields in the <emph>Then </emph>and <emph>Else </emph>boxes using the format \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\"."
msgstr "除了輸入一般文字外，您也可以在<emph>「就」</emph>和<emph>「否則」</emph>結果欄位中，以「資料庫名稱.表格名稱.欄位名稱」格式 (不含引號) 來表示資料庫欄位，以插入取決於該條件的欄位內容。$[officename] 首先會設法在此類表示式中，將文字辨識為資料庫欄。若此欄存在，則會輸出欄的內容，否則僅為文字。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147583.24.help.text
msgid "If the table or the field name does not exist in a database, nothing is inserted."
msgstr "如果已指定的表格名稱或欄位名稱不在資料庫中，那麼未設定括號的話，便不會執行任何插入動作。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3152585.23.help.text
msgid "If you include the quotes in \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\", the expression is inserted as text."
msgstr "如果您在 \"databasename.tablename.fieldname\" 中加入引號，將會以文字形式插入此表示式。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155136.26.help.text"
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "參照"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155149.27.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to display in the field. If you are inserting a placeholder field, type the text that you want to display as a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field. "
msgstr "鍵入在欄位中要顯示的文字。若插入的是預留位置欄位，鍵入的文字應是當滑鼠指標置於欄位上時，欲顯示出的提示說明内容。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147071.28.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147084.29.help.text
msgid "Select the macro that you want to run when the field is clicked."
msgstr "在此選取應執行的模塊的個別巨集。如果所選取的模塊只包含一個巨集，則選取欄位也只會提供一個條目供選取。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3154384.30.help.text"
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr "巨集名稱"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3153351.31.help.text
msgid "Displays the name of the selected macro."
msgstr "在此會顯示使用用來執行巨集的欄位時，在選取欄位中選擇的巨集名稱。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156269.32.help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "萬用字元"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156282.33.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to appear in the placeholder field."
msgstr "如果您選擇欄位類型<emph>[萬用字元]</emph>，則可在此處定義萬用字元。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3150587.34.help.text"
msgid "Hidden text"
msgstr "隱入的文字"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149173.35.help.text
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide if a condition is met."
msgstr "對於欄位類型<emph>[隱入的文字]</emph>，您可以輸入其顯示取決於條件的文字。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3151028.40.help.text
msgid "Characters"
msgstr "字元"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3145771.43.help.text
msgid "Enter the characters that you want to combine. You can combine a maximum of 6 characters. This option is only available for the <emph>Combine characters</emph> field type."
msgstr "輸入要組合的字元。最多可組合 6 個字元。此選項僅用於「組合字元」欄位類型。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3156369.41.help.text"
msgid "Value"
msgstr "數值"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3151370.44.help.text
msgid "Enter a value for the selected field."
msgstr "在此可在所選取的「字元組合」欄位類型中輸入數值。"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3148877.36.help.text"
msgid "Macro"
msgstr "巨集..."

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155912.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">開啟 <emph>[巨集選擇器]</emph>，您可於此選擇當您在文件中按一下選取的欄位時會執行的巨集。</ahelp>此按鈕只對 [執行巨集] 功能欄位有效。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150111.49.help.text
msgid "The following controls are displayed for <emph>Input list</emph> fields:"
msgstr "對於<emph>輸入清單</emph>欄位，螢幕上會顯示以下控制項："

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155860.50.help.text
msgid "Item"
msgstr "項目"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3150688.51.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">輸入新項目。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147413.52.help.text"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "加入"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147473.53.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">將 <emph>[項目]</emph> 中的內容加入清單中。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147496.54.help.text
msgid "Items on list"
msgstr "清單上的項目"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147618.55.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">列出這些項目。最頂端的項目顯示在文件中。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3145263.56.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149558.57.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">從清單中移除所選項目。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3145126.58.help.text
msgid "Move Up"
msgstr "上移"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3155970.59.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">在清單中將所選項目向上移動。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3150549.60.help.text
msgid "Move Down"
msgstr "下移"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3156221.61.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">在清單中將所選項目向下移動。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3149215.62.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147733.63.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">為此<emph>輸入清單</emph>輸入一個唯一的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3146332.64.help.text
msgid "Choose Item"
msgstr "選擇項目"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3147455.65.help.text
msgid "This dialog is shown when you click an <emph>Input list</emph> field in the document. "
msgstr "當您按一下文件中的某個<emph>輸入清單</emph>欄位時，螢幕上會顯示此對話方塊。"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3149837.66.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">Choose the item that you want to display in the document, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_LB_LISTITEMS\">選擇您要在文件中顯示的項目，然後按一下<emph>[確定]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3147602.67.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148855.68.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">Displays the <emph>Edit Fields: Functions</emph> dialog, where you can edit the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_EDIT\">顯示<emph>[編輯欄位指令：功能]</emph>對話方塊，您可以在其中編輯<emph>輸入清單</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text
msgctxt "04090003.xhp#hd_id3155558.69.help.text"
msgid "Next"
msgstr "下一個"

#: 04090003.xhp#par_id3148434.70.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">Closes the current <emph>Input list</emph> and displays the next, if available.</ahelp> You see this button when you open the <emph>Choose Item</emph> dialog by Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_DLG_FLD_DROPDOWN_PB_NEXT\">關閉目前的<emph>輸入清單</emph>，顯示下一個 (如果有)。</ahelp>當您透過 CTRL+SHIFT+F9 組合鍵開啟<emph>[選擇項目]</emph>對話方塊時，就可以看到此按鈕。"

#: 05060100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 05060100.xhp#bm_id9646290.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>resizing;aspect ratio</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>aspect ratio;resizing objects</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>變更大小; 縱橫比</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>縱橫比; 變更物件大小</bookmark_value>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151389.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"Type\">Type</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060100.xhp\" name=\"類型\">類型</link>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150568.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">指定頁面上所選物件或訊框的大小和位置。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147168.3.help.text"
msgid "Size"
msgstr "大小"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147567.5.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151180.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">輸入要用於所選物件的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154646.7.help.text"
msgid "Relative"
msgstr "相對"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145413.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">按頁面文字區域的寬度百分比，計算所選物件的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3147516.9.help.text"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "高度"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154099.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">輸入要用於所選物件的高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149809.11.help.text"
msgid "Relative"
msgstr "相對"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3154563.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">按頁面文字區域的高度百分比，計算所選物件的高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151313.13.help.text
msgid "Keep ratio"
msgstr "調整"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153675.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">變更高度設定或寬度設定時，保持高度與寬度的比例。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154470.41.help.text
msgid "Original Size"
msgstr "原件大小"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155898.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">將所選物件的大小設定重設為原來的數值。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149102.44.help.text
msgid "This option is not available for frames."
msgstr "框架無法使用此選項。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149824.15.help.text"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自動"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151262.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">自動調整訊框的寬度或高度，以適合訊框的內容。如果需要，您可以指定訊框的最小寬度或高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3152773.43.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Automatic</emph> option is only available when you select a frame."
msgstr "當您選取訊框時才可以使用 <emph>[自動]</emph> 選項。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155144.17.help.text
msgid "Anchor"
msgstr "鎖定"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153352.18.help.text
msgid "Specify the anchoring options for the selected object or frame. The anchor options are not available when you open the dialog from the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "指定所選物件或訊框的鎖定選項。鎖定選項於您從 [樣式和格式] 視窗開啟對話方塊時無法使用。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3156269.45.help.text
msgid "To page"
msgstr "在頁面上"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149169.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">將選擇鎖定至目前頁面。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3151028.60.help.text
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "在段落上"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145777.61.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">將選擇鎖定至目前段落。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3155913.62.help.text
msgid "To character"
msgstr "在字元上"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3151377.63.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">將選擇鎖定至字元。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150115.47.help.text
msgid "As character"
msgstr "當作字元"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155863.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">鎖定作為字元的選擇。目前行的高度會進行變更，以符合選擇的高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150693.25.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3147413.26.help.text
msgid "Specify the location of the selected object on the current page."
msgstr "指定目前頁面中所選物件的位置。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147488.27.help.text
msgid "Horizontal"
msgstr "水平"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145121.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">選取用於物件的水平對齊選項。</ahelp> 如果選擇「鎖定為字元」，則此選項不可用。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3149554.29.help.text"
msgid "by"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3145258.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">輸入所選物件的左邊緣和您在 <emph>[至]</emph> 方塊中所選參照點之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>只有在您選取了 <emph>[水平方向]</emph> 方塊中的 [自左]，此選項才可用。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150545.48.help.text"
msgid "to"
msgstr "至"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149213.49.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">選取用於所選水平對齊選項的參照點。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149230.51.help.text
msgid "You can see the result of the alignments options that you select in the Preview box."
msgstr "您可以查看在[預覽]方塊中所選對齊選項的結果。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3147746.52.help.text
msgid "Mirror on even pages"
msgstr "在雙數頁翻轉"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146337.53.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">反向目前偶數頁中的水平對齊設定。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3148446.54.help.text
msgid "You can also use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\"><emph>Graphics</emph></link> flip options to adjust the layout of objects on even and odd pages."
msgstr "您也可以使用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"圖形\"><emph>圖形</emph></link> 翻轉選項來調整偶數和奇數頁上物件的版面配置。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3145310.31.help.text
msgid "Vertical"
msgstr "垂直"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150161.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">選取用於物件的垂直對齊選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3150463.59.help.text
msgid "If you anchor an object to a frame with a fixed height, only the \"Bottom\" and \"Center\" alignment options are available."
msgstr "如果您將物件鎖定至高度固定的框架，則僅「向下」和「置中」對齊選項可用。"

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3154724.33.help.text"
msgid "by"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3156130.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box. "
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">輸入所選物件的上邊緣和您在 <emph>[至]</emph> 方塊中所選參照點之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>只有在您選取了 <emph>[垂直方向]</emph> 方塊中的「自上」或「自下」(作為字元)，此選項才可用。 "

#: 05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text
msgctxt "05060100.xhp#hd_id3150912.56.help.text"
msgid "to"
msgstr "至"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3155075.57.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">選取用於所選垂直對齊選項的參照點。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A8E.help.text
msgid "Follow text flow"
msgstr "遵循換行和分頁"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10A92.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">使選取的物件保持在物件被鎖定的文字版面配置邊界以內。若要將選取的物件放置在您文件中的任何位置，請不要選取此選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_idN10AA6.help.text
msgid "By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of %PRODUCTNAME older than %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
msgstr "依預設，當您開啟之文件的 %PRODUCTNAME 版本建立時間要早於 %PRODUCTNAME %PRODUCTVERSION 時，將會選取 <emph>[遵循換行和分頁]</emph> 選項。但是當您以 Microsoft Word 格式 (*.doc) 建立或開啟文件時，將不會選取這個選項。"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3149241.58.help.text
msgid "The green rectangle represents the selected object and the red rectangle represents the alignment reference point. If you anchor the object as a character, the reference rectangle changes to a red line."
msgstr "綠色矩形表示選取的物件，紅色矩形表示此對齊參照點。如果您將物件作為字元鎖定，則該參照矩形變更為紅色線條。"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3146949.66.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Anchor\"><emph>Format - Anchor</emph></link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05260000.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [鎖定]\"><emph>[格式] - [鎖定]</emph></link>"

#: 05060100.xhp#par_id3153231.67.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Alignment\"><emph>Format - Alignment</emph></link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05070000.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [對齊]\"><emph>[格式] - [對齊]</emph></link>"

#: 04210000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
msgstr "插入水平標尺"

#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3145249.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Horizontal Rule"
msgstr "插入水平標尺"

#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3150758.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">Inserts a horizontal line at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertGraphicRuler\">在目前游標所在位置插入水平線條。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3149806.5.help.text
msgid "The pictures of graphical lines belong to the <emph>Rulers </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"Gallery\">Gallery</link> theme. If you want to add more pictures to the list, open the <emph>Gallery</emph>."
msgstr "圖形線的圖片屬於 <emph>[標尺] </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/gallery.xhp\" name=\"畫廊\">[畫廊]</link> 主題。若要在清單中增加更多圖片，請開啟 <emph>[畫廊]</emph>。"

#: 04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text
msgctxt "04210000.xhp#hd_id3151315.3.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "選取"

#: 04210000.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\">Select the type of line that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>. The \"Plain\" type inserts an empty paragraph with a line as lower border.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_VS_RULER\">選取您要插入線條的類型，然後按一下 <emph>[確定]</emph>。「一般」類型會插入空白段落及做為下方邊框的線條。</ahelp>"

#: 04210000.xhp#par_idN10667.help.text
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/>"
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line\"/>"

#: 04120217.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120217.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3146322.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3145825.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Bibliography </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取「文獻目錄」作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，以下選項可用。</variable>"

#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3148773.3.help.text
msgid "Formatting of the entries"
msgstr "項目的格式化"

#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3147167.5.help.text
msgid "Number entries"
msgstr "編號條目"

#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3154647.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">自動編號參考文獻目錄條目。</ahelp> 若要設定編號的排序選項，請按一下<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"條目\">條目</link> 標籤。"

#: 04120217.xhp#hd_id3150759.7.help.text
msgid "Brackets"
msgstr "括號"

#: 04120217.xhp#par_id3149295.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">選取括住參考文獻目錄條目的括號。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"Footnotes\">Footnotes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080100.xhp\" name=\"註腳\">註腳</link>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_OPTIONS\">指定用於註腳和尾註的格式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154560.47.help.text
msgid "To set additional option for footnotes and endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "若要設定用於註腳和尾註的其他選項，請選擇<emph>[格式] - [頁]</emph>，然後按一下<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"[註腳]\"><emph>[註腳]</emph></link>標籤。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149884.9.help.text"
msgid "AutoNumbering"
msgstr "自動編號"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148394.11.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150568.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMVIEW\">選取您要用於註腳或尾註的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147570.13.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "<emph>選取</emph>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151180.14.help.text"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "<emph>函數</emph>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150763.15.help.text
msgid "A, B, C"
msgstr "A, B, C"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153154.16.help.text
msgid "Uppercase"
msgstr "大寫字母"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151171.17.help.text
msgid "a, b, c"
msgstr "a, b, c"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147508.18.help.text
msgid "Lowercase"
msgstr "小寫字母"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150706.19.help.text
msgid "I, II, III"
msgstr "I, II, III"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152940.20.help.text
msgid "Roman numerals (upper case)"
msgstr "大寫羅馬數字"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153530.21.help.text
msgid "i, ii, iii"
msgstr "i, ii, iii"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150359.22.help.text
msgid "Roman numerals (lower case)"
msgstr "小寫羅馬數字"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150981.23.help.text
msgid "1, 2, 3"
msgstr "1, 2, 3"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154569.24.help.text"
msgid "Arabic numerals"
msgstr "阿拉伯數字"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3147525.57.help.text"
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
msgstr "A,... AA,... AAA,..."

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155895.58.help.text
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with uppercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"AA\"."
msgstr "使用大寫字母依字母順序編號。在前 26 個條目之後，編號以「AA」重新開始。"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3154194.59.help.text"
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
msgstr "a,... aa,... aaa,..."

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149297.60.help.text
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with lowercase letters. After the first 26 entries, the numbering restarts at \"aa\"."
msgstr "使用小寫字母依字母順序編號。在前 26 個條目之後，編號以「aa」重新開始。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151330.25.help.text
msgid "Counting"
msgstr "計數"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155186.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_NUMCOUNT\">選取用於註腳的編號選項。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149096.65.help.text
msgid "Option"
msgstr "<emph>選項</emph>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#par_id3151256.66.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147094.27.help.text
msgid "Per page"
msgstr "每頁"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148983.28.help.text
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the top of each page. This option is only available if the <emph>End of page </emph>check box is selected in the <emph>Position </emph>area."
msgstr "在每頁的頂端重新開始註腳的編號。只有在<emph>[位置]</emph>區域中選取了<emph>[頁的結束位置]</emph>核取方塊時，此選項才可用。"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149040.29.help.text
msgid "Per chapter"
msgstr "每章"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3152766.30.help.text
msgid "Restarts the numbering of footnotes at the beginning of each chapter."
msgstr "在每章的起始處重新開始註腳的編號。"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155147.31.help.text
msgid "Per document"
msgstr "每個文件"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3153347.32.help.text
msgid "Numbers the footnotes in the document sequentially."
msgstr "循序地編號文件中的註腳。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149167.33.help.text"
msgid "Start at"
msgstr "開始從"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3156268.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the number for the first footnote in the document. This option is only available if you selected \"Per Document\" in the <emph>Counting </emph>box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:FLD_OFFSET\">輸入文件中第一個註腳的號碼。只有在您選取了<emph>[計數]</emph>方塊中的「每個文件」，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3151036.50.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150587.51.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \"To \" to display \"To 1\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_PREFIX\">輸入您要在註腳號碼前顯示的文字。</ahelp>例如，鍵入「To」以顯示「To 1」。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3156364.52.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3155906.53.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number in the note text.</ahelp> For example, type \")\" to display \"1)\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_SUFFIX\">輸入您要在註腳號碼後顯示的文字。</ahelp>例如，輸入 \")\" 以顯示 \"1)\"。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148875.3.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148888.5.help.text
msgid "End of page"
msgstr "頁尾"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151385.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_PAGE\">在頁面的底端顯示註腳。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149549.7.help.text
msgid "End of document"
msgstr "文件尾端"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150123.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:RB_POS_CHAPTER\">將文件最後的註腳顯示為尾註。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3155871.35.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3150695.36.help.text
msgid "To ensure a uniform appearance for the footnotes in your document, assign a paragraph style to the footnotes."
msgstr "若要確保文件中註腳的外觀一致，請為註腳指定段落樣式。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147418.37.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr "段落"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147620.38.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PARA_TEMPL\">選取用於註腳文字的段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147495.39.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3145128.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_PAGE_TEMPL\">選取您要用於註腳的頁面樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3149229.49.help.text
msgid "This option is only available if the <emph>End of Document</emph> check box is selected in the <emph>Position</emph> area."
msgstr "只有在 <emph>[位置]</emph> 區域中選取了 <emph>[文件的結束位置]</emph> 核取方塊時，此選項才可用。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3147742.61.help.text"
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3146335.62.help.text
msgid "You can assign styles to footnote anchors and text. You can use the predefined footnote styles, or use a different style."
msgstr "您可以為註腳標號和文字指定樣式。您可以使用預先定義的註腳樣式，或使用不同的樣式。"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3149834.63.help.text"
msgid "Text area"
msgstr "文字區域"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3147592.64.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:LB_ANCHR_CHARFMT\">選取您要用於文件的文字區域中註腳標號的字元樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text
msgctxt "06080100.xhp#hd_id3148845.55.help.text"
msgid "Footnote area"
msgstr "註腳範圍"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3148863.56.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION_LB_TEXT_CHARFMT\">選取您要用於註腳區域中註腳號碼的字元樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3155575.41.help.text
msgid "Continuation notice"
msgstr "接續註明"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3148445.43.help.text
msgid "End of Footnote"
msgstr "在註腳結尾"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3151091.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\">Enter the text that you want to display when the footnotes are continued on the next page, for example, \"Continued on Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the following page. </ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT\">當註腳在下一頁上繼續時，輸入您要顯示的文字，例如，「轉下頁」。$[officename] Writer 會自動插入後續頁的號碼。 </ahelp>"

#: 06080100.xhp#hd_id3154784.45.help.text
msgid "Start of next page"
msgstr "從續頁開始"

#: 06080100.xhp#par_id3154089.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\">Enter the text that you want to display on the page where the footnotes are continued, for example, \"Continued from Page \". $[officename] Writer automatically inserts the number of the previous page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FOOTNOTEOPTION:ED_CONT_FROM\">在註腳繼續的頁面上輸入您要顯示的文字，例如，「接上頁」。$[officename] Writer 會自動插入前一頁的號碼。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154767.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\">Footnote</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"註腳\">註腳</link>"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149351.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">Specifies the layout options for footnotes, including the line that separates the footnote from the main body of document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FOOTNOTE_PAGE\">指定用於註腳的版面配置選項，包括分隔註腳與正文的線條。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154646.3.help.text"
msgid "Footnote area"
msgstr "註腳範圍"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text
msgid "Set the height of the footnote area."
msgstr "在這裡設定註腳範圍的容量。"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3145412.5.help.text
msgid "Not larger than page area"
msgstr "頁面最高高度"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3147514.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:RB_MAXHEIGHT_PAGE\">依據註腳的數目自動調整註腳區域的高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154099.7.help.text
msgid "Maximum Footnote Height"
msgstr "最高高度上限"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149807.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">設定註腳範圍的高度上限。請啟用此選項，然後輸入高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154568.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_MAXHEIGHT\">輸入註腳區域的最大高度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3151318.11.help.text"
msgid "Distance from text"
msgstr "至內文的距離"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3153665.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_DIST\">輸入頁面底邊距與註腳區域中第一行文字之間留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3155897.13.help.text
msgid "Separator Line"
msgstr "分隔線"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149689.14.help.text
msgid "Specifies the position and length of the separator line."
msgstr "指定分隔線的位置與長度。"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3154194.15.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155184.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINEPOS\">選取水平對齊分隔主體文字與註腳區域的線條。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3143284.17.help.text
msgid "Length"
msgstr "長度"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3154827.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEWIDTH\">以頁面寬度區域比例的形式輸入分隔線的長度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3151253.19.help.text
msgid "Weight"
msgstr "線寬"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3149105.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"0.0 pt\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:DLB_LINETYPE\">選取用於分隔線的格式樣式。如果您不要分隔線，請選擇「0.0 pt」。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text
msgctxt "05040600.xhp#hd_id3149828.21.help.text"
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "至註腳文的間隔"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3148970.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FOOTNOTE_PAGE:ED_LINEDIST\">輸入分隔符線條與註腳區域第一行之間留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05040600.xhp#par_id3155145.24.help.text
msgid "To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr "若要指定兩個註腳之間的間隔，請選擇 <item type=\"menuitem\">[格式] - [段落]</item>，然後按一下 <emph>[縮排和間隔]</emph> 標籤。"

#: 05190000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Split Table"
msgstr "分割表格"

#: 05190000.xhp#bm_id3153246.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; splitting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>splitting tables; at cursor position</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dividing tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 分割</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>分割表格; 在游標位置</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>分割表格</bookmark_value>"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153246.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"Split Table\">Split Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp\" name=\"分割表格\">分割表格</link>"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">Splits the current table into two separate tables at the cursor position.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking in a table cell."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SplitTable\">自游標所在處將目前表格分成兩個單獨的表格。</ahelp> 您也可以在表格儲存格上按一下滑鼠右鍵以存取該指令。"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149351.3.help.text
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "模式"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3154554.5.help.text
msgid "Copy heading"
msgstr "複製標題"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3154503.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_CNTNT\">將原來表格的第一列作為第二個表格的第一列。</ahelp>"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3149880.7.help.text
msgid "Custom heading (apply style)"
msgstr "自訂標頭 (採用樣式)"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3148389.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_PARA\">在第二個表格中插入空標題列，格式套用原來表格中第一列的樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3150568.9.help.text
msgid "Custom heading"
msgstr "自訂標題"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3149027.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BOX_NOPARA\">在第二個表格中插入其他空列。</ahelp>"

#: 05190000.xhp#hd_id3153720.11.help.text
msgid "No heading"
msgstr "無標題"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3156318.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_SPLIT_TABLE:RB_BORDER\">分割表格而不複製頁首列。</ahelp>"

#: 05190000.xhp#par_id3145411.13.help.text
msgid "When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected."
msgstr "當您分開包含公式的表格時，公式可能會受到影響。"

#: 05150000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "AutoCorrect"
msgstr "自動校正"

#: 05150000.xhp#bm_id3153925.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>自動校正功能; 文字文件</bookmark_value>"

#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id3153925.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\">AutoCorrect</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150000.xhp\" name=\"自動格式\">自動校正</link>"

#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3151182.2.help.text
msgid "Automatically formats the file according to the options that you set under <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect\"><emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph>            <emph>Options</emph></link>."
msgstr "根據在 <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\" name=\"[工具] - [自動校正]\"><emph>[工具] - [自動校正</emph><emph>選項]</emph></link> 下所設定的選項，自動格式化檔案。"

#: 05150000.xhp#hd_id1029200810080924.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\">AutoCorrect Options</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040000.xhp\">自動校正選項</link>"

#: 05150000.xhp#par_id1029200810080924.help.text
msgid "Opens the AutoCorrect dialog."
msgstr "開啟 [自動校正] 對話方塊。"

#: 05150000.xhp#par_id3147570.3.help.text
msgid "To open the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat for Tables\">AutoFormat for Tables</link> dialog, click in a table cell, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
msgstr "若要開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"表格的自動格式\">[表格的自動格式]</link> 對話方塊，請按一下表格儲存格，然後選擇 <emph>[表格] - [自動格式]</emph>。"

#: 03080000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Field Shadings"
msgstr "欄位背景顏色"

#: 03080000.xhp#hd_id3151177.18.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"Field Shadings\">Field Shadings</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03080000.xhp\" name=\"欄位背景顏色\">欄位背景顏色</link>"

#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3147513.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">Shows or hides field shadings in your document, including non-breaking spaces, custom hyphens, indexes, and footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Marks\">顯示或隱入文件中的欄位背景顏色，包括不斷行的空格、自訂連字符、索引和註腳。</ahelp>"

#: 03080000.xhp#par_id3153540.17.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters On/Off\">Nonprinting Characters On/Off</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"顯示或隱入控制符號\">顯示或隱入控制符號</link>"

#: 02120100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Rename AutoText"
msgstr "重新命名自動圖文集"

#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155144.1.help.text"
msgid "Rename AutoText"
msgstr "重新命名自動圖文集條目"

#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3149171.2.help.text
msgid "Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry."
msgstr "允許您變更自動圖文集條目的名稱。"

#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155910.3.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3151372.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_ON\" visibility=\"visible\">顯示所選自動圖文集項目的目前名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3155858.5.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3150686.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NN\" visibility=\"visible\">鍵入所選自動圖文集程式元件的新名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text
msgctxt "02120100.xhp#hd_id3150110.7.help.text"
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "縮寫"

#: 02120100.xhp#par_id3145583.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_RENAME_GLOS:ED_NS\" visibility=\"visible\">指定所選自動圖文集條目的捷徑</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "環繞"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153527.1.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"環繞\">環繞</link>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154478.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">Specify the way you want text to wrap around an object.</ahelp> You can also specify the spacing between the text and the object. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"umlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:TextWrap\">指定您希望文字在物件四周環繞的方式。</ahelp> 您也可以指定文字與物件之間的間隔。 </variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151249.56.help.text
msgid "To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame."
msgstr "若要使文字環繞表格，請將表格放置在框架中，然後使文字環繞框架進行環繞。"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154829.3.help.text"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "預設"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3148971.5.help.text"
msgid "None"
msgstr "無"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147100.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">將物件放置在文件中單獨的行上。文件中的文字出現在物件的上方和下方，但不會出現在物件的兩側。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149038.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149044\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149044\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr07.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149044\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155139.49.help.text"
msgid "None"
msgstr "無"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3153351.17.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149171.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">如果物件左側有足夠的空間，則在左側換行文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3145774.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145780\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145780\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr02.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145780\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3151384.43.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3155870.19.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150700.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">如果物件右側有足夠的空間，則在左側換行文字。</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149560.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149567\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149567\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr03.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149567\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3155966.44.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3149213.21.help.text"
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr "平行"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147740.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">在物件的邊框四周環繞文字。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148845.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148851\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148851\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr04.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148851\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3148442.45.help.text"
msgid "Parallel"
msgstr "平行"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3151081.11.help.text"
msgid "Through"
msgstr "透過"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154089.12.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">將物件放置在文字之前。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150162.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150169\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150169\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr05.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150169\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3156104.50.help.text"
msgid "Through"
msgstr "穿過環繞"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150451.23.help.text"
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr "最適"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154716.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dynamischertext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapIdeal\">自動在物件的左側、右側或邊框四周環繞文字。如果物件與頁面邊距的間隔小於 2 cm，則文字不會環繞。 </ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150904.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150910\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150910\" src=\"sw/imglst/wr06.png\" width=\"0.82cm\" height=\"0.82cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150910\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#par_id3149237.46.help.text"
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr "最適"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3146940.26.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3146953.27.help.text
msgid "Specify the text wrap options."
msgstr "指定文字環繞選項。"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3153229.28.help.text
msgid "First Paragraph"
msgstr "第一段落"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3154333.29.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ersterabsatztext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapAnchorOnly\">在您按下 Enter 之後，在物件下方開始新的段落。</ahelp> 段落之間的空間是由物件的大小所決定。 </variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3148790.30.help.text
msgid "In Background"
msgstr "置於背景"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150100.31.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hintergrundtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapThroughTransparent\">將所選物件移往背景。只有在選取了 <emph>[穿過環繞]</emph> 的環繞類型時，才可使用此選項。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149358.47.help.text
msgid "Contour"
msgstr "輪廓"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3155793.48.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:WrapContour\">環繞物件形狀環繞文字。此選項不可用於 <emph>[穿過環繞]</emph> 類型，或是用於訊框。</ahelp>若要變更物件的輪廓，請選取該物件，然後選擇 <emph>[格式] - [環繞] - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"編輯輪廓\"><emph>[編輯輪廓]。</emph></link> </variable>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154620.51.help.text
msgid "Only outside"
msgstr "只是外側"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147377.52.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">僅環繞物件輪廓放置環繞文字，而不是在物件形狀內的空白區域中。</ahelp> 訊框無法使用此選項。"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3147397.33.help.text
msgid "Gaps"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149637.34.help.text
msgid "Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text."
msgstr "在所選物件和文字之間指定要留下的間隔。"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3150659.35.help.text"
msgid "Left"
msgstr "左"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3150678.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">輸入物件左邊緣與文字之間所要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text
msgctxt "05060200.xhp#hd_id3154032.37.help.text"
msgid "Right"
msgstr "右"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3149956.38.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">輸入物件右邊緣與文字之間所要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149974.39.help.text
msgid "Top"
msgstr "上"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3147284.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">輸入物件上邊緣與文字之間所要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05060200.xhp#hd_id3149609.41.help.text
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr "下"

#: 05060200.xhp#par_id3157884.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">輸入物件下邊緣與文字之間所要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Table"
msgstr "表格"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\">Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp\">表格</link>"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149355.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">Inserts a table into the document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tabelletext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertTable\">將表格插入到此文件中。您也可以按一下此箭頭，拖曳選取包括在此表格中的欄數和列數，然後在最後一個儲存格中按一下。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153922.3.help.text
msgid "To insert a table from another document, copy the table, and then paste the table into the current document."
msgstr "若要插入另一個文件中的表格，請複製此表格，然後在目前的文件中貼上表格。"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151181.49.help.text
msgid "To convert text into a table, select the text, and then choose <emph>Table - Convert - Text to Table</emph>."
msgstr "若要將文字轉換為表格，請選取文字，然後選擇 <emph>[表格] - [轉換] - [文字轉換成表格]</emph>。"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10642.help.text
msgid "To insert a table into a table, click in a cell in the table and choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "若要在表格中插入表格，請按一下表格中的儲存格，然後選擇 <emph>[表格] - [插入] - [表格]</emph>。"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154638.50.help.text
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format numbers that you enter in a table cell, for example, dates and times. To activate this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph> and click the<emph> Number recognition </emph>check box in the <emph>Input in tables</emph> area."
msgstr "$[officename] 可以自動格式化表格儲存格中所輸入的數字 (例如日期及時間)。若要啟動此功能，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [表格]</emph>，然後按一下 <emph>[表格的內容]</emph> 區域中的 <emph>[識別數字格式]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154099.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_NAME\">輸入此表格的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149806.9.help.text
msgid "Table size"
msgstr "表格大小"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153533.10.help.text
msgid "Specify the number of columns and rows in the new table."
msgstr "指定新表格中的欄數和列數。"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3153672.11.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154576.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_COL\">輸入此表格中您需要的欄數。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3152954.13.help.text"
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "列"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3154477.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:ED_ROW\">輸入此表格中您需要的列數。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3155903.37.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149694.41.help.text
msgid "Set the options for the table."
msgstr "設定用於此表格的選項。"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154198.42.help.text"
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "標題"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155188.43.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_HEADER\">在此表格中包括標題列。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3143270.38.help.text"
msgid "Repeat heading"
msgstr "重複標題"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3151252.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_REPEAT_HEADER\">如果表格跨一頁以上，在後續頁面的頂端重複表格的標題。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#par_idN10754.help.text"
msgid "The first ... rows"
msgstr "前 ... 列"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_idN10758.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:NumericField:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:NF_REPEAT_HEADER\">選取您的標題要使用的列數。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3149821.39.help.text
msgid "Do not split the table"
msgstr "不分割表格"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149106.45.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_DONT_SPLIT\">防止表格持續一頁以上。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3154838.40.help.text"
msgid "Border"
msgstr "邊框"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3148970.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:CB_BORDER\">為表格儲存格加入邊框。</ahelp>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text
msgctxt "04150000.xhp#hd_id3147213.35.help.text"
msgid "AutoFormat"
msgstr "自動格式"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3149036.36.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoformattext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INSERT_TABLE:BT_AUTOFORMAT\">開啟 <emph>[自動格式]</emph> 對話方塊，您可以在其中選取預先定義的表格版面配置。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04150000.xhp#hd_id3147575.15.help.text
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar"
msgstr "插入工具列上的圖示"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3153511.16.help.text
msgid "On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell."
msgstr "在 [插入] 工具列中，按一下 <emph>[表格]</emph> 圖示，以開啟 <emph>[插入表格]</emph> 對話方塊，在此處您可以將表格插入目前文件中。您也可以按一下此箭頭，拖曳以選取要包含在此表格中的欄數和列數，然後按一下最後一個儲存格。"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3155912.52.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Format - Table - Text Flow\">Table - Table Properties - Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"格式 - 表格 - 換行和分頁\">[表格] - [表格屬性] - [換行和分頁]</link>"

#: 04150000.xhp#par_id3150688.53.help.text
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Writer - [表格]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [表格]</link>"

#: 04070100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Envelope"
msgstr "信封"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3145243.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp\" name=\"信封\">信封</link>"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3147172.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入此信封的收件者地址和寄件者地址。您也可以從資料庫 (例如地址資料庫) 插入地址欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149295.3.help.text"
msgid "Addressee"
msgstr "收件者"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3145415.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply  formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入收件者地址。</ahelp>您也可以在此方塊中按一下，並選取資料庫、表格和欄位，然後按一下箭頭按鈕，在地址中插入此欄位。如果需要，您可以將格式 (如粗體和底線) 採用至地址文字上。"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154102.5.help.text"
msgid "Sender"
msgstr "寄件者"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3153527.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return  address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">信封上包括寄件者地址。選取<emph>[寄件者]</emph>核取方塊，然後輸入寄件者地址。</ahelp>$[officename] 自動在<emph>[寄件者]</emph>方塊中插入使用者資料，但您也可以輸入您需要的資料。"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3154571.9.help.text"
msgid "Database"
msgstr "資料庫"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">選取包含您所要插入地址資料的資料庫。</ahelp>"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3151310.11.help.text"
msgid "Table"
msgstr "表格"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155898.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">選取包含您要插入的地址資料之資料庫表格。</ahelp>"

#: 04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text
msgctxt "04070100.xhp#hd_id3149695.13.help.text"
msgid "Database field"
msgstr "資料庫欄位"

#: 04070100.xhp#par_id3155180.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">選取包含您所要插入地址資料的資料庫欄位，然後按一下左箭頭按鈕。此資料會加入游標所處的地址方塊中。</ahelp>"

#: 02130000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
msgstr "編輯參考文獻目錄條目"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147434.1.help.text"
msgid "Edit Bibliography Entry"
msgstr "編輯參考文獻目錄條目"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3145253.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"litvz\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">編輯選取的參考文獻目錄條目。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147340.4.help.text"
msgid "Entry"
msgstr "條目"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3155961.6.help.text"
msgid "Short name"
msgstr "簡短描述文"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154657.7.help.text
msgid "Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry."
msgstr "顯示參考文獻目錄條目的縮寫。"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3148837.8.help.text"
msgid "Author, Title"
msgstr "作者，標題"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3152741.9.help.text
msgid "Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry."
msgstr "顯示參考文獻目錄條目中包含的作者資訊和標題資訊。"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150214.10.help.text
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "變更"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154766.11.help.text
msgid "Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog."
msgstr "採用您所做的變更，然後關閉<emph>[編輯參考文獻目錄條目]</emph>對話方塊。"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3146968.12.help.text"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "關閉"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3166468.13.help.text
msgid "Closes the dialog."
msgstr "關閉此對話方塊。"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3147299.14.help.text"
msgid "New"
msgstr "新增"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3151389.15.help.text
msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry."
msgstr "開啟<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"[定義參考文獻條目]\">[定義參考文獻條目]</link>對話方塊，在此處您可以建立新的條目。"

#: 02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text
msgctxt "02130000.xhp#hd_id3150534.16.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3155620.17.help.text
msgid "Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where  you can edit the current entry."
msgstr "開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"[定義參考文獻條目]\">[定義參考文獻條目]</link> 對話方塊，在此處您可以編輯目前的條目。"

#: 02130000.xhp#par_id3154560.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with bibliography entries\">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"利用文獻目錄條目工作的提示\">利用文獻目錄條目工作的提示</link>。"

#: 05030200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Text Flow"
msgstr "換行和分頁"

#: 05030200.xhp#bm_id2502212.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>text flow;at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;keeping together at breaks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>protecting;text flow</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>orphans</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>block protect, see also widows or orphans</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>換行和分頁;於換行處</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段式;於換行處保持在一起</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>保護;直書/横書</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>視窗</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落前分頁</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>區塊保護, 另請參閱視窗或段落前分頁</bookmark_value>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3083447.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"換行和分頁\">換行和分頁</link>"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3145824.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH_EXT\">指定連字符和頁碼選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149882.3.help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "連字符"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3150564.4.help.text
msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"hyphenation\">hyphenation</link> options for text documents."
msgstr "指定用於文字文件的<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"連字符\">連字符</link>選項。"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153920.5.help.text
msgid "Automatically"
msgstr "自動"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154640.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_HYPHEN\">自動在段落中的需要處插入連字符。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3150766.7.help.text
msgid "Characters at line end"
msgstr "位於行尾的字元"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149291.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENBEFORE\">輸入在插入連字符前留在行尾的最少字元數。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145413.9.help.text
msgid "Characters at line begin"
msgstr "位於行首的字元"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147515.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_HYPHENAFTER\">輸入在連字符後必須出現在行首的最小字元數。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149804.11.help.text
msgid "Maximum no. of consecutive hyphens"
msgstr "連續連字符的最大數目"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3153536.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_MAXHYPH\">輸入可以用連字符連接的最大連續行數。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153665.43.help.text
msgid "Breaks"
msgstr "換行和分頁"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154470.44.help.text
msgid "Specify the page or column <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"break\">break</link> options."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"換頁或換欄\">換頁或換欄</link>選項。"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3152957.15.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154574.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGEBREAK\">選取此核取方塊，然後選取您要使用的分隔符類型。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149687.39.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154195.41.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKTYPE\">選取您要插入的分隔符類型。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3145766.40.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155187.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX_LISTBOX_RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH_LB_BREAKPOSITION\">選取您要插入此分隔符的位置。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149482.25.help.text"
msgid "With Page Style"
msgstr "使用頁面樣式"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3143275.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_PAGECOLL\">選取此核取方塊，然後選取您要用於分頁後第一頁的頁面樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149104.27.help.text"
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3154837.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:LISTBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:LB_PAGECOLL\">選取分頁後第一頁的格式樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3149827.37.help.text"
msgid "Page number"
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147089.38.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\">Enter the page number that you want to appear on the first page after the break. If you want to use the current page numbering, select \"0\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_PAGENUM\">輸入您要在分頁後第一頁上顯示的頁碼。如果您要使用目前的頁面編碼，請選取「0」。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3148978.13.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "其他"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3147219.14.help.text
msgid "Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break."
msgstr "指定用於分頁前後所顯示段落的換行和分頁選項。"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153635.29.help.text
msgid "Do not split paragraph"
msgstr "不分割段落"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3149040.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:BTN_KEEPTOGETHER\">在插入分隔符後移動整段到下一頁或是欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text
msgctxt "05030200.xhp#hd_id3147585.31.help.text"
msgid "Keep with next paragraph"
msgstr "與下一段落保持連結"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3152779.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:TRISTATEBOX:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:CB_KEEPTOGETHER\">插入分頁或換欄時，保持目前段落與下一段落連在一起。</ahelp>"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3153345.33.help.text
msgid "Orphan control"
msgstr "段落前分頁"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3156279.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_ORPHANS\">指定分頁前的段落中的最小行數。選取此核取方塊，然後在 <emph>[行]</emph> 方塊中輸入行數。</ahelp>如果此頁結尾處的行數少於 <emph>[行]</emph> 方塊中指定的數目，將移動段落到下一頁。"

#: 05030200.xhp#hd_id3149180.35.help.text
msgid "Widow control"
msgstr "段落遺留字串控制"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155918.36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SVX:NUMERICFIELD:RID_SVXPAGE_EXT_PARAGRAPH:ED_WIDOWS\">指定分頁後第一頁中的段落內的最小行數。選取此核取方塊，然後在 <emph>[行]</emph> 方塊中輸入行數。</ahelp>如果此頁起始處的行數少於 <emph>[行]</emph> 方塊中指定的數目，則會調整分頁的位置。"

#: 05030200.xhp#par_id3155860.45.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"Orphans\">Orphans</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#schuster\" name=\"段落前分頁\">段落前分頁</link>。"

#: mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Find Entry"
msgstr "尋找輸入項目"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
msgid "Find Entry"
msgstr "尋找輸入項目"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
msgid "Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">mail merge</link> address list."
msgstr "在 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">[合併列印]</link> 地址清單中搜尋記錄或收件者。"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text"
msgid "Find"
msgstr "尋找"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the search term.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入搜尋術語。</ahelp>"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgid "Find only in"
msgstr "僅尋找"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將搜尋限制在一個資料欄位。 </ahelp>"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055C.help.text
msgid "Select the data field where you want to search for the text."
msgstr "選取您要搜尋文字的資料欄位。"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text
msgctxt "mm_finent.xhp#par_idN1055F.help.text"
msgid "Find"
msgstr "尋找"

#: mm_finent.xhp#par_idN10563.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">顯示包含搜尋文字的下一筆記錄。</ahelp>"

#: 05110300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05110300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 05110300.xhp#hd_id3154650.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"Select\">Select</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05110300.xhp\" name=\"選擇\">選擇</link>"

#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3151389.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">Selects the row that contains the cursor.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:EntireRow\" visibility=\"visible\">選取游標所在的列。</ahelp>"

#: 05110300.xhp#par_id3149352.3.help.text
msgid "This option is only available if the cursor is in a table."
msgstr "只有在游標處於表格中時，此選項才可用。"

#: 04180400.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Exchange Database"
msgstr "替換資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#bm_id3145799.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>databases; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>address books; exchanging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>exchanging databases</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;databases</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>資料庫; 替換</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>通訊錄; 替換</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>替換; 資料庫</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>替代;資料庫</bookmark_value>"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#hd_id3145799.1.help.text"
msgid "Exchange Database"
msgstr "替換資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3156384.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">Change the data sources for the current document.</ahelp> To correctly display the contents of inserted fields, the replacement database must contain identical field names. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"datenbankaustext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChangeDatabaseField\">變更目前文件的資料來源。</ahelp> 若要正確地顯示插入欄位的內容，替代資料庫必須包含相同的欄位名稱。 </variable>"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153818.8.help.text
msgid "For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses."
msgstr "例如，如果您是從地址資料庫將地址欄位插入表單信函中，就可以使用另一個地址資料庫替換此資料庫，從而插入不同的地址。"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149130.3.help.text
msgid "Exchanging Databases"
msgstr "替換資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3154651.4.help.text
msgid "You can only change one database at a time in this dialog."
msgstr "在此對話方塊中，您一次僅可以變更一個資料庫。"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text
msgid "Databases in Use"
msgstr "所使用的資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149053.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">列出目前正在使用的資料庫。</ahelp> 目前的文件至少包含清單中每個資料庫的一個資料欄位。"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3147300.6.help.text
msgid "Available Databases"
msgstr "現存的資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150533.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">列出在 <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> 中已註冊的資料庫。</ahelp>"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text
msgctxt "04180400.xhp#par_idN106DB.help.text"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_idN106DF.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"1419596301\">開啟檔案開啟對話方塊以選取資料庫檔案 (*.odb)。選取的檔案會新增至可用的資料庫清單。</ahelp>"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3149349.7.help.text
msgid "Define"
msgstr "定義"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3145827.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MODALDIALOG_DLG_CHANGE_DB\">用您在<emph>[可用資料庫]</emph>清單中選取的資料源代替目前的資料源。</ahelp>"

#: 04180400.xhp#hd_id3154506.12.help.text
msgid "To exchange a database:"
msgstr "如此便能以其他資料庫替換文件中的資料庫"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3149881.13.help.text
msgid "Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types."
msgstr "確保兩個資料庫都包含相符的欄位名稱和欄位類型。"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3148386.14.help.text
msgid "Click in the document that you want to change the data source for."
msgstr "在您要變更資料源的文件中按一下。"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3150564.15.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>."
msgstr "選擇<emph>[編輯] - [替換資料庫]</emph>。"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3153925.16.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Databases in Use</emph> list, select the database table that you want to replace."
msgstr "在<emph>[所使用的資料庫]</emph>清單中，選取要代替的資料庫表格。"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3147169.17.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Available Databases</emph> list, select the replacement database table."
msgstr "在<emph>[現存的資料庫]</emph>清單中，選取替代資料庫表格。"

#: 04180400.xhp#par_id3151273.18.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Define</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[定義]</emph>。"

#: 05130000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Styles in Writer"
msgstr "Writer 中的樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#bm_id4005249.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles;categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>character styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraph styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>frames; styles</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page styles;style categories</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering;style categories</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>樣式; 分類</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>字元樣式; 樣式分類</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>段落樣式; 樣式分類</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>訊框; 樣式</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>頁面樣式; 樣式分類</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>編號; 樣式分類</bookmark_value>"

#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150344.1.help.text"
msgid "Styles in Writer"
msgstr "Writer 中的樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text
msgid "The following information concerns Writer styles that you can apply using the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">Styles and Formatting</link> window."
msgstr "下列資訊是有關您可以使用 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\">[樣式和格式化]</link> 視窗套用的 Writer 樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150015.62.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can edit the styles of the current document, and then save the document as a template. To save the document as template, choose <emph>File - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"Templates - Save\"><emph>Templates - Save</emph></link>."
msgstr "如果需要，您可以編輯目前文件的樣式，然後將此文件儲存為範本。若要將此文件儲存為範本，請選擇 <emph>[檔案] - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"範本 - 儲存\"><emph>[範本] - [儲存]。</emph></link>"

#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#hd_id3150572.4.help.text"
msgid "Style Category"
msgstr "樣式類型"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153721.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">These are the different categories of formatting styles.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:LISTBOX:RID_STYLECATALOG:BT_TOOL\">這些是格式樣式的不同分類。</ahelp>"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151271.65.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "<emph>名稱</emph>"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153154.66.help.text"
msgid "Description"
msgstr "描述"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151172.6.help.text
msgid "Character Styles "
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147512.7.help.text
msgid "Use Character Styles to format single characters, or entire words and phrases. If you want, you can nest Character Styles."
msgstr "使用字元樣式格式化單個字元，或整個字詞與詞組。如果需要，您可以嵌套字元樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150713.8.help.text
msgid "Paragraph Styles "
msgstr "段落樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149810.9.help.text
msgid "Use Paragraph Styles to format paragraphs, including the font type and size. You can also select the paragraph style to apply to the next paragraph."
msgstr "使用段落樣式格式化段落，包括字型類型和字型大小。您也可以選取採用至下一個段落的段落樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3151308.10.help.text"
msgid "Frame Styles"
msgstr "框樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147527.11.help.text
msgid "Use Frame Styles to format text and graphic frames."
msgstr "使用框樣式來格式化框架和圖形方塊。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152960.12.help.text
msgid "Page Styles "
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155897.13.help.text
msgid "Use Page Styles to organize the structure of the document, and to add page numbers. You can also specify the page style to apply to the first page that follows after a page break."
msgstr "使用頁面樣式來管理文件的結構及加入頁碼。您也可以指定採用至分頁後第一頁的頁面樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154196.63.help.text
msgid "Numbering Styles"
msgstr "編號樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149298.64.help.text
msgid "Use Numbering Styles to format numbered or bulleted lists."
msgstr "使用編號樣式來格式化已編號清單或已項目符號清單。"

#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3149821.61.help.text
msgid "Style Groups"
msgstr "樣式群組"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154828.18.help.text
msgid "These are the style groups that you can display in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "這些是您可以在 [樣式和格式化] 視窗中顯示的樣式群組。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3148977.67.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "<emph>名稱</emph>"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3149032.68.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3153642.19.help.text"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自動"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3152769.20.help.text
msgid "Displays styles appropriate to the current context."
msgstr "顯示適合目前上下文的樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154374.21.help.text
msgid "All Styles"
msgstr "全部樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3153351.22.help.text
msgid "Displays all styles of the active style category."
msgstr "顯示目前樣式類型的所有樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3150590.23.help.text"
msgid "Applied Styles"
msgstr "使用的樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149168.24.help.text
msgid "Displays the styles (of selected category) applied in the current document. "
msgstr "顯示目前文件中套用的 (所選種類的) 樣式。 "

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3156368.25.help.text
msgid "Custom Styles"
msgstr "自訂樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145780.26.help.text
msgid "Displays all user-defined styles in the selected style category."
msgstr "顯示目前樣式類型中，使用者自訂的樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3155908.27.help.text"
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr "文字樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150114.28.help.text
msgid "Displays formatting styles for text."
msgstr "顯示用於文字的格式樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3150700.29.help.text
msgid "Chapter Styles"
msgstr "章節樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147412.30.help.text
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headings."
msgstr "顯示用於標頭的格式樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text
msgctxt "05130000.xhp#par_id3147500.31.help.text"
msgid "List Styles"
msgstr "清單樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149568.32.help.text
msgid "Displays formatting styles for numbered or bulleted lists."
msgstr "顯示用於已編號清單或已項目符號清單的格式樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145263.33.help.text
msgid "Index Styles"
msgstr "目錄樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155975.34.help.text
msgid "Displays formatting styles for indexes."
msgstr "顯示用於索引的格式樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149213.35.help.text
msgid "Special Region Styles"
msgstr "樣式特殊區域"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3147736.36.help.text
msgid "Displays formatting styles for headers, footers, footnotes, endnotes, tables, and captions."
msgstr "顯示用於頁首、頁尾、註腳、尾註、表格以及標籤的格式樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3146339.59.help.text
msgid "HTML Styles"
msgstr "HTML 樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3149845.60.help.text
msgid "Displays a list of styles for HTML documents."
msgstr "顯示 HTML 文件的樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3155560.37.help.text
msgid "Conditional Styles"
msgstr "有條件的樣式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3154774.38.help.text
msgid "Displays the user-defined conditional styles."
msgstr "顯示您所定義的有條件的樣式。"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3151090.39.help.text
msgid "Hierarchical"
msgstr "階層式"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3148448.40.help.text
msgid "Displays the styles in the selected category in a hierarchical list. To view the styles in a sublevel, click on the plus sign (+) next to the sublevel name."
msgstr "在階層清單中顯示所選分類中的樣式。若要檢視子層次中的樣式，請按一下子層次名稱旁的加號 (+)。"

#: 05130000.xhp#hd_id3155580.56.help.text
msgid "Template Management"
msgstr "管理範本"

#: 05130000.xhp#par_id3145622.57.help.text
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Template Management\"><emph>Template Management</emph></link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another."
msgstr "使用<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"範本管理\"><emph>管理範本</emph></link> 對話方塊將某個文件的樣式複製到另外的文件。"

#: 05060900.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149879.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060900.xhp\" name=\"選項\">選項</link>"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149708.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">為所選物件、圖形或訊框指定屬性。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151183.3.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147568.4.help.text
msgid "Specifies the name of the selected item, and associated links."
msgstr "指定所選項目的名稱和相關連結。"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3151178.5.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147510.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">輸入所選項目的名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154565.7.help.text
msgid "Assign an object, graphic or frame a meaningful name, so that you can quickly locate it afterwards in long documents."
msgstr "為物件、圖形或框架指定有意義的名稱，以便您以後可以在長文件中快速地找到它們。"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153674.15.help.text
msgid "Alternative text (floating frames, graphics, and objects only)"
msgstr "替代文字 (僅訊框、圖形和物件)"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150977.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">輸入所選項目無效時要在 Web 瀏覽器上顯示的文字。替代文字也可用來協助殘障人士。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3155903.23.help.text
msgid "Previous link"
msgstr "上一個"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154192.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">在連結的序列中顯示目前項目之前的項目 (物件、圖形或框架)。若要加入連結或變更先前的捷徑，請從清單中選取名稱。您在連結框架時，目前框架和目標框架必須是空白的。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3159198.25.help.text
msgid "Next link"
msgstr "下一個"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149485.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">在連結的序列中顯示目前項目之後的項目 (物件、圖形或框架)。若要加入連結或變更下一個捷徑，請從清單中選取名稱。您在連結框架時，目標框架必須是空白的。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3143280.27.help.text"
msgid "Protect"
msgstr "保護"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3154834.28.help.text
msgid "Specifies protection options for the selected item."
msgstr "指定用於所選項目的保護選項。"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3149820.9.help.text
msgid "Protect Contents"
msgstr "保護內容"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149105.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">防止變更所選項目的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147099.29.help.text
msgid "You can still copy the contents of the selected item."
msgstr "您仍然可以複製所選項目的內容。"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3148979.10.help.text
msgid "Protect Position"
msgstr "保護位置"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147225.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">在目前的文件中鎖定所選項目的位置。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153629.12.help.text
msgid "Protect Size"
msgstr "保護大小"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3147576.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">鎖定所選項目的大小。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3152770.8.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "屬性"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3155137.16.help.text
msgid "Specifies print and text options for the selected item."
msgstr "為選定項目指定列印和文字選項。"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3153345.18.help.text
msgid "Editable in read-only document (frames only)"
msgstr "可在唯讀文件中編輯 (僅適用框架)"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3149167.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">允許您編輯唯讀 (防寫入保護的) 文件中訊框的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3156269.14.help.text
msgid "Print"
msgstr "列印"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151028.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">列印此文件時包括選取的項目。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text
msgctxt "05060900.xhp#hd_id3145776.33.help.text"
msgid "Text flow"
msgstr "換行和分頁"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3151374.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">指定框架中偏好的換行和分頁方向。若要使用此頁面的預設直書/橫書設定，請從清單中選取<emph>[沿用現有的文字方向的設定]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 05060900.xhp#par_id3150689.34.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"Text direction\">Text direction</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05040200.xhp\" name=\"文字方向\">文字方向</link>。"

#: 05080000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Object"
msgstr "物件"

#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3150536.1.help.text"
msgid "Object"
msgstr "物件"

#: 05080000.xhp#par_id3149352.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can modify the properties of the selected object, for example, its size and name.</ahelp>. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"objekttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameDialog\">開啟對話方塊，您可以在其中修改選取的物件之特性，例如大小和名稱。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text
msgctxt "05080000.xhp#hd_id3145249.61.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"環繞\">環繞</link>"

#: 04120224.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (index of tables)"
msgstr "項目 (表格索引)"

#: 04120224.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"Entries (index of tables)\">Entries (index of tables)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120224.xhp\" name=\"條目 (表格目錄)\">條目 (表格目錄)</link>"

#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in an Index of Tables. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定表格索引中條目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120224.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text
msgid "An Index of Tables only has one index level."
msgstr "表格索引僅有一個索引級。"

#: 05990000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05990000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 05990000.xhp#hd_id3149666.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05990000.xhp\" name=\"樣式\">樣式</link>"

#: 04120225.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (user-defined index)"
msgstr "項目 (使用者自訂的索引)"

#: 04120225.xhp#hd_id3147406.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"Entries (user-defined index)\">Entries (user-defined index)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120225.xhp\" name=\"條目 (使用者自訂目錄)\">條目 (使用者自訂目錄)</link>"

#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3146318.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a user-defined index. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定使用者定義索引中條目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120225.xhp#par_id3150020.3.help.text
msgid "User-defined indexes do not support sub-keys."
msgstr "使用者定義的索引不支援子機碼。"

#: 04070300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04070300.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "印表機"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3154104.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\">Printer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp\">印表機</link>"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3153531.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">設定信封的列印選項。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3152960.3.help.text
msgid "Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down."
msgstr "請參考您的印表機說明文件，找出必須如何放置信封，藉此可透過列印工作正確傳輸和列印。根據列印樣本，您必須將信封向左對齊、向右對齊或置中，並以要列印的頁面在紙匣中向上或向下調整。"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153665.5.help.text
msgid "Horizontal left"
msgstr "平行向左"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3154564.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">從印表機拖盤左側水平放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155898.7.help.text
msgid "Horizontal center"
msgstr "平行置中"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149694.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">從印表機拖盤中央水平放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155174.9.help.text
msgid "Horizontal right"
msgstr "平行向右"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3143273.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">從印表機拖盤右側水平放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3149488.11.help.text
msgid "Vertical left"
msgstr "垂直左側"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149823.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">從印表機拖盤左側垂直放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3151260.13.help.text
msgid "Vertical center"
msgstr "垂直置中"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3148968.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">從印表機拖盤中央垂直放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3153633.15.help.text
msgid "Vertical right"
msgstr "垂直向右"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149037.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">從印表機拖盤右側垂直放入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3152773.17.help.text
msgid "Print from top"
msgstr "從上方開始列印"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145763.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">信封列印面朝上放入印表機拖盤。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155146.19.help.text
msgid "Print from bottom"
msgstr "從下方開始列印"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3149178.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">信封列印面朝下放入印表機拖盤。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3156279.21.help.text
msgid "Shift right"
msgstr "向右"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3145784.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">輸入要列印區域向右偏移的數值。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155921.23.help.text
msgid "Shift down"
msgstr "向下"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3151383.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">輸入要列印區域向下偏移的數值。</ahelp>"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3150123.25.help.text
msgid "Current printer"
msgstr "目前的印表機"

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3150696.26.help.text
msgid "Displays the name of the current printer."
msgstr "您可以在此看見目前印表機的名稱。轉換作業系統中目前的印表機。"

#: 04070300.xhp#hd_id3155862.27.help.text
msgid "Setup"
msgstr "設置..."

#: 04070300.xhp#par_id3147418.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">開啟 [列印設定] 對話方塊，您可以在其中定義其他印表機設定 (例如紙張格式和列印方向)。</ahelp>"

#: 05090200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150756.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp\" name=\"欄\">欄</link>"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149294.2.help.text
msgid "Specify the column width properties."
msgstr "指定欄寬屬性。"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3147510.3.help.text
msgid "Adapt table width"
msgstr "調整表格寬度"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154280.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_MOD_TBL\">變更欄寬時，保持表格目前的寬度。</ahelp> 如果在 <emph>[表格]</emph> 標籤上的<emph>[對齊]</emph>區域中已選取<emph>[自動]</emph>，則此選項不可用。"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3145587.5.help.text
msgid "Adjust columns proportionally"
msgstr "相稱調整欄寬"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3153530.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:CB_PROP\">依輸入的欄寬變更表格寬度。</ahelp> 如果已在 <emph>[表格]</emph> 標籤上的<emph>[對齊]</emph>區域中選取 <emph>[自動]</emph>，則此選項不可用。"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3150349.7.help.text
msgid "Remaining space"
msgstr "還有現存可用空間"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3154571.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:ED_SPACE\">顯示可用於調整欄寬的間隔。若要設定表格寬度，請按一下<emph>[表格]</emph>標籤。</ahelp>"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3154476.9.help.text
msgid "Column width"
msgstr "欄寬"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3150976.10.help.text
msgid "Specify the column widths for the table."
msgstr "指定表格的欄寬。"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155899.11.help.text
msgid "Column widths"
msgstr "欄寬"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3159193.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_MF_6\">輸入您需要的欄寬。</ahelp>"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3155182.13.help.text"
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr "箭頭向左"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149494.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_DOWN\">將找到的表格欄顯示在目前欄的左側。</ahelp>"

#: 05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "05090200.xhp#hd_id3149814.15.help.text"
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr "箭頭向右"

#: 05090200.xhp#par_id3149099.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_TABLE_COLUMN:COL_BTN_UP\">將找到的表格欄顯示在目前欄的右側。</ahelp>"

#: 04090000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "欄位"

#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3151171.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"欄位\">欄位</link>"

#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3149805.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">Inserts a field at the current cursor position.</ahelp> The dialog lists all available fields. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertField\">在目前游標的位置插入欄位。</ahelp>對話方塊會列出所有可用的欄位。 </variable>"

#: 04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text
msgctxt "04090000.xhp#hd_id3155903.178.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04090000.xhp#par_id3154190.179.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the <emph>Close </emph>button.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FIELD_INSERT\">在文件中目前游標所在處插入選取的欄位。若要關閉此對話方塊，請按一下 <emph>[關閉] </emph>按鈕。</ahelp>"

#: 04090000.xhp#par_id5591296.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">關閉對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indexes and Tables"
msgstr "索引和表格"

#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3151380.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120000.xhp#par_idN105AC.help.text
msgid "Opens a menu to insert index entries and to insert indexes and tables."
msgstr "開啟功能表，以插入索引項目，及插入索引和表格。"

#: 04120000.xhp#par_id3150114.6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Indexes\">Instructions for Indexes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"關於目錄的說明\">關於目錄的說明</link>"

#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147416.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Entry\">Entry</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"條目...\">條目...</link>"

#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3147501.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"Indexes and Tables\">Indexes and Tables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120200.xhp\" name=\"目錄...\">目錄...</link>"

#: 04120000.xhp#hd_id3155620.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Entry\">Bibliography Entry</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"文獻目錄條目...\">文獻目錄條目...</link>"

#: 02110100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02110100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text
msgctxt "02110100.xhp#hd_id3147745.1.help.text"
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149844.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_NAVI\">如果您在瀏覽或是文件視窗右下方按一下這個圖示，將會出現一個工具列讓您選擇文件中現有的目標。</ahelp> 您可以使用向上與向下箭頭圖示將文字游標放置在文件中的前一個或下一個目標。"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153293.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEUP\">按一下向上按鈕捲動至前一頁或前一個物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3156098.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">Click the down button to scroll to the next page or object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_SCRL_PAGEDOWN\">按一下向下按鈕捲動至下一頁或下一個物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155076.3.help.text
msgid "By default, as long as you have not selected any other entry, the arrow buttons jump to the previous or the next page in the document. The arrow buttons are black if you are browsing through pages and blue if you jump to other objects."
msgstr "只要您還沒有選取任何其他條目，預設上，會跳到文件中的上一頁或下一頁。翻頁時，這兩個雙箭頭圖示為黑色；跳到其他物件時則為藍色。"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3154330.4.help.text
msgid "The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, text frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula."
msgstr "條目大部分與<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"助手\">助手</link> 選擇方塊中的樣式對應。您也可以選取其他跳換目標。比如說提醒，您可以在 [瀏覽] 中的 <emph>[設定提醒]</emph> 中進行設定。您可以在 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 工具列上的下列選項中選取一個物件：表格、文字框架、圖形、OLE 物件、頁面、標題、提醒、繪圖物件、控制項欄位、區域、內文標籤、選擇、註腳、備註、索引項目、表格公式、錯誤表格公式。"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3148783.12.help.text
msgid "For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas)."
msgstr "使用表格公式時，可以跳至所有位於文件中的表格公式，或是錯誤的表格公式。使用錯誤的公式時，只會跳到可以刪除錯誤的公式，並跳過具有連續錯誤的公式 (也參照錯誤公式的公式)。"

#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3150031.5.help.text
msgid "Working With the Navigation Toolbar"
msgstr "使用瀏覽工具列"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3150045.6.help.text
msgid "Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its icon located in the vertical scrollbar. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arrange it on the screen."
msgstr "按一下位於垂直捲軸中的圖示以開啟 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 工具列。您可以拖曳工具列並將其排序在螢幕上，將工具列從其位置上分離。"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3153141.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the \"Previous Object\" or \"Next Object\" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NAVI_VS\">按一下您想要瀏覽的物件類型的圖示。然後按一下 [上一個物件] 或 [下一個物件] 箭頭按鈕。這些按鈕的名稱表示您選取的物件類型。文字游標將放置在您選取的物件上。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3149968.11.help.text
msgid "You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Customize\"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"menus\">menus</link>, <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"keyboard input\">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the \"Navigate\" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the \"To Next/Previous Index Tag\" functions."
msgstr "可以依您特定的喜好設定，配置 $[officename]，以便在文件中瀏覽。若要進行此動作，請選擇 <link href=\"text/shared/01/06140000.xhp\" name=\"[工具] - [自訂]\"><emph>[工具] - [自訂]</emph></link>。調整<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140100.xhp\" name=\"功能表\">功能表</link>、<link href=\"text/shared/01/06140200.xhp\" name=\"鍵盤輸入\">鍵盤輸入</link>或工具列的各式表格，包含各種功能可在 [瀏覽] 區域的文件中進行瀏覽。如此您即可透過「到下一個/上一個索引標記」功能，跳到文件中的索引標記。"

#: 02110100.xhp#bm_id3155338.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>搜尋; 重複搜尋</bookmark_value>"

#: 02110100.xhp#hd_id3155338.8.help.text
msgid "Repeat Search"
msgstr "重複搜尋"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_id3155361.9.help.text
msgid "With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog."
msgstr "使用 <emph>[瀏覽]</emph> 工具列上的<emph>重複搜尋</emph>圖示，您可以重複以 <emph>[搜尋和替代]</emph> 對話方塊開始的搜尋。若要如此，請按一下圖示。垂直捲軸上的藍色箭頭按鈕現在具有 <emph>[繼續向前搜尋]</emph> 和 <emph>[繼續向後搜尋]</emph> 功能。如果您現在按下任一箭頭的表面，會依照您在 [搜尋和替代] 對話方塊中輸入的術語進行搜尋。"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106DD.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽書籤。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN106F4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through control fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽控制項欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1070B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through drawing objects.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽繪圖物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10722.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through text frames.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽文字訊框。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10739.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through footnotes.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽註腳。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10750.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through graphics.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽圖形。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10767.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through index entries.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽索引項目。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1077E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through reminders.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽提醒。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10795.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the next object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">設定游標位於下一個所選類型的物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107AF.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through OLE objects.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽 OLE 物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107C6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through headings.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽標題。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107DD.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽頁面。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN107F4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through comments.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽備註。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1080B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets the cursor to the previous object of the selected type.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">設定游標位於上一個所選類型的物件。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10829.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through sections.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽小節。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10840.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through selections.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽選取項。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10857.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through search results.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽搜尋結果。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1086E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through table formulas.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽表格公式。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN10885.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through wrong table formulas.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽錯誤的表格公式。</ahelp>"

#: 02110100.xhp#par_idN1089C.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Select this icon to browse through tables.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">選取此圖示可瀏覽表格。</ahelp>"

#: 04030000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
msgstr "註腳/尾註"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Footnote/Endnote</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"插入註腳\">註腳/尾註</link>"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">Inserts a footnote or an endnote in the document. The anchor for the note is inserted at the current cursor position.</ahelp> You can choose between automatic numbering or a custom symbol. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fussnoteein\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFootnote\">在文件中插入註腳或尾註。備註的固定標記會插入到目前游標的位置。</ahelp>您可以選擇自動編號或自訂符號。 </variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3154645.23.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"endnoten\">The following applies to both footnotes and endnotes. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"endnoten\">以下描述對註腳和尾註都適用。 </variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151175.24.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">Footnotes are inserted at the end of a page, and endnotes are inserted at the end of a document. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"endnotetext\">註腳會插入到頁面的結尾處，而尾註則會插入到文件的結尾處。 </variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154106.7.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3149812.16.help.text
msgid "Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "選取要用於註腳和尾註的編號類型。"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3154470.8.help.text"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自動"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153670.17.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitenautomatisch\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_NUMBER_AUTO\">自動為插入的註腳或尾註指定連續的編號。</ahelp>若要變更自動編號設定，請選擇 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"[工具] - [註腳]\"><emph>[工具] - [註腳/尾註]</emph></link>。</variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3152952.9.help.text"
msgid "Character"
msgstr "字元"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155901.18.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter or number. To assign a special character, click the button at the bottom. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitenzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:ED_NUMBER_CHAR\">選擇此選項以定義目前註腳的字元或符號。</ahelp>它可以是一個字母或數字。若要指定特殊字元，請按一下底部的按鈕。 </variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3155185.10.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3153526.19.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">Inserts a <link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"special character \">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bearbeitensonderzeichen\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NUMBER_CHAR\">插入一個<link href=\"text/shared/01/04100000.xhp\" name=\"特殊字元\">特殊字元</link> 作為註腳標號或尾註標號。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149493.11.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3151256.20.help.text
msgid "Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering."
msgstr "選取要插入註腳還是尾註。尾註編號與註腳編號是分開的。"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3149104.12.help.text"
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3148981.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_FTN\">在文件中目前的游標位置插入註腳標號，並在頁面底端加入註腳。</ahelp>"

#: 04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text
msgctxt "04030000.xhp#hd_id3153644.13.help.text"
msgid "Endnote"
msgstr "尾註"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3152770.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:RB_TYPE_ENDNOTE\">在文件中游標目前所在的位置處插入尾註標號，並在文件的結尾處增加尾註。</ahelp>"

#: 04030000.xhp#par_id3155135.25.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Tips for working with footnotes\">Tips for working with footnotes</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"利用註腳工作的提示\">利用註腳工作的提示</link>"

#: 04090004.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "DocInformation"
msgstr "文件資訊"

#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3154479.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"DocInformation\">DocInformation</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090004.xhp\" name=\"文件資訊\">文件資訊</link>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149692.2.help.text
msgid "DocInformation fields contain information about the properties of a document, such as the date a document was created. To view the properties of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>."
msgstr "文件資訊欄位包含有關文件屬性的資訊，如文件建立的日期。若要檢視文件的屬性，請選擇 <emph>[檔案] - [屬性]</emph>。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148982.3.help.text
msgid "When you export and import an HTML document containing DocInformation fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
msgstr "當您匯出和匯入包含文件資訊欄位的 HTML 文件時，<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#dokumentinfo\" name=\"會使用特殊 $[officename] 格式\">會使用特殊 $[officename] 格式</link>。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290053.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Select list, and then click Insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要增加欄位至文件，請依序按一下欄位類型、在 [選取] 清單中按一下欄位，然後按一下 [插入]。</ahelp>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3155140.4.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3149176.5.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145774.6.help.text
msgid "Modified"
msgstr "變更"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155915.7.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time of the last save."
msgstr "插入作者姓名和最後一次儲存的日期或時間。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150108.8.help.text
msgid "Editing time"
msgstr "編輯時間"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155860.9.help.text
msgid "Inserts the amount of time spent on editing a document."
msgstr "插入編輯文件所花費的時間量。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150700.10.help.text
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "備註"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3147490.11.help.text
msgid "Inserts the comments as entered in the <emph>Description</emph> tab page of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog."
msgstr "插入在 <emph>[特性]</emph> 對話方塊的 <emph>[描述]</emph> 標籤頁中輸入的備註。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3145262.12.help.text
msgid "Document number"
msgstr "文件號碼"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150556.13.help.text
msgid "Inserts the version number of the current document."
msgstr "插入目前文件的版本號碼。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146326.14.help.text
msgid "Created"
msgstr "產生"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149833.15.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date, or the time when the document was created."
msgstr "插入作者姓名和建立文件的日期或時間。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3148856.16.help.text
msgid "Info 0 - 3"
msgstr "資訊 0 - 3"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154784.17.help.text
msgid "Inserts the contents of the info fields found on the <emph>User Defined </emph>tab of the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties\"><emph>File - Properties</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "插入在<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100300.xhp\" name=\"[檔案] - [屬性]\"><emph>[檔案] - [屬性]</emph></link>對話方塊的<emph>[使用者自訂]</emph>標籤上找到的資訊欄位內容。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150177.18.help.text
msgid "Last printed"
msgstr "上一次列印"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156094.19.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of the author, and the date or time that the document was last printed."
msgstr "插入作者姓名和最後一次列印文件的日期或時間。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3156122.20.help.text
msgid "Keywords"
msgstr "關鍵字"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150912.21.help.text
msgid "Inserts the keywords as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
msgstr "按<emph>[檔案屬性]</emph>對話方塊的<emph>[描述]</emph>標籤中輸入的內容插入關鍵字。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3154328.22.help.text"
msgid "Subject"
msgstr "主題"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3146942.23.help.text
msgid "Inserts the subject as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
msgstr "按<emph>[檔案屬性]</emph>對話方塊的[描述]標籤中輸入的內容插入主題。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text
#, fuzzy
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id3150092.24.help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "標題"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150033.25.help.text
msgid "Inserts the title as entered in the <emph>Description </emph>tab of the <emph>File Properties </emph>dialog."
msgstr "按<emph>[檔案屬性]</emph>對話方塊的[描述]標籤中輸入的內容插入標題。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290272.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">列出在 <emph>[類型]</emph> 清單中所選取欄位類型的可用欄位。若要插入欄位，請按一下該欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3149956.26.help.text
msgid "For the \"Created\", \"Modified\", and \"Last printed\" field types, you can include the author, date, and time of the corresponding operation."
msgstr "對於「建立的日期」、「修改的日期」和「上一次列印」欄位類型，您可以包括相應作業的作者、日期和時間。"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text
msgctxt "04090004.xhp#par_id0902200804290382.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">按一下要套用至所選欄位的格式，或按一下 [其它格式] 以定義自訂格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090004.xhp#hd_id3149608.28.help.text
msgid "Fixed content"
msgstr "固定內容"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3150767.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">將此欄位作為靜態內容插入，即無法更新此欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 04090004.xhp#par_id3155554.30.help.text
msgid "Fields with fixed content are only evaluated when you create a new document from a template that contains such a field. For example, a date field with fixed content inserts the date that a new document was created from the template."
msgstr "僅當您依據包含固定內容的欄位之範本建立新文件時，此種欄位才會被演算。例如，包含固定內容的日期欄位插入了依據範本建立新文件的日期。"

#: 05180000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05180000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "環繞"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3145826.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05180000.xhp\" name=\"環繞\">環繞</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#par_id3153002.2.help.text
msgid "Sets the text wrap options for graphics, objects, and frames."
msgstr "指定用於圖形、物件和框架的文字環繞選項。"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150022.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"No wrap\">No wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"不環繞\">不環繞</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3150934.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Page wrap\">Page wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"頁面環繞\">頁面環繞</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149027.5.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Dynamic page wrap\">Dynamic page wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"自動最適頁面環繞\">自動最適頁面環繞</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3153718.6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap through\">Wrap through</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"穿過環繞\">穿過環繞</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.7.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"In background\">In background</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"置於背景\">置於背景</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3151180.10.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Contour\">Contour</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"輪廓\">輪廓</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147566.9.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Edit Contour\">Edit Contour</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"編輯輪廓\">編輯輪廓</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3149294.8.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"First paragraph\">First paragraph</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"第一段落\">第一段落</link>"

#: 05180000.xhp#hd_id3147341.11.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Edit\">Edit</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"編輯\">編輯</link>"

#: 02170000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Edit Sections"
msgstr "編輯區域"

#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153673.1.help.text"
msgid "Edit Sections"
msgstr "編輯區域"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3155902.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"bereichetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditRegion\">變更文件中所定義區域的特性。</ahelp>若要插入區域，請選取文字或在文件中按一下，然後選擇 <emph>[插入] – [區域]</emph>。</variable>"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3143275.3.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:"
msgstr "<emph>[編輯區域]</emph>對話方塊類似於<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"[插入] - [區域]\"><emph>[插入] - [區域]</emph></link>對話方塊，並提供了以下其他選項："

#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3149820.4.help.text"
msgid "Section"
msgstr "區域"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149104.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">輸入要編輯的區域名稱，或按一下 <emph>[區域]</emph> 清單中的名稱。</ahelp>如果游標目前處於區域中，則該區域名稱會顯示在文件視窗底端狀態列的右側。"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3149040.6.help.text
msgid "The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol."
msgstr "清單中區域名稱前的鎖圖示，指示此區域的目前寫入保護狀態。開啟的鎖表示未保護，而閉合的鎖表示被保護。類似地，眼鏡圖示指示區域可見。"

#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3153638.20.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3152773.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"Options\"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_REGION_TREE\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp\" name=\"選項\"><emph>[選項]</emph></link> 對話方塊，在其中您可以編輯所選區域的欄配置、背景、註腳和尾註之運作方式。</ahelp>如果此區域受密碼保護，您必須先輸入密碼。"

#: 02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text
msgctxt "02170000.xhp#hd_id3155143.16.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"

#: 02170000.xhp#par_id3145413.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DISMISS\">從文件中移除選取的區域，並向文件中插入此區域的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 05120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Column"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154762.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"Column\">Column</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120000.xhp\" name=\"欄\">欄</link>"

#: 05120000.xhp#par_id3149052.2.help.text
msgid "Set the width of columns, or select, insert, and delete columns."
msgstr "設定欄的寬度或選取、插入和刪除欄。"

#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3146322.4.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"Width...\">Width...</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp\" name=\"寬度...\">寬度...</link>"

#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3154558.6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"Optimal width\">Optimal width</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120200.xhp\" name=\"最適寬度\">最適寬度</link>"

#: 05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text
msgctxt "05120000.xhp#hd_id3150564.5.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"Insert...\">Insert...</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp\" name=\"插入...\">插入...</link>"

#: 05200000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Merge Table "
msgstr "合併表格"

#: 05200000.xhp#bm_id3154652.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; merging</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>merging; tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 合併</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>合併; 表格</bookmark_value>"

#: 05200000.xhp#hd_id3154652.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"Merge Table\">Merge Table</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05200000.xhp\" name=\"合併表格\">合併表格</link>"

#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3147401.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">Combines two consecutive tables into a single table. The tables must be directly next to each other and not separated by an empty paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:MergeTable\">將兩個連續的表格合併為單個表格。兩個表格必須彼此相鄰，而且未被空段落分隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05200000.xhp#par_id3146325.3.help.text
msgid "If you choose this command when the cursor is in the middle of three consecutive tables, you are prompted to select the table that you want to merge with."
msgstr "當游標處於三個連續表格的中間一個時，如果您選擇此指令，系統會提示您選取要與之合併的表格。"

#: 06080000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Footnotes/Endnotes Settings"
msgstr "註腳/尾註設定"

#: 06080000.xhp#hd_id3153004.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Footnote options\">Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"註腳選項\">註腳/尾註設定</link>"

#: 06080000.xhp#par_id3149882.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">Specifies the display settings for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fnoten\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FootnoteDialog\">指定用於註腳與尾註的顯示設定。</ahelp></variable>"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Match Fields"
msgstr "符合欄位"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10539.help.text"
msgid "Match Fields"
msgstr "符合欄位"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1053D.help.text
msgid "Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">address blocks</link> or <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">salutations</link>."
msgstr "當您建立新的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">地址區塊</link>或<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\">問候語行</link>時，使版面配置對話方塊的邏輯欄位名稱符合您資料庫內的欄位名稱。"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN1054E.help.text
msgid "Matches to:"
msgstr "與下列項目相符合："

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field name in your database for each logical field element.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在您的資料庫中為每個邏輯欄位元素選取一個欄位名稱。</ahelp>"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text
msgctxt "mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10555.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mm_matfie.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">顯示第一筆資料記錄值的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: 02150000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Footnote/Endnote"
msgstr "註腳/尾註"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3143276.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit  Footnotes\">Footnote/Endnote</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"編輯註腳\">註腳/尾註</link>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149097.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">Edits the selected footnote or endnote anchor. Click in front of the footnote or endnote, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fusstext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:EditFootnote\">編輯選取的註腳或尾註標號。在註腳或尾註之前按一下，然後選擇此指令。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149035.13.help.text
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the footnote area at the bottom of the page, or at the end of the document."
msgstr "若要編輯註腳或尾註的文字，請在頁面底端的註腳區域中或此文件的結尾處按一下。"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3145776.11.help.text
msgid "To quickly jump to the footnote or endnote text, click the anchor for note in the document. You can also position the cursor in front of or behind the marker, and then press Ctrl+Shift+PgDn. To jump back to the anchor for the note, press PgUp."
msgstr "若要快速跳至註腳或尾註文字，請在文件中按一下該備註的標號。您也可以將游標放在標記的前面或後面，然後按 Ctrl+Shift+PgDn。若要跳回至該註解的標號，請按 PgUp。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155916.4.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3151373.12.help.text
msgid "Select the numbering type for the footnote or endnote."
msgstr "選取用於註腳或尾註的編號類型。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150685.5.help.text
msgid "Auto"
msgstr "自動"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3155858.7.help.text"
msgid "Character"
msgstr "字元"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3150113.14.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149849.19.help.text
msgid "To change the format of a footnote or endnote anchor or text, select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window and modify the footnote or endnote paragraph style."
msgstr "若要變更註腳或尾註固定標記或文字的格式，請先加以選取，然後選擇 <emph>[格式] - [字元]</emph>。您可以按下 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> 來開啟 <emph>[樣式和格式]</emph> 視窗，以及修改註腳或尾註段落樣式。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3153296.15.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3153308.20.help.text
msgid "Select the type of note to insert, that is, footnote or endnote. A footnote is placed at the bottom of the current page, whereas an endnote is placed at the end of the document."
msgstr "選取要插入的備註類型，即註腳或尾註。註腳位於目前頁面的底端，而尾註位於文件的結尾處。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156130.16.help.text"
msgid "Footnote"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3156098.21.help.text
msgid "Converts an endnote to a footnote."
msgstr "將尾註轉換成註腳。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text
msgctxt "02150000.xhp#hd_id3156111.17.help.text"
msgid "Endnote"
msgstr "尾註"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3155079.22.help.text
msgid "Converts a footnote to an endnote."
msgstr "將註腳轉換成尾註。"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154323.23.help.text
msgid "Arrow left"
msgstr "箭頭向左"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154341.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">Moves to the previous footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_PREV\">移至文件中的前一個註腳標號或尾註標號。</ahelp>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150023.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154614.25.help.text
msgid "Previous footnote"
msgstr "上一個註腳"

#: 02150000.xhp#hd_id3154630.26.help.text
msgid "Arrow right"
msgstr "箭頭向右"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149638.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">Moves to the next footnote or endnote anchor in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:DLG_INS_FOOTNOTE:BT_NEXT\">移至文件中的下一個註腳標號或尾註標號。</ahelp>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3154029.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3149606.28.help.text
msgid "Next footnote"
msgstr "下一個註腳"

#: 02150000.xhp#par_id3150772.33.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Footnote\">Insert Footnote/Endnote</link> dialog."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"插入註腳\">[插入註腳/尾註]</link> 對話方塊。"

#: 01160100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline to Presentation"
msgstr "大綱送至簡報"

#: 01160100.xhp#hd_id3154571.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"Outline to Presentation\">Outline to Presentation</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160100.xhp\" name=\"大綱送至簡報\">大綱送至簡報</link>"

#: 01160100.xhp#par_id3155186.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">Sends the outline of the active document to a new presentation document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:SendOutlineToStarImpres\">將使用中的文件之大綱傳送至新的簡報文件。</ahelp>"

#: 03140000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Hidden Paragraphs"
msgstr "隱入段落"

#: 03140000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"Hidden Paragraphs\">Hidden Paragraphs</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03140000.xhp\" name=\"隱入的段落\">隱入的段落</link>"

#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3150251.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">Shows or hides hidden paragraphs.</ahelp> This option only affects the screen display of hidden paragraphs, and not the printing of hidden paragraphs."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ShowHiddenParagraphs\">顯示或隱藏隱入的段落。</ahelp>此選項只影響是否顯示隱入段落，而不影響隱入段落的列印效果。"

#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3157875.3.help.text
msgid "To enable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and ensure that the <emph>Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box in the <emph>Display of</emph> area is selected."
msgstr "若要啟用此功能，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - [格式化輔助]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</link></emph>，並確定已選取 <emph>[顯示內容]</emph> 區域中的 <emph>[DBCS 隱入的段落]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3154501.4.help.text
msgid "Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"field command\">field command</link> \"Hidden Paragraph\" to assign a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link> that must be met to hide a paragraph. If the condition is not met, the paragraph is displayed."
msgstr "使用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"欄位指令\">欄位指令</link>「隱藏的段落」指定隱藏段落必須要符合的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件\">條件</link>。如果不符合條件，此段落便會顯示。"

#: 03140000.xhp#par_id3083451.5.help.text
msgid "When you hide a paragraph, footnotes and frames that are anchored to characters in the paragraph are also hidden."
msgstr "當您隱藏段落時，註腳和鎖定至此段落中字元的訊框也被隱藏。"

#: 05120100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Column Width"
msgstr "欄寬"

#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3150345.1.help.text"
msgid "Column Width"
msgstr "欄寬"

#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149503.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetColumnWidth\">變更選取欄的寬度。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3083452.3.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3146323.4.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3145822.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_COL\">輸入要變更寬度的欄之欄號。</ahelp>"

#: 05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text
msgctxt "05120100.xhp#hd_id3154502.6.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 05120100.xhp#par_id3149880.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:DLG_COL_WIDTH:ED_WIDTH\">輸入選取欄所需要的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05040000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text
msgctxt "05040000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text"
msgid "Page Style"
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05040000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">Specify the formatting styles and the layout for the current page style, including page margins, headers and footers, and the page background.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"seitetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:PageDialog\">指定目前頁面樣式的格式樣式和版面配置，包括頁面邊距、頁首和頁尾、頁面背景。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04120221.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (table of contents)"
msgstr "項目 (目錄)"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145827.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of contents)\">Entries (table of contents)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp\" name=\"條目 (內容目錄)\">條目 (內容目錄)</link>"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150017.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the entries in the table of contents.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定目錄中項目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3148774.3.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147169.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the level that you want to define.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取要定義的層級。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147569.6.help.text
msgid "Structure and formatting"
msgstr "結構和格式化"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154638.7.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Structure </emph>line defines how the entries in the index are composed. To change the appearance of an entry you can enter codes or text in the empty boxes on this line. You can also click in an empty box or on a code, and then click a code button."
msgstr "<emph>[結構] </emph>行定義索引中各項目編排的方式。若要變更某個項目的外觀，您可以在此行的空白方塊中輸入代碼或文字。也可以在空白方塊中或代碼上按一下，然後按一下代碼按鈕。"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149292.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Displays the remainder of the <emph>Structure </emph>line.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">顯示剩餘的 <emph>[結構]</emph> 行。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147512.8.help.text
msgid "To delete a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then press the <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> key."
msgstr "若要從 <emph>[結構]</emph> 行中刪除代碼，請按一下此代碼，然後按 <item type=\"keycode\">Delete</item> 鍵。"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149806.9.help.text
msgid "To replace a code from the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click the code, and then click a code button."
msgstr "若要從<emph>[結構]</emph>行中代替代碼，請按一下此代碼，然後按一下代碼按鈕。"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154480.10.help.text
msgid "To add a code to the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in an empty box, and then click a code button."
msgstr "若要將代碼增加至 <emph>[結構]</emph> 行中，請在空白方塊中按一下，然後按一下代碼按鈕。"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153675.11.help.text
msgid "Chapter number (E#)"
msgstr "章節編號 (E#)"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154567.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">插入章節編號。若要將章節編號指定至標題樣式，請選擇 <emph>[工具] - [大綱編號]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149691.13.help.text
msgid "Entry text (E)"
msgstr "條目文字"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3154199.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\" visibility=\"visible\">插入章節標題的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3143276.15.help.text
msgid "Tab stop (T)"
msgstr "定位鍵"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3149490.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">插入定位點停止位置。若要將前導點加入至定位點停止位置，請在<emph>[充填字元]</emph>方塊中選取字元。若要變更定位點停止位置的位置，請在<emph>[定位點停止位置的位置]</emph>方塊中輸入數值，或選取[向右對齊]核取方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3151257.17.help.text
msgid "Page number (#)"
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3148981.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\" visibility=\"visible\">插入條目的頁碼。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147212.19.help.text
msgid " Hyperlink (LS and LE)"
msgstr "超連結"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3153631.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">透過起始 (LS) 和結束 (LE) 超連結標記，建立由您加入之項目部分的超連結。在 <emph>[結構] </emph>行上，在您要為其建立超連結之部分前的空白方塊中按一下，然後按一下此按鈕。在您要為其建立超連結之部分後的空白方塊中按一下，然後再按一下此按鈕。所有的超連結都必須是唯一的。僅適用於目錄。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3152766.36.help.text"
msgid "All"
msgstr "全部的"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3155137.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">套用目前設定，而不關閉對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3153355.21.help.text"
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3156277.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\" visibility=\"visible\">指定[結構]行上所選部份的格式樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145772.23.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3151372.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\" visibility=\"visible\">開啟可以編輯所選字元樣式的對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155909.25.help.text
msgid "Fill character"
msgstr "充填字元"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\" visibility=\"visible\">選擇要使用的定位鍵前導字元。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3155859.27.help.text
msgid "Tab stop position"
msgstr "定位鍵位置"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150689.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入左側頁面邊距和定位點停止位置之間要留下的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3147415.29.help.text
msgid "Align right"
msgstr "向右對齊"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3147495.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">將定位點停止位置與右側頁面邊距對齊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text
msgctxt "04120221.xhp#hd_id3145269.31.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式化"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id6499221.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Only visible when you click the E# button in the Structure line. Select to show the chapter number with or without separator.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">僅在結構行中按一下 E# 按鈕時才可看到。選取此選項可使用或不使用分隔符顯示章節編號。</ahelp>"

#: 04120221.xhp#hd_id3149559.33.help.text
msgid "Tab position relative to Paragraph Style indent"
msgstr "定位鍵的位置相對於段落樣式中的縮排"

#: 04120221.xhp#par_id3150554.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\" visibility=\"visible\">相對於定義在[樣式]標籤上所選段落樣式中的「自左縮排」數值，來放置定位點停止位置。否則，定位點停止位置將會相對於左側文字頁面邊距放置。</ahelp>"

#: 04120223.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (illustration index)"
msgstr "項目 (插圖索引)"

#: 04120223.xhp#hd_id3145244.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"Entries (illustration index)\">Entries (illustration index)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120223.xhp\" name=\"條目 (插圖目錄)\">條目 (插圖目錄)</link>"

#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3148769.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the illustration index entries. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定圖例索引條目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120223.xhp#par_id3154639.3.help.text
msgid "Illustration Indexes only have one index level."
msgstr "插圖索引僅有一個索引級。"

#: 03070000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Text Boundaries"
msgstr "文字邊界"

#: 03070000.xhp#hd_id3145418.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"Text Boundaries\">Text Boundaries</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03070000.xhp\" name=\"文字邊界\">文字邊界</link>"

#: 03070000.xhp#par_id3151310.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">Shows or hides the boundaries of the printable area of a page. The boundary lines are not printed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ViewBounds\">顯示或隱入頁面可列印區域的邊界。並不列印邊界線條。</ahelp>"

#: 05150104.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05150104.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Combine"
msgstr "合併"

#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text
msgctxt "05150104.xhp#hd_id3154502.1.help.text"
msgid "Combine"
msgstr "合併"

#: 05150104.xhp#hd_id3150020.2.help.text
msgid "Minimum Size"
msgstr "最小值"

#: 05150104.xhp#par_id3145241.3.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">按頁面寬度的百分比輸入合併的單行段落之最小長度。</ahelp>"

#: 03050000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Ruler"
msgstr "標尺"

#: 03050000.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"Ruler\">Ruler</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp\" name=\"標尺\">標尺</link>"

#: 03050000.xhp#par_id3147514.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">Shows or hides the horizontal ruler, that you can use to adjust page margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</ahelp> To show the vertical ruler, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</link></emph>, and then select the <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> check box in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Ruler\">顯示或隱藏水平標尺，用以調整頁面邊距、定位點停止位置、縮排、邊框及表格儲存格，以及排列頁面上的物件。</ahelp> 若要顯示垂直標尺，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - [檢視]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [檢視]</link></emph>，然後選取 <emph>[標尺]</emph> 區域中的 <emph>[垂直標尺]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 03050000.xhp#par_idN1061A.help.text
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>"
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler\"/>"

#: 05060201.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Contour Editor"
msgstr "圖形輪廓編輯器"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153539.1.help.text"
msgid "Contour Editor"
msgstr "圖形輪廓編輯器"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153677.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"text wrap\">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"konturtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ContourDialog\">變更所選物件的輪廓。$[officename] 會在為物件決定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"文字環繞\">文字環繞</link> 選項時使用輪廓。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155892.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">Displays a preview of the contour.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_GRAPHWND\">顯示該輪廓的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3159195.3.help.text"
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "指定"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3155184.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_APPLY\">將該輪廓套用至選取的物件。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149827.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151253\" src=\"svx/res/nu07.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151253\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148971.5.help.text"
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "指定"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3147091.6.help.text
msgid "Wrap Region"
msgstr "編輯區域"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147217.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_WORKPLACE\">刪除自訂輪廓。在此按一下，然後在預覽區域中按一下。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3147579.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147585\" src=\"svx/res/cd02.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147585\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153351.8.help.text
msgid "Work area"
msgstr "編輯區域"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3149170.9.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156270.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_SELECT\">變更為選擇模式，以便您可以選取該輪廓。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3151370.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3151377\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_drawselect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151377\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150121.11.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155868.12.help.text"
msgid "Rectangle"
msgstr "矩形"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150696.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_RECT\">在物件預覽中，於拖曳處繪製矩形輪廓。若要繪製正方形，請在拖曳時按住 SHIFT 鍵。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149559.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149565\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_rect.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149565\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145137.14.help.text"
msgid "Rectangle"
msgstr "矩形"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3155980.15.help.text"
msgid "Ellipse"
msgstr "橢圓"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150558.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_CIRCLE\">在物件預覽中，於拖曳處繪製橢圓形輪廓。</ahelp> 若要繪製圓，請在拖曳時按住 SHIFT 鍵。"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146332.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146338\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_ellipse.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146338\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3148857.17.help.text"
msgid "Ellipse"
msgstr "橢圓"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148443.18.help.text"
msgid "Polygon"
msgstr "多邊形"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154774.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLY\">繪製由線條段組成的封閉輪廓。按一下多邊形要開始的位置，然後拖曳以繪製線條段。再按一下來定義此線條段的結尾，繼續按一下來定義多邊形餘下的線條段。按兩下，完成多邊形的繪製。若要限制多邊形為 45 度角，請在按一下時按住 SHIFT 鍵。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145304.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3145311\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_polygon.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145311\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3150164.20.help.text"
msgid "Polygon"
msgstr "多邊形"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3156096.21.help.text"
msgid "Edit Points"
msgstr "編輯接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3156112.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYEDIT\">讓您變更該輪廓的形狀。在此按一下，然後拖曳該輪廓的控點。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154711.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154717\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_toggleobjectbeziermode.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154717\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3145632.23.help.text"
msgid "Edit Points"
msgstr "編輯接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150909.24.help.text"
msgid "Move Points"
msgstr "移動接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150925.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYMOVE\">您可以拖曳該輪廓的控點以變更該輪廓的形狀。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3146940.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3146947\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_beziermove.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3146947\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154330.26.help.text"
msgid "Move Points"
msgstr "移動接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3150086.27.help.text"
msgid "Insert Points"
msgstr "插入接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3150103.28.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYINSERT\">插入一個控點，您可以拖曳此控點變更該輪廓的形狀。在此按一下，然後在輪廓大綱上按一下。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149357.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149363\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierinsert.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149363\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153120.29.help.text"
msgid "Insert Points"
msgstr "插入接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153136.30.help.text"
msgid "Delete Points"
msgstr "刪除接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154624.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_POLYDELETE\">從輪廓大綱上移除點。在此按一下，然後按一下您要刪除的點。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149637.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149643\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_bezierdelete.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149643\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3154028.32.help.text"
msgid "Delete Points"
msgstr "刪除接點"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149949.33.help.text
msgid "Auto Contour"
msgstr "自動輪廓"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149966.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_AUTOCONTOUR\">圍繞您可以編輯的物件自動繪製輪廓。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149615.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149621\" src=\"svx/res/cd025.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149621\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145655.35.help.text
msgid "AutoContour"
msgstr "自動輪廓"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3148705.36.help.text"
msgid "Undo"
msgstr "取消"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3148722.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">Reverses the last action.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_UNDO\">撤消最後一個動作。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149200.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149206\" src=\"svx/res/cd020.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149206\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3157890.38.help.text"
msgid "Undo"
msgstr "取消"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3157907.39.help.text"
msgid "Redo"
msgstr "重複"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154219.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_REDO\">反向最後一個<emph>[復原]</emph>指令的動作。</ahelp>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154058.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154073\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154073\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_redo.png\" width=\"0.2228inch\" height=\"0.2228inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154073\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3153195.41.help.text"
msgid "Redo"
msgstr "重複"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#hd_id3153212.42.help.text"
msgid "Color Replacer"
msgstr "色彩取代器"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3145098.43.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_CONTDLG_PIPETTE\">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp>"
msgstr ""

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149578.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149585\" src=\"sd/res/pipette.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149585\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text
msgctxt "05060201.xhp#par_id3149381.44.help.text"
msgid "Color Replacer"
msgstr "色彩取代器"

#: 05060201.xhp#hd_id3149398.45.help.text
msgid "Tolerance"
msgstr "偏差"

#: 05060201.xhp#par_id3154735.47.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp>"
msgstr ""

#: selection_mode.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Selection Mode"
msgstr "選取模式"

#: selection_mode.xhp#hd_id4177678.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\">Selection Mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/selection_mode.xhp\">選取模式</link>"

#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id2962126.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Choose the selection mode from the submenu: normal selection mode, or block selection mode.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從子功能表選擇選取模式：標準選取模式或區段選取模式。</ahelp>"

#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id9816278.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In normal selection mode, you can select multi-line text including the line ends.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在標準選取模式中，您可以選取多行文字，包含行尾。</ahelp>"

#: selection_mode.xhp#par_id3097323.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">In block selection mode, you can select a rectangular block of text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在區段選取模式中，您可以選取矩形文字區塊。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
msgstr "表格的自動格式"

#: 05150101.xhp#bm_id2655415.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;AutoFormat function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;table styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoFormat function for tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>表格; 自動格式功能</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>樣式; 表格樣式</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>表格的自動格式功能</bookmark_value>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148485.1.help.text"
msgid "AutoFormat for Tables"
msgstr "表格自動格式"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149500.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoformattabelle\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTOFMT_TABLE\">自動將格式套用到目前的表格中，包括字型、陰影和邊框。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text
msgid "Applying an AutoFormat to a Table"
msgstr "如此會自動格式化表格"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145828.4.help.text
msgid "Click in a table cell, or select the cells that you want to format."
msgstr "在表格儲存格中按一下，或選取您要格式化的儲存格。"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153006.5.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>, and then click the format that you to want to apply."
msgstr "選擇 <emph>[格式] - [自動格式]</emph>，然後按一下要套用的格式。"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3145585.30.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[確定]</emph>。"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3148386.8.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149022.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">Lists the available formatting styles for tables. Click the format that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:LB_FORMAT\">列出表格可用的格式樣式。按一下您要套用的格式，然後按一下<emph>[確定]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3153722.10.help.text"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "加入"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151185.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ADD\">將新的表格樣式加入清單中。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154646.12.help.text
msgid "Format a table in your document."
msgstr "格式化文件中的表格。"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3156320.13.help.text
msgid "Select the table, and then choose <emph>Table - AutoFormat</emph>."
msgstr "選取此表格，然後選擇 <emph>[表格] - [自動格式]</emph>。"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3153156.14.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[加入]</emph>。"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151168.15.help.text
msgid "In the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"Add AutoFormat\"><emph>Add AutoFormat</emph></link> dialog, enter a name, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "在<link href=\"text/shared/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"[新增自動格式]\"><emph>[新增自動格式]</emph></link>對話方塊中，輸入名稱，然後按一下<emph>[確定]</emph>。"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3147516.16.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150707.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_REMOVE\">刪除選取的表格樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3152946.18.help.text"
msgid "More"
msgstr "其他"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149802.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">Displays more formatting options for tables. Click again to hide the options.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MOREBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_MORE\">顯示用於表格的更多格式選項。再按一下以隱入這些選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3153534.31.help.text
msgid "Formatting"
msgstr "格式化"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154477.32.help.text
msgid "Select the formatting attributes that you to include in the selected table style."
msgstr "選取您要包括在所選表格樣式中的格式屬性。"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3151317.33.help.text
msgid "Number format"
msgstr "數字格式"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3150970.34.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_NUMFORMAT\">在所選表格樣式中包含編號格式。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3150350.24.help.text
msgid "Font"
msgstr "字型"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3152961.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_FONT\">在所選表格樣式中包含字型格式。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3154575.20.help.text"
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "對齊"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3155896.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_ALIGNMENT\">在所選表格樣式中包含對齊設定。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149690.22.help.text"
msgid "Border"
msgstr "邊框"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3154200.23.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_BORDER\">在所選表格樣式中包含邊框樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3159201.26.help.text
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "圖案"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3151325.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_PATTERN\">在所選表格樣式中包含背景樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text
msgctxt "05150101.xhp#hd_id3149302.28.help.text"
msgid "Rename"
msgstr "重新命名"

#: 05150101.xhp#par_id3149490.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_AUTOFMT_TABLE:BTN_RENAME\">變更所選表格樣式的名稱。您無法重新命名 [標準] 表格樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 01120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Page Preview"
msgstr "頁面預覽"

#: 01120000.xhp#hd_id2013916.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">Page Preview</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\">頁面預覽</link>"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id1471907.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">Displays a preview of the printed page or closes the preview.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PrintPreview\">顯示列印頁面的預覽或關閉預覽。</ahelp>"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id8697470.help.text
msgid "Use the icons on the <emph>Page Preview Bar</emph> to scroll through the pages of the document or to print the document."
msgstr "使用 <emph>[頁面預覽列]</emph> 上的圖示捲動文件的頁面或列印文件。"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4314706.help.text
msgid "You can also press Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll through the pages."
msgstr "您也可以按下 Page Up 和 Page Down 上下捲動頁面。"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id4771874.help.text
msgid "You cannot edit your document while you are in the page preview."
msgstr "處於頁面預覽中時，您無法編輯文件。"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id5027008.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">To exit the page preview, click the <emph>Close Preview</emph> button.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">若要結束頁面預覽，請按一下 <emph>[關閉預覽]</emph> 按鈕。</ahelp>"

#: 01120000.xhp#par_id2649311.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Page View Object Bar\">Page View Object Bar</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"頁面檢視物件列\">頁面檢視物件列</link>"

#: 05100400.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Unprotect"
msgstr "取消保護"

#: 05100400.xhp#hd_id3149052.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"Unprotect\">Unprotect</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05100400.xhp\" name=\"取消保護\">取消保護</link>"

#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3083450.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">Removes the cell protection for all selected cells in the current table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UnsetCellsReadOnly\">取消目前表格中所有選取儲存格的儲存格保護。</ahelp>"

#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3154558.3.help.text
msgid "To remove the protection from several tables at once, select the tables, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T. To remove the protection from all of the tables in a document, click anywhere in the document, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T."
msgstr "若要一次從多個表格中取消保護，請選取表格，然後按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 組合鍵。若要從文件的所有表格中取消保護，請在文件中的任意位置按一下，然後按 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+T 組合鍵。"

#: 05100400.xhp#par_id3150765.4.help.text
msgid "You can also remove cell protection from a table in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>."
msgstr "您也可以從<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"助手\">助手</link>的表格中移除儲存格保護。"

#: 05040500.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"Columns\">Columns</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040500.xhp\" name=\"欄\">欄</link>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3151392.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">Specifies the number of columns and the column layout for a page style, frame, or section.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltentext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_COLUMN\">指定欄數以及頁面樣式、訊框或區域的欄版式。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155625.3.help.text
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "預設"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149352.4.help.text
msgid "You can select from predefined column layouts, or create your own. When you apply a layout to a page style, all pages that use the style are updated. Similarly, when you apply a column layout to a frame style, all frames that use that style are updated. You can also change the column layout for a single frame."
msgstr "您可以從預先定義的欄版式中選取，或自行建立。當您對頁面樣式採用版式時，使用此樣式的所有頁面都會更新。類似地，當您對框樣式採用欄版式時，使用此樣式的所有框都會更新。您也可以變更用於單個框的欄版式。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154562.5.help.text"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "欄"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154508.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the page, frame, or section.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_NUMBER\">輸入頁面、訊框或區域中要顯示的欄數。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149884.47.help.text
msgid "You can also select one of the predefined column layouts."
msgstr "您也可以選取一種預先定義的欄版式。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3150933.45.help.text
msgid "Selection fields"
msgstr "選項欄位"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3148386.52.help.text
msgid "Evenly distribute contents to all columns"
msgstr "將內容平均分配至所有欄"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149024.53.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Distributes the text in multi-column sections. The text flows into all columns to the same height. The height of the section adjusts automatically.</ahelp>Evenly distributes the text in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">multi-column sections</link>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">在多欄區段中分配文字。文字會以相同高度填入所有欄。區段的高度會自動調整。</ahelp>在<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"multi-column sections\">多欄區段</link>中平均分配文字。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3153924.19.help.text
msgid "Width and spacing"
msgstr "欄寬及間隔"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3147176.20.help.text
msgid "If the <emph>Automatic width</emph> check box is not selected, enter the width and spacing options for the columns."
msgstr "若尚未選取 <emph>[自動調整寬度]</emph> 核取方塊，則輸入欄的寬度和間隔等選項。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147562.21.help.text
msgid "(Column number)"
msgstr "(欄編號)"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3145206.22.help.text
msgid "Displays the column number, as well as width and distance to the adjacent columns."
msgstr "顯示相鄰欄的欄號以及寬度和間隔。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3156324.23.help.text"
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr "左向箭頭"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150761.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">Moves the column display one column to the left.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_DOWN\">將顯示的欄向左移動一欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149287.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149750\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149750\" src=\"res/sc06301.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149750\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3154694.48.help.text"
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr "左向箭頭"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3145421.25.help.text"
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr "右向箭頭"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153576.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">Moves the column display one column to the right.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_COLUMN_BTN_UP\">將顯示的欄向右移動一欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152938.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152948\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152948\" src=\"res/sc06300.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152948\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#par_id3153540.49.help.text"
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr "右向箭頭"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3154470.42.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3152963.43.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">Enter the width of the column.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_3\">輸入此欄的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3151308.7.help.text"
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3153672.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the columns.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_DIST2\">輸入您要在欄之間留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3147530.9.help.text
msgid "AutoWidth"
msgstr "自動調整寬度"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3150986.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">Creates columns of equal width.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_COLUMN_CB_AUTO_WIDTH\">建立等寬的欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3155892.44.help.text
msgid "The column layout preview only shows the columns and not the surrounding page."
msgstr "欄版式預覽僅顯示欄而不顯示周圍的頁面。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3149685.11.help.text
msgid "Separator line"
msgstr "分隔線"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154188.12.help.text
msgid "This area is only available if your layout contains more than one column."
msgstr "只有在您的版式包含一個以上的欄時，這個區域才可用。"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155775.13.help.text
msgid "Line"
msgstr "類型"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3159190.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\">Select the formatting style for the column separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose \"None\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_STYLE\">選取用於欄分隔線的格式樣式。如果您不要分隔線，請選擇「無」。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3155184.15.help.text"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "高度"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149309.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the height of the column area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_COLUMN_ED_HEIGHT\">以欄區域高度的百分比形式輸入分隔線的長度。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text
msgctxt "05040500.xhp#hd_id3143271.17.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3149485.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">Select the vertical alignment of the separator line. This option is only available if <emph>Height</emph> value of the line is less than 100%.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_COLUMN_LB_POSITION\">選取分隔線的垂直對齊。只有在此線條的<emph>[高度]</emph>值小於 100% 時，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 05040500.xhp#hd_id3151248.50.help.text
msgid "Apply to"
msgstr "套用到"

#: 05040500.xhp#par_id3154827.51.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.</ahelp> This option is only available if you access this dialog by choosing <emph>Format - Columns</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_DLG_COLUMN_LB_APPLY_TO\">選取要套用欄版式的項目。</ahelp>此選項僅在您透過選擇 <emph>[格式] - [欄]</emph> 來存取對話方塊時可用。"

#: 01160300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Create AutoAbstract"
msgstr "製作自動摘要"

#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3148570.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"Create AutoAbstract\">Create AutoAbstract</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp\" name=\"製作自動摘要\">製作自動摘要</link>"

#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149286.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">Copies the headings and a number of subsequent paragraphs in the active document to a new AutoAbstract text document. An AutoAbstract is useful for obtaining an overview of long documents.</ahelp> You can specify the number of outline levels as well as the number of paragraphs displayed therein. All levels and paragraphs under the respective settings are hidden. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autoabstracttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:CreateAbstract\">將使用中文件的標題和一些後續段落複製到新的自動摘要文字文件。自動摘要在製作長文件的摘要時特別有用。</ahelp>您可以指定大綱層次的編號以及其中顯示的段落編號。在相應設定下的所有層次和段落都會被隱入。 </variable>"

#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text
msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3147516.3.help.text"
msgid "Included Outline Levels"
msgstr "包含的大綱層次"

#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_LEVEL\">輸入要複製到新文件的大綱層次範圍。</ahelp> 例如，如果您選擇 4 層，會包含所有使用標題 1 到標題 4 格式化的段落，以及在<emph>[每層級的子點]</emph>中指定的後續段落編號。"

#: 01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text
msgctxt "01160300.xhp#hd_id3151316.5.help.text"
msgid "Subpoints per Level"
msgstr "每章節包含的段落"

#: 01160300.xhp#par_id3155892.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INSERT_ABSTRACT:NF_PARA\">指定在自動摘要文件中每個標題之後要包含最多的連續段落數量。</ahelp> 直到使用標題樣式的段落,其之前的段落只要在最大定義範圍內都會被納入。"

#: 04120100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
msgstr "插入索引條目"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154508.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Index Entry"
msgstr "插入索引條目"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150565.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">Marks the selected text as index or table of contents entry.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintrag\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertIndexesEntry\">將選取的文字標記為索引條目或目錄條目。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147571.15.help.text
msgid "To edit an index entry, place the cursor in front of the index field, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Index Entry\"><emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph></link>"
msgstr "若要編輯索引條目，請將游標置於索引欄位之前，然後選擇<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"[編輯] - [索引條目]\"><emph>[編輯] - [索引條目]</emph></link>"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145760.22.help.text
msgid "You can leave the <emph>Insert Index Entry</emph> dialog open while you select and insert entries."
msgstr "選取和插入條目時，可使<emph>[插入索引條目]</emph>對話方塊保持開啟狀態。"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3145410.3.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "標記"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147508.5.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "目錄"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154103.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_TYPE\">選取您要加入此條目的索引。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153527.7.help.text"
msgid "Entry"
msgstr "條目"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151312.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">Displays the text that is selected in the document. If you want, you can enter a different word for the index entry. The selected text in the document is not changed.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_ENTRY\">顯示在文件中選取的文字。如果需要，您可以為索引項目輸入不同的字詞。在文件中選取的文字不會變更。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154480.9.help.text"
msgid "1st key"
msgstr "第一關鍵字"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3152953.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">Makes the current selection a subentry of the word that you enter here. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key, the index entry is \"weather, cold\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PRIM_KEY\">使目前的選擇成為您在此處所輸入字詞的子項目。例如，如果您選取「cold」並輸入「weather」作為第一關鍵字，則索引項目為「weather, cold」。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3154572.11.help.text"
msgid "2nd key"
msgstr "第二關鍵字"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155904.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">Makes the current selection a sub-subentry of the 1st key. For example, if you select \"cold\", and enter \"weather\" as the 1st key and \"winter\" as the 2nd key, the index entry is \"weather, winter, cold\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_SEC_KEY\">使目前的選擇成為第一關鍵字的二級子項目。例如，如果您選取「cold」，並輸入「weather」作為第一關鍵字，「winter」作為第二關鍵字，則索引項目為「weather, winter, cold」。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3155174.39.help.text
msgid "Phonetic reading"
msgstr "語音閱讀"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149484.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">Enter the phonetic reading for the corresponding entry. For example, if a Japanese Kanji word has more than one pronunciation, enter the correct pronunciation as a Katakana word. The Kanji word is then sorted according to the phonetic reading entry.</ahelp> This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PHONETIC_READING\">輸入用於對應項目的語音閱讀。例如，如果日語漢字字詞具有一個以上的發音，請輸入作為片假名的正確發音。漢字字詞會依據語音閱讀條目來排序。</ahelp>只有在已啟用亞洲語言支援時，此選項才可用。"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3143284.24.help.text
msgid "Main Entry"
msgstr "主項目"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3151248.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">Makes the selected text the main entry in an alphabetical index.</ahelp> $[officename] displays the page number of the main entry in a different format than the other entries in the index."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_MAIN_ENTRY\">使所選文字成為索引目錄中的主條目。</ahelp> $[officename] 顯示主項目的頁碼的方式不同於其他項目。"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149821.13.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147098.14.help.text
msgid "Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/>"
msgstr "使用段落格式「標題 X」(X = 1-10) 的項目，可以自動加入到目錄中。索引中的項目層次對應於標題樣式的大綱層次。<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_LEVEL\"/>"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149175.16.help.text
msgid "This option is available only for table of contents and user-defined index entries."
msgstr "此選項僅可用於目錄和使用者自訂的索引條目。"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3156278.19.help.text
msgid "Apply to all similar texts"
msgstr "在所有相同的文字上使用"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3145783.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">Automatically marks all other occurrences of the selected text in the document. Text in headers, footers, frames, and captions is not included.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_APPLY_ALL\">自動標記文件中所選文字的所有其他事項。不包括標題、頁尾、框架以及標籤中的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3155920.21.help.text
msgid "You cannot use the function for an <emph>Entry </emph>that you entered manually in this dialog."
msgstr "您無法對在此對話方塊中手動輸入的<emph>條目</emph>使用此項功能。"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3147496.18.help.text
msgid "To include all occurrences of a text passage in an index, select the text, choose<emph> Edit - Find & Replace</emph>, and click <emph>Find All</emph>. Then choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> and click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "若要含括索引中某一文字段的所有出現，請選取該文字，選擇<emph>[編輯] - [搜尋和代替]</emph>，然後按一下<emph>[搜尋全部]</emph>。然後選擇<emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]</emph>，並按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3149568.32.help.text"
msgid "Match case"
msgstr "精確搜尋"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3147741.33.help.text"
msgid "Whole words only"
msgstr "只允許整個詞"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3146345.26.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3149845.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_OK\">標記文字中的索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3148855.34.help.text"
msgid "Close"
msgstr "關閉"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3154777.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_CLOSE\">關閉對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3151083.28.help.text
msgid "New user-defined index"
msgstr "新的使用者自訂目錄"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3150161.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">Opens the <emph>Create New User-defined Index</emph> dialog where you can create a custom index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEW\">開啟<emph>[新增自訂的索引]</emph>對話方塊；在此處，您可以建立自訂索引。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text
msgctxt "04120100.xhp#hd_id3153296.30.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3153507.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the new user-defined index. The new index is added to the list of available indexes and tables.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_NEW_USER_IDX:ED_NAME\">輸入新增自訂索引的名稱。新增索引會加入到可用索引與表格的清單中。</ahelp>"

#: 04120100.xhp#par_id3156124.38.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Using Tables of Content and Indexes\">Using Tables of Content and Indexes</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"使用目錄與索引\">使用目錄與索引</link>"

#: 05150100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "While  Typing"
msgstr "在輸入時"

#: 05150100.xhp#hd_id3147436.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"While  Typing\">While Typing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150100.xhp\" name=\"在鍵入時\">在鍵入時</link>"

#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3154017.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">Automatically formats the document while you type. To set the formatting options, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect</emph><emph> Options</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options </emph>tab.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:OnlineAutoFormat\">在您輸入時自動格式化此文件。若要設定格式化選項，請選擇 <emph>[工具] - [自動校正</emph><emph>選項]</emph>，然後按一下 <emph>[選項]</emph> 標籤。</ahelp>"

#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3148488.3.help.text
msgid "You can use AutoCorrect to format text documents and plain ASCII text files, but not characters that you have manually formatted. Automatic <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"word completion\">word completion</link> only occurs after you type a word for the second time in a document."
msgstr "您可以使用 [自動校正] 格式化文字文件與純 ASCII 文字檔，但此功能對於已手動格式化的字元則無效。當您在文件中第二次輸入某字詞之後，才會執行自動的<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040100.xhp\" name=\"自動完成字詞\">自動完成字詞</link>。"

#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3147407.24.help.text
msgid "To reverse the last AutoCorrect action, choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"Undo\"><emph>Undo</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要撤銷前一個自動校正動作，請選擇 <emph>[編輯] - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02010000.xhp\" name=\"[復原]\"><emph>[復原]</emph></link>。"

#: 05150100.xhp#par_id3150536.25.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"Other AutoFormat rules\">Other AutoCorrect rules</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150200.xhp\" name=\"其他自動格式規則\">其他自動校正規則</link>"

#: 05030400.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Drop Caps"
msgstr "字首大寫"

#: 05030400.xhp#bm_id7635731.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>first letters as large capital letters</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>capital letters;starting paragraphs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>drop caps insertion</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>字首字母為大型大寫字母</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>大寫字母; 起始段落</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>插入字首大寫</bookmark_value>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150252.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"Drop Caps\">Drop Caps</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp\" name=\"字首大寫\">字首大寫</link>"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154763.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">以大字型顯示段落的第一個字元，該字元可向下延續數行。此段落的行數至少必須為您在 [行] 方塊中所指定的行數。</ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3151388.3.help.text"
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "設定"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3147295.5.help.text
msgid "Show Drop Caps"
msgstr "顯示字首大寫"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3150536.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">對選取的段落套用字首大寫設定。</ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3155626.19.help.text
msgid "Whole word"
msgstr "整個字"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3154554.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">將此段落第一個字詞的首字母以字首大寫顯示，並且該字詞的其餘字母也以大字型顯示。</ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154505.7.help.text
msgid "Number of characters"
msgstr "字元數目"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3149881.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">輸入要轉換成字首大寫的字元數。 </ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150932.9.help.text
msgid "Lines"
msgstr "列"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3148391.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">輸入段落第一行以下首字放大的行數。較短的段落不會套用首字放大。</ahelp>選取限制為 2-9 行。"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3149030.11.help.text"
msgid "Distance from text"
msgstr "至內文的距離"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3153926.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">輸入段落中字首大寫字母和其餘文字之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3153723.13.help.text"
msgid "Contents"
msgstr "內容"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3154638.15.help.text"
msgid "Text"
msgstr "大寫字"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3147569.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">輸入字首要大寫顯示的文字，而不是段落的首字母。</ahelp>"

#: 05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text
msgctxt "05030400.xhp#hd_id3150763.17.help.text"
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 05030400.xhp#par_id3151181.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">選取要套用至字首大寫的格式樣式。</ahelp> 若要使用目前段落的格式樣式，請選取 [無]。"

#: 05130002.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Character Style "
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 05130002.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"Character Style\">Character Style</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130002.xhp\" name=\"字元樣式\">字元樣式</link>"

#: 05130002.xhp#par_id3154650.2.help.text
msgid "Here, you can create a font style."
msgstr "您可在此建立字元樣式。"

#: 06110000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Calculate"
msgstr "計算"

#: 06110000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"Calculate\">Calculate</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06110000.xhp\" name=\"計算\">計算</link>"

#: 06110000.xhp#par_id3150021.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">Calculates the selected formula and copies the result to the clipboard.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CalculateSel\" visibility=\"visible\">計算選取的公式，並將其結果複製到剪貼簿中。</ahelp>"

#: 04090002.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Cross-references"
msgstr "參照"

#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3153641.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"Cross-references\">Cross-references</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"參照\">參照</link>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155142.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">This is where you insert the references or referenced fields into the current document. References are referenced fields within the same document or within sub-documents of a master document.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reftext\"><ahelp hid=\".\">此處即為您將參照或參照欄位插入目前文件中的位置。參照為在相同文件或是主控文件的子文件當中的已參照欄位。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159197.19.help.text
msgid "The advantage of entering a cross-reference as a field is that you do not have to adjust the references manually every time you change the document. Just update the fields with F9 and the references in the document are updated too."
msgstr "如果您將橫向捷徑當作欄位指令插入，好處是，您不必在變更文件時，手動調整捷徑。您可以簡單地利用 (F9) 更新欄位指令，並已再度確定橫向捷徑。"

#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id4333628.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id4516129.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the Selection list, and then click Insert.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要在文件中增加欄位，請按一下欄位類型，在 [選取] 清單中按一下欄位，然後按一下 [插入]。</ahelp>可用欄位如下："

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3151380.3.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150700.4.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155862.5.help.text
msgid "Set Reference"
msgstr "設定參照"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147422.6.help.text
msgid "Set target for a referenced field. Under <emph>Name</emph>, enter a name for the reference. When inserting the reference, the name will then appear as an identification in the list box <emph>Selection</emph>."
msgstr "設定橫向捷徑的目標。在<emph>「名稱」</emph>下輸入參照的名稱。然後，它會在插入參照以供辨識時顯示於<emph>「選取」</emph>清單方塊中。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149556.7.help.text
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For the target in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"insert a bookmark\">insert a bookmark</link>."
msgstr "在 HTML 文件中不會考慮以此方式插入的參照欄位。您必須針對 HTML 文件中的橫向捷徑目標<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"插入內文標籤\">插入內文標籤</link>。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150548.8.help.text
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "插入參照"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3147746.9.help.text
msgid "Inserting a reference to another position in the document. The corresponding text position has to be defined with \"Set Reference\" first. Otherwise, inserting a reference by choosing a field name under <emph>Selection</emph> is not possible."
msgstr "在文件中其他位置上插入橫向捷徑。必須事先透過「設定參照」定義對應的文字位置，然後才能在<emph>「選取」</emph>下選取欄位名稱以插入捷徑。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146344.16.help.text
msgid "In master documents, you can also reference from one sub-document to another. Note that the reference name will not appear in the selection field and has to be entered \"by hand\"."
msgstr "在主控文件中也可以從某個部分文件參照另一個部分文件。在此請注意，參照名稱不會顯示在選取欄位中，且必須「手動」輸入。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149847.10.help.text
msgid "In an HTML document, reference fields entered this way will be ignored. For referenced fields in HTML documents, you have to <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"insert a hyperlink\">insert a hyperlink</link>."
msgstr "在 HTML 文件中不會考慮以此方式插入的參照欄位。您必須針對 HTML 文件中的橫向捷徑<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp\" name=\"插入超連結\">插入超連結</link>。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2408825.help.text
msgid "Headings"
msgstr "標題"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id9988402.help.text
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all headings in the order of their appearance in the document."
msgstr "[選取] 方塊會顯示所有標題清單，並依其在文件中出現的順序排序。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6401257.help.text
msgid "Numbered Paragraphs"
msgstr "已編號的段落"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5841242.help.text
msgid "The Selection box shows a list of all numbered headings and numbered paragraphs in the order of their appearance in the document."
msgstr "[選取] 方塊顯示所有已編號的標題與段落清單，並依其在文件中出現的順序排序。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id306711.help.text"
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr "書籤"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150907.11.help.text
msgid "After inserting a bookmark in the document with <emph>Insert - Bookmark</emph>, the bookmarks entry on the <emph>References</emph> tab becomes usable. Bookmarks are used to mark certain text passages in a document. In a text document, you can use the bookmarks, for example, to jump from one passage in the document to another."
msgstr "如果您透過<emph>「插入」-「內文標籤」</emph>將內文標籤插入文件中，則也會在<emph>「參照」</emph>選項標籤中看到「內文標籤」條目。內文標籤可用來標明文件中特定的文字片段。例如，您可以在文字文件中藉由已插入文件中的內文標籤，快速地從一個位置跳到另一個位置。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155080.12.help.text
msgid "In an HTML document, these bookmarks become anchors <A name>, which determine the target of hyperlinks for example."
msgstr "此内文標籤會在 HTML 文件中變成一個標號(名稱 A)，此標號例如就會設定為一個超連結的跳躍目標。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011072.help.text"
msgid "Footnotes"
msgstr "註腳"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0818200811011049.help.text
msgid "If your documents contains a footnote, you can select the Footnotes entry. A reference to a footnote returns the footnote number."
msgstr "若文件包含註腳，可選取 [註腳] 項目。註腳的參照會傳回註腳編號。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6794030.help.text
msgid "(Inserted objects with captions)"
msgstr "(已插入具有標籤的物件)"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7096774.help.text
msgid "You can set references to objects that have captions applied. For example, insert a picture, right-click the picture, choose Caption. Now the object shows up as a numbered \"Illustration\" in the list."
msgstr "您可以設定已套用標籤之物件的參照。例如，插入圖片，在圖片上按一下滑鼠右鍵，然後選擇 [標籤]。物件會立即顯示為清單中已編號的 \"[插圖]\"。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154772.18.help.text
msgid "References are fields. To remove a reference, delete the field. If you set a longer text as a reference and you do not want to reenter it after deleting the reference, select the text and copy it to the clipboard. You can then reinsert it as \"unformatted text\" at the same position using the command <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>. The text remains intact while the reference is deleted."
msgstr "參照為欄位指令。若要刪除參照，則請刪除欄位指令。如果在刪除參照後，您不想重新輸入已當作參照設定的長文字，您可以選取該文字複製到剪貼簿中，然後透過<emph>「編輯」-「選擇性貼上」</emph>指令在相同位置上重新插入該文字當作「未格式化的文字」。如此一來，當參照刪除時，文字本身便會保持不變。"

#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id5824152.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "選擇"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7374187.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">列出 <emph>[類型]</emph> 清單中選取的欄位類型可用之欄位。若要插入欄位，請按一下該欄位，選取 [插入參照] 清單中的格式，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7729728.help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
msgstr "若要從清單快速插入欄位，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">指令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>並按兩下欄位。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id2171086.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, click the format that you want to use."
msgstr "在 <emph>[插入參照]</emph> 清單中，按一下您要使用的格式。"

#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3154333.21.help.text
msgid "Insert reference to"
msgstr "插入參照"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148786.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">選取您要用於所選參照欄位的格式。</ahelp>下列格式可用："

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id7576525.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id641193.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150039.23.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3153134.24.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target."
msgstr "插入包含參照目標的頁的頁碼。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3150681.27.help.text"
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "參照"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154040.28.help.text
msgid "Inserts the complete reference target text. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr "插入完整的參照目標文字。若為註腳則會插入註腳編號。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149972.29.help.text
msgid "Above/Below"
msgstr "之上/之下"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149619.30.help.text
msgid "Inserts \"above\" or \"below\", depending on the location of the reference target relative to the position of the reference field."
msgstr "插入「之上」或「之下」取決於參照目標相對於參照的位置。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148705.31.help.text
msgid "As Page Style"
msgstr "作為頁面樣式"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3148728.32.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the page containing the reference target using the format specified in the page style."
msgstr "以頁面樣式中指定的格式插入包含參照目標的頁面之頁碼。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id5699942.help.text"
msgid "Number"
msgstr "編號"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6420484.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including superior levels depending on the context. See note below this table for more information."
msgstr "插入標題的編號或已編號的段落，並根據上下文包括上層。如需更多資訊，請參閱本表下方的備註。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6986602.help.text
msgid "Number (no context)"
msgstr "編號 (沒有上下文)"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id616779.help.text
msgid "Inserts only the number of the heading or numbered paragraph."
msgstr "僅插入標題的編號或已編號的段落。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id791039.help.text
msgid "Number (full context)"
msgstr "數字 (全部顯示)"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id1953489.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph, including all superior levels."
msgstr "插入標題的編號或已編號的段落，包括所有上層。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3154635.25.help.text"
msgid "Chapter"
msgstr "章節"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149646.26.help.text
msgid "Inserts the number of the chapter containing the reference target."
msgstr "插入包含參照目標的章節的章節號。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3155553.33.help.text"
msgid "Category and Number"
msgstr "分類和號碼"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3155356.34.help.text
msgid "Inserts the category (caption type) and the number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr "插入分類 (標籤類型) 和參照目標的號碼。此選項只有在參照具有標籤的物件時才可使用。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3154224.35.help.text
msgid "Caption Text"
msgstr "標籤文字"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3145105.36.help.text
msgid "Inserts the caption label of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr "插入參照目標的標籤。此選項只有在參照具有標籤的物件時才可使用。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#par_id3149587.37.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3146883.38.help.text
msgid "Inserts the caption number of the reference target. This option is only available when the reference target is an object with a caption."
msgstr "插入參照目標的標籤號碼。此選項只有在參照具有標籤的物件時才可使用。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id757469.help.text
msgid "The \"Number\" format inserts the number of the heading or numbered paragraph. The superior levels are included depending on the context, as necessary. "
msgstr "[數字] 格式插入標題的編號或已編號的段落，並視需要根據上下文包括上層。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id5189062.help.text
msgid "For example, when you are in a chapter 1, subchapter 2, subpart 5, this may be numbered as 1.2.5. When you insert here a reference to text in the previous subpart \"1.2.4\" and you apply the \"Number\" format, then the reference will be shown as \"4\". If in this example the numbering is set to show more sublevels, the same reference will be shown as \"2.4\" or \"1.2.4\", depending on the setting. If you use the \"Number (full context)\" format, you will always see \"1.2.4\", no matter how the numbered paragraph is formatted."
msgstr "例如，當您是在第 1 章、第 2 小章、第 5 小節中時，這可能會編號為 1.2.5。當您在此處插入對於上一小節「1.2.4」中文字的參照，且套用了 [數字] 格式時，參照將會顯示為「4」 。若在此範例中，編號已設定為顯示更多子層次，則相同的參照將根據設定，顯示為 「2.4」或「1.2.4」。若您使用 [數字 (全部內容)] 格式，便一律會看見「1.2.4」，而不論已編號之段落的設定為何。"

#: 04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text
msgctxt "04090002.xhp#hd_id3156242.13.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156259.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">鍵入要建立的使用者自訂欄位的名稱。</ahelp>若要設定目標，請按一下 <emph>[類型]</emph> 清單中的 [設定參照]，在此方塊中鍵入名稱，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。若要參照新目標，請按一下 <emph>[選取]</emph> 清單中的目標名稱。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3156032.17.help.text
msgid "In a master document, targets that are in different sub-documents are not displayed in the<emph> Selection</emph> list. If you want to insert a reference to the target, you must type the path and the name in the <emph>Name </emph>box."
msgstr "在主控文件的部分文件內的捷徑中，必須手動輸入一個不在相同部分文件中的參照的名稱。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id0903200802250745.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined fields.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">輸入要增加至使用者定義欄位的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id3159216.15.help.text
msgid "If you select text in the document, and then insert a reference, the selected text becomes the contents of the field that you insert."
msgstr "如果將參照設定在文字中的選取上，則可將目前的選取會視為欄位內容。"

#: 04090002.xhp#par_id6501968.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Edit the value.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">編輯數值。</ahelp>"

#: 04120229.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Define Bibliography Entry"
msgstr "定義參考文獻目錄條目"

#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3147176.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定義參考文獻目錄條目\">定義參考文獻目錄條目</link>"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3151183.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">Change the content of a bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTH_ENTRY\">變更參考文獻目錄條目的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3151175.3.help.text
msgid "Entry data"
msgstr "條目資料"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145419.4.help.text
msgid "Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry."
msgstr "輸入簡短描述文，並選取相應的來源類型。現在您可以將資料輸入屬於條目的其他欄位。"

#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text
msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3154097.5.help.text"
msgid "Short name"
msgstr "簡短描述文"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3145582.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER\">顯示參考文獻目錄條目的簡短描述文。如果正在建立新的參考文獻目錄條目，您僅可以在此處輸入名稱。</ahelp>"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3153527.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4\">可在此處為參考文獻目錄的選取需要的條目資料。</ahelp>"

#: 04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120229.xhp#hd_id3155185.7.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3143283.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE\">選取參考文獻目錄條目的資料源。</ahelp>"

#: 04120229.xhp#par_id3147091.12.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Formatting bibliography entries\">Formatting bibliography entries</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"格式化參考文獻目錄條目\">格式化參考文獻目錄條目</link>"

#: 06190000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Update All"
msgstr "全部更新"

#: 06190000.xhp#hd_id3145824.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"Update All\">Update All</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06190000.xhp\" name=\"全部更新\">全部更新</link>"

#: 06190000.xhp#par_id3153004.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates all links, fields, indexes, tables of contents, and page formatting in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAll\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前文件中所有的連結、欄位、索引、目錄以及頁面格式。</ahelp>"

#: 06170000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "All Indexes and Tables"
msgstr "所有索引和表格"

#: 06170000.xhp#hd_id3149875.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"All Indexes and Tables\">All Indexes and Tables</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06170000.xhp\" name=\"全部的目錄\">全部的目錄</link>"

#: 06170000.xhp#par_id3150211.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">Update all indexes and tables of contents in the current document. You do not need to place the cursor in an index or table before you use this command.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllIndexes\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前文件中的所有索引和目錄。使用此指令前不需要將游標放置在索引或表格中。</ahelp>"

#: 04060100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3149287.1.help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "選項"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3151177.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_CAPTION:BTN_OPTION\">將章節號加入標籤貼標。若要使用此功能，您必須先為段落樣式指定一個<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"大綱層次\">大綱層次</link> ，然後將樣式套用至文件中的章節標題。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3149805.3.help.text
msgid "Numbering by chapter"
msgstr "按章節編號"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3153532.4.help.text
msgid "When you add chapter numbers to caption labels, the caption numbering is reset when a chapter heading is encountered. For example, if the last figure in chapter 1 is \"Figure 1.12\", the first figure in the next chapter would be \"Figure 2.1\"."
msgstr "當您為標籤貼標加入章節號時，如果遇到章節標題，則重設標籤編號。例如，如果第 1 章中的最後一張圖是「圖 1.12」，則下一章的第一張圖就是「圖 2.1」。"

#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3154574.5.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3152954.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels from the top of the chapter hierarchy down to include in the caption label.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:LB_LEVEL\">從章節階層的頂端向下選取大綱層次的編號，以包括在標籤貼標中。</ahelp>"

#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text
msgctxt "04060100.xhp#hd_id3151316.7.help.text"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "連字符"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3155892.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">Enter the character that you want to insert between the chapter number and the caption number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_SEQUENCE_OPTION:ED_SEPARATOR\">輸入您要在章節號和標籤號之間插入的字元。</ahelp>"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10633.help.text
msgid "Category and frame format"
msgstr "分類與訊框格式"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN10639.help.text
msgid "Character style"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_idN1063F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specifies the character style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">指定字元樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04060100.xhp#hd_id3143280.43.help.text
msgid "Apply border and shadow"
msgstr "套用邊框和陰影"

#: 04060100.xhp#par_id3149826.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">Applies the border and shadow of the object to the caption frame.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:DLG_CAPTION:CB_COPY_ATTR\">在標籤訊框中套用物件的邊框與陰影。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (bibliography)"
msgstr "條目 (參考文獻目錄)"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3151388.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries (bibliography)\">Entries (bibliography)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"條件 (文獻目錄)\">條件 (文獻目錄)</link>"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3083449.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for bibliography entries.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定文獻目錄項目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id31544970.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text
msgid "The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources."
msgstr "顯示的類型取決於不同的文獻資料源。"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3150570.4.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147175.5.help.text
msgid "Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=\".\">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"Define Bibliography Entry\">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries."
msgstr "列出可用的文獻目錄項目。<ahelp hid=\".\">若要將項目增加至 [結構] 行，請按一下此項目，在 [結構] 行的空白方塊中按一下，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>使用 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp\" name=\"定義文獻目錄項目\">[定義文獻目錄項目]</link> 對話方塊新增項目。"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3149287.6.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151178.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">將所選文獻目錄項目的參照碼增加至 [結構] 行。在清單中選取某個項目，於空白方塊中按一下，然後按一下此按鈕。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text
msgctxt "04120227.xhp#hd_id3154096.8.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "移除"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149807.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">從 [結構] 行中移除選取的參照碼。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154470.10.help.text
msgid "Sort by"
msgstr "排序按照"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3154482.11.help.text
msgid "Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries."
msgstr "指定參考文獻目錄條目的排序選項。"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3153665.12.help.text
msgid "Document position"
msgstr "文件位置"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3151314.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">依參考文獻目錄項目參照在文件中的位置，請排序參考文獻目錄項目。</ahelp> 如果要使用自動編號的參照，請選擇此選項。"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3154576.14.help.text
msgid "Content"
msgstr "內容"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149687.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">依您指定的排序關鍵字來排序文獻目錄項目，例如依作者或出版年代。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3155175.16.help.text
msgid "Sort keys"
msgstr "排序的關鍵字"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3143270.18.help.text
msgid "1, 2 or 3"
msgstr "1、2 或 3"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149491.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">選取依其排序參考文獻目錄項目的項目。僅當您在 <emph>[排序按照]</emph> 區域中選取了 <emph>[內容]</emph> 單選按鈕時，此選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3149826.20.help.text
msgid "AZ"
msgstr "AZ"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3147098.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">依字母數字的向上順序排序參考文獻目錄項目。</ahelp>"

#: 04120227.xhp#hd_id3148981.22.help.text
msgid "ZA"
msgstr "ZA"

#: 04120227.xhp#par_id3149041.23.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">依字母數字的向下順序排序參考文獻目錄項目。</ahelp>"

#: 02140000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Edit Fields"
msgstr "編輯欄位"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150493.1.help.text"
msgid "Edit Fields"
msgstr "編輯欄位指令"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151184.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the properties of a field. Click in front of a field, and then choose this command.</ahelp> In the dialog, you can use the arrow buttons to move to the previous or the next field. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:FieldDialog\">開啟用於編輯欄位特性的對話方塊。在欄位前面按一下滑鼠，然後選擇此指令。</ahelp>在此對話方塊中，可以使用箭頭按鈕移至上一個或下一個欄位。</variable>"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151168.4.help.text
msgid "You can also double-click a field in your document to open the field for editing."
msgstr "您也可以按兩下文件中的欄位，開啟該欄位進行編輯。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153668.5.help.text
msgid "To change the view between field names and field contents in your document, choose <emph>View - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "若要在文件中的欄位名稱和欄位內容之間變更檢視，請選擇<emph>[檢視] - [欄位指令]</emph>。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149106.59.help.text
msgid "If you select a <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> link in your document, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields, </emph>the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Links\"><emph>Edit Links</emph></link> dialog opens."
msgstr "如果您在文件中選取<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link> 連結，然後選擇 <emph>[編輯] - [欄位]，則會開啟</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"編輯連結\"><emph>編輯連結</emph></link> 對話方塊。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149036.60.help.text
msgid "If you click in front of a \"sender\" type field, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>, the <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"User data\"><emph>User data</emph></link> dialog opens."
msgstr "如果在「寄件者」類型欄位前按一下，然後選擇 <emph>[編輯] - [欄位]</emph>，則會開啟<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"使用者資料\"><emph>[使用者資料]</emph></link> 對話方塊。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145765.9.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "欄位類型"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155142.10.help.text
msgid "Lists the type of field that you are editing."
msgstr "列出您所編輯欄位的類型。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3151371.13.help.text
msgid "The following dialog elements are only visible when the corresponding field type is selected."
msgstr "只有在選取了對應的欄位類型時，下列對話方塊元素才可見。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150687.56.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150700.57.help.text
msgid "Lists the field options, for example, \"fixed\". If you want, you can click another option for the selected field type."
msgstr "列出這些欄位選項，例如，「固定」。如果需要，您可以按一下所選欄位類型的另一個選項。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155854.11.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3147409.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">選取用於此欄位內容的格式。對於日期、時間和使用者自訂欄位，您也可以按一下清單中的 [其他格式]，然後選擇不同的格式。</ahelp>根據您編輯的欄位類型有不同的可用格式。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149556.24.help.text"
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "偏移"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145256.25.help.text
msgid "Displays the offset for the selected field type, for example, for \"Next Page,\" \"Page Numbers\" or \"Previous Page\". You can enter a new offset value which will be added to the displayed page number."
msgstr "顯示所選欄位類型 (例如，「下一頁」、「頁碼」或「上一頁」) 的偏移。您可以輸入將增加至顯示頁碼之新的偏移值。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#par_id5081637.help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
msgstr "如果您想要變更實際的頁碼而非顯示的頁碼，請勿使用 <emph>[偏移]</emph> 值。若要變更頁碼，請參閱<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"頁碼\"><emph>頁碼</emph></link>指南。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3145269.22.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150559.23.help.text
msgid "Change the defined values and outline levels for the \"Chapter\" field type."
msgstr "變更「章節」欄位類型的定義值和大綱層次。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3147744.14.help.text"
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名稱"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149834.15.help.text
msgid "Displays the name of a field variable. If you want, you can enter a new name."
msgstr "顯示欄位變量的名稱。如果需要，您可以輸入新的名稱。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148844.20.help.text"
msgid "Value"
msgstr "數值"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148857.21.help.text
msgid "Displays the current value of the field variable. If you want, you can enter a new value."
msgstr "顯示此欄位變量的目前值。如果需要，您可以輸入新值。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153306.16.help.text"
msgid "Condition"
msgstr "條件"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3156124.17.help.text
msgid "Displays the condition that must be met for the field to be activated. If you want, you can enter a new <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>."
msgstr "顯示啟動此欄位所必須符合的條件。如果需要，您可以輸入新的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件\">條件</link>."

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3156103.26.help.text"
msgid "Then, Else"
msgstr "那麼就，否則"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155073.27.help.text
msgid "Change the field contents that are displayed depending on whether the field condition is met or not."
msgstr "變更依其欄位條件符合與否而顯示的欄位內容。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154326.30.help.text"
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "提示"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154339.31.help.text
msgid "Insert or modify the reference text for the selected field."
msgstr "插入或修改所選欄位的參照文字。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3148785.18.help.text"
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr "巨集名稱"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148798.19.help.text
msgid "Displays the name of the macro assigned to the selected field."
msgstr "顯示指定給所選欄位的巨集的名稱。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3150097.32.help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "萬用字元"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150027.33.help.text
msgid "Displays the placeholder text of the selected field."
msgstr "顯示所選欄位的萬用字元文字。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150041.36.help.text
msgid "Insert Text"
msgstr "插入文字"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3153126.37.help.text
msgid "Displays the text that is linked to a condition."
msgstr "顯示與條件相連結的文字。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3153140.61.help.text"
msgid "Formula"
msgstr "公式"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154624.62.help.text
msgid "Displays the formula of a formula field."
msgstr "顯示公式欄位的公式。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3150658.63.help.text
msgid "Database selection"
msgstr "選擇資料庫"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3150671.64.help.text
msgid "Select a registered database that you want to insert the selected field from. You can also change the table or query that the selected field refers to."
msgstr "選取您要自其插入所選欄位的已註冊資料庫。您也可以變更所選欄位參照的表格或查詢。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3154025.38.help.text"
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "條目號碼"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3154039.39.help.text
msgid "Displays the database record number that is inserted when the condition specified for the \"Any record\" field type is met. "
msgstr "顯示符合「任一資料條目」欄位類型的指定條件時插入的資料庫資料條目號碼。"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3149960.47.help.text"
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr "箭頭向左"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3149602.49.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">Jumps to the previous field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_PREV\">跳躍至文件中前一個同類型的欄位。</ahelp>只有在文件包含多個同類型欄位時，此按鈕才可以使用。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3155341.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/sc10618.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3148728.48.help.text
msgid "Previous Field"
msgstr "前一個欄位指令"

#: 02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text
msgctxt "02140000.xhp#hd_id3155541.50.help.text"
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr "箭頭向右"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146846.52.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">Jumps to the next field of the same type in the document.</ahelp> This button is only active when a document contains more than one field of the same type."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_FLDEDT_NEXT\">跳躍至文件中下一個同類型的欄位。</ahelp>只有在文件包含多個同類型欄位時，此按鈕才可以使用。"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3145117.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/sc10617.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02140000.xhp#par_id3146891.51.help.text
msgid "Next Field"
msgstr "下一個欄位指令"

#: 06060000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr "大綱編號"

#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3154561.1.help.text"
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr "大綱編號"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3145246.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"kapnum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:ChapterNumberingDialog\">在目前的文件中，指定章節編號的號碼格式和階層。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150934.54.help.text
msgid "Outline numbering is linked to paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading\" paragraph styles (1-10) are assigned to the corresponding outline number levels (1-10). If you want, you can assign different paragraph styles to the outline number level."
msgstr "將大綱編號連結至段落樣式。依預設，為對應的大綱編號層次 (1-10) 指定了「標題」段落樣式 (1-10)。如果需要，您可以為大綱編號層次指定不同的段落樣式。"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id8237250.help.text
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr "若要將標題編號，請使用 <emph>[工具] - [大綱編號]</emph> 功能表指令指定編號給段落樣式。請勿使用 [格式] 工具列上的 [編號] 圖示。"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147567.55.help.text
msgid "To highlight the screen display of outline numbers, choose <emph>View -</emph><emph>Field Shadings</emph>."
msgstr "若要突出顯示螢幕中顯示的大綱號碼，請選擇 <emph>[檢視] -</emph><emph> [欄位背景顏色]</emph>。"

#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3151168.56.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3147512.57.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">Saves or loads an outline number format. A saved outline number format is available to all text documents.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OUTLINE_FORM\">儲存或載入大綱號碼格式。儲存的大綱號碼格式可用於全部文字文件。</ahelp>"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150979.58.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Format</emph> button is only available for outline numbering. For numbered or bulleted list styles, modify the Numbering Styles of the paragraphs."
msgstr "<emph>[格式]</emph>按鈕僅可用於大綱編號。為已編號或已項目編號的清單樣式，變更段落的編號樣式。"

#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3154572.59.help.text
msgid "Untitled 1 - 9"
msgstr "未命名 1 - 9"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3150350.60.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">Select the predefined numbering style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NAMED_NUMS\">選取您要對所選大綱層次指定的預先定義的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.61.help.text"
msgid "Save As"
msgstr "另存新檔"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3155892.62.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUM_OUTL_NUM_SAVEAS\">開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以儲存所選大綱層次的目前設定。然後，您可以從另一個文件載入這些設定。</ahelp>"

#: 06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text
msgctxt "06060000.xhp#hd_id3149689.63.help.text"
msgid "Save As"
msgstr "另存新檔"

#: 06060000.xhp#par_id3154200.64.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">Click a numbering style in the list, and then enter a name for the style. The numbers correspond to the outline level that the styles are assigned to.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_NUM_NAMES:LB_FORM\">在清單中按一下編號樣式，然後輸入此樣式的名稱。這些號碼對應於指定了這些樣式的大綱層次。</ahelp>"

#: 06060100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151387.34.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060100.xhp\" name=\"編號\">編號</link>"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155620.35.help.text
msgid "Specifies the number format and the hierarchy for chapter numbering in the current document."
msgstr "此標籤頁用於定義章節編號和類型。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3153003.3.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150018.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\">Click the outline level that you want to modify, and then specify the numbering options for the level.</ahelp> To apply the numbering options, except for the paragraph style, to all of the levels, click \"1-10\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_LEVEL\">按一下您要修改的大綱層次，然後指定級的編號選項。</ahelp>若要將編號選項 (不包括段落樣式) 採用至所有級，請按一下「1-10」。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3145248.8.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150930.9.help.text
msgid "Specify the formatting for the select outline level."
msgstr "指定用於選取大綱層次的格式。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3149030.10.help.text
msgid "Paragraph Style"
msgstr "段落樣式"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153722.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\">Select the paragraph style that you want to assign to the selected outline level.</ahelp> If you click \"None\", the selected outline level is not defined."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_COLL\">選取您要對所選大綱層次指定的段落樣式。</ahelp> 如果您按一下 [無]，將不會定義選取的大綱層次。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3151272.12.help.text"
msgid "Number"
msgstr "編號"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3156319.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">Select the numbering style that you want to apply to the selected outline level.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_NUMBER\">選取您要對所選大綱層次採用的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150258.14.help.text
msgid "<emph>Selection</emph>"
msgstr "<emph>選取</emph>"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149760.15.help.text
msgid "<emph>Description</emph>"
msgstr "<emph>函數</emph>"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147513.16.help.text
msgid "A, B, C, ..."
msgstr "A, B, C, ?"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150708.17.help.text
msgid "Capital letters"
msgstr "大寫字母"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154104.18.help.text
msgid "a, b, c, ..."
msgstr "a, b, c, ?"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153533.19.help.text
msgid "Lowercase letters"
msgstr "小寫字母"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151314.20.help.text
msgid "I, II, III, ..."
msgstr "I, II, III, ?"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154470.21.help.text
msgid "Roman numerals (upper)"
msgstr "大寫羅馬數字"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3150360.22.help.text
msgid "i, ii, iii, ..."
msgstr "i, ii, iii, ?"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3152960.23.help.text
msgid "Roman numerals (lower)"
msgstr "小寫羅馬數字"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155899.24.help.text
msgid "1, 2, 3, ..."
msgstr "1, 2, 3, ?"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154191.25.help.text"
msgid "Arabic numerals"
msgstr "阿拉伯數字"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3149298.36.help.text"
msgid "A,... AA,... AAA,..."
msgstr "A,... AA,... AAA,..."

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151332.37.help.text
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical capital letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the second number in level three is \"BBB\"."
msgstr "使用等同的大寫字母依字母順序編號，其中字母號碼指示章節級。例如，第三級的第二個號碼是「BBB」。"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3143284.38.help.text"
msgid "a,... aa,... aaa,..."
msgstr "a,... aa,... aaa,..."

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3149820.39.help.text
msgid "Alphabetical numbering with identical lower case letters, where the number of letters indicates the chapter level. For example, the third number in level two is \"cc\"."
msgstr "使用等同的小寫字母依字母順序編號，其中字母號碼指示章節級。例如，第二級的第三個號碼是「cc」。"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#par_id3154834.26.help.text"
msgid "None"
msgstr "無"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3148968.27.help.text
msgid "No numbering symbol. Only the character or symbol defined in the <emph>Separator</emph> fields appears at the beginning of the numbered line."
msgstr "無編號字元。只有在<emph>「分隔符」</emph>下設定的字元會顯示在行首。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3147098.40.help.text"
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147224.41.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">Select the format of the numbering character.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:LB_CHARFMT\">選取編號字元的格式。</ahelp>"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3153643.28.help.text
msgid "Show sublevels"
msgstr "完整"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3147575.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\">Select the number of outline levels to include in the chapter numbering. For example, select \"3\" to display three levels of chapter numbering: 1.1.1</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:NF_ALL_LEVEL\">選取章節編號中要包含的大綱層次數目。例如，選取「3」以顯示章節編號的三個層次： 1.1.1</ahelp>"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3152772.30.help.text
msgid "Separator Before"
msgstr "之前的分隔符"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3155142.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display before the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type \"Chapter \" to display \"Chapter 1\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_PREFIX\">輸入要在章節號前顯示的文字。</ahelp>例如，鍵入「Chapter」以顯示「Chapter 1」。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3154386.32.help.text
msgid "Separator After"
msgstr "之後的分隔符"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3153358.33.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\">Enter the text that you want to display after the chapter number.</ahelp> For example, type a period (.) to display \"1.\""
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_SUFFIX\">輸入要在章節號後顯示的文字。</ahelp>例如，鍵入句點 (.) 以顯示 \"1.\"。"

#: 06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text
msgctxt "06060100.xhp#hd_id3150590.6.help.text"
msgid "Start at"
msgstr "開始從"

#: 06060100.xhp#par_id3151023.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">Enter the number that you want to restart the chapter numbering at.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_OUTLINE_NUM:ED_START\">輸入重新開始章節編號的起始號碼。</ahelp>"

#: 06990000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Update"
msgstr "更新"

#: 06990000.xhp#bm_id3154704.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>updating; text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>更新; 文字文件</bookmark_value>"

#: 06990000.xhp#hd_id3154704.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"Update\">Update</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06990000.xhp\" name=\"更新\">更新</link>"

#: 06990000.xhp#par_id3149501.2.help.text
msgid "Updates items in the current document that have dynamic contents, so as fields and indexes."
msgstr "更新目前文件中具有可變式內容的項目，如欄位和索引。"

#: 04090007.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Special Tags"
msgstr "特殊標記"

#: 04090007.xhp#bm_id3154106.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>tags; in $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; special HTML tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML;special tags for fields</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fields;HTML import and export</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>time fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>date fields;HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DocInformation fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>標籤; 在 $[officename] Writer 中</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; 特殊 HTML 標籤</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML; 欄位的特殊標籤</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>欄位; HTML 匯入與匯出</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>時間欄位; HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>日期欄位; HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DocInformation 欄位</bookmark_value>"

#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154106.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"Special Tags\">Special Tags</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp\" name=\"特殊的標籤\">特殊的標籤</link>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153669.3.help.text
msgid "When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags."
msgstr "當您儲存的文件中包含作為 HTML 文件的欄位時，$[officename] 會自動將日期、時間和文件資訊欄位轉換為特殊 HTML 標記。欄位內容會插入到所轉換欄位的 HTML 起始標記和結束標記之間。這些特殊 HTML 標記並不與標準 HTML 標記對應。"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3152960.4.help.text
msgid "$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type."
msgstr "$[officename] Writer 欄位在 HTML 文件中由 <SDFIELD> 標記來識別。特殊欄位的欄位類型、格式以及名稱均包含在起始 HTML 標記中。由 HTML 篩選辨識的欄位標記的格式取決於欄位類型。"

#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3154570.5.help.text
msgid "Date and Time Fields"
msgstr "日期欄位和時間欄位"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149696.6.help.text
msgid "For \"Date\" and \"Time\" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time."
msgstr "對於「日期」欄位和「時間」欄位，參數 TYPE 等於 DATETIME。日期或時間的格式由參數 SDNUM 指定，例如，DD:MM:YY 用於日期，而 HH:MM:SS 用於時間。"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155183.7.help.text
msgid "For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter."
msgstr "對於固定日期欄位和時間欄位，其日期或時間由參數 SDVAL 指定。"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text
msgid "Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
msgstr "以下表格中是 $[officename] 將日期和時間特殊 HTML 標記作為欄位來辨識的範例："

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3151257.9.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "<emph>欄位指令</emph>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3148970.10.help.text"
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
msgstr "<emph>$[officename] 標籤</emph>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147102.11.help.text
msgid "Date is fixed"
msgstr "日期固定"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153634.12.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4239988426\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155137.13.help.text
msgid "Date is variable"
msgstr "日期可變"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156275.14.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;DD/MM/YY\">17/02/98</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3145774.15.help.text
msgid "Time is fixed"
msgstr "時間固定"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155915.16.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDVAL=\"35843,4240335648\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150110.17.help.text
msgid "Time is variable"
msgstr "時間變數"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155862.18.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DATETIME SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS\">10:10:36</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#hd_id3147409.23.help.text
msgid "DocInformation Fields"
msgstr "文件資訊欄位"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147487.24.help.text
msgid "For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the \"Created\" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not."
msgstr "對於文件資訊欄位，參數 TYPE 等於 DOCINFO。參數 SUBTYPE 顯示特定的欄位類型，例如，對於「產生」文件資訊欄位，SUBTYPE=CREATE。對於日期和時間文件資訊欄位，參數 FORMAT 等於 DATE 或 TIME，而參數 SDNUM 指示使用的數字格式。參數 SDFIXED 指示文件資訊欄位的內容是否固定。"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147501.25.help.text
msgid "The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags."
msgstr "固定日期或時間欄位的內容等於參數 SDVAL，否則其內容等於 SDFIELD HTML 標記之間的文字。"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149562.26.help.text
msgid "Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:"
msgstr "以下表格中是 $[officename] 將文件資訊特殊 HTML 標記作為欄位來辨識的範例："

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3147738.27.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "<emph>欄位指令</emph>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text
msgctxt "04090007.xhp#par_id3146334.28.help.text"
msgid "$[officename] Tag"
msgstr "<emph>$[officename] 標籤</emph>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3149846.29.help.text
msgid "Description (fixed content)"
msgstr "描述 (內容固定)"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3148863.30.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>Description</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=COMMENT SDFIXED>描述</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3151083.31.help.text
msgid "Creation date"
msgstr "產生日期"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3153298.32.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;QQ YY\">1. Quarter 98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;QQ YY\">1. Quartal 98</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3150175.33.help.text
msgid "Creation time (fixed content)"
msgstr "產生時間 (內容固定)"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3156134.34.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CREATE FORMAT=TIME SDVAL=\"0\" SDNUM=\"1031;1031;HH:MM:SS AM/PM\" SDFIXED>03:58:35 PM</SDFIELD>"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3155077.35.help.text
msgid "Modification date"
msgstr "修改的日期"

#: 04090007.xhp#par_id3154330.36.help.text
msgid "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN DD MMM, YY\">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD>"
msgstr "<SDFIELD TYPE=DOCINFO SUBTYPE=CHANGE FORMAT=DATE SDNUM=\"1031;1031;NN TT.MMM YY\">Mo 23 Feb, 98</SDFIELD>"

#: 06200000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06200000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "欄位"

#: 06200000.xhp#hd_id3083281.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06200000.xhp\" name=\"欄位\">欄位</link>"

#: 06200000.xhp#par_id3154656.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the contents of all fields in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateFields\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前文件中所有欄位的內容。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr "新的地址區塊"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
msgid "New Address Block"
msgstr "新的地址區塊"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10546.help.text
msgid "Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block of a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">mail merge</link> document."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">合併列印</link>文件內地址區塊中地址資料欄位的位置。"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10569.help.text"
msgid "Address Elements"
msgstr "地址元素"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1056D.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取一個欄位並將該欄位拖曳至另一個清單中。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10570.help.text"
msgid ">"
msgstr ">"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10574.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list. You can add the same field more than once.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將 [地址元素] 清單中所選的欄位增加至另一個清單中。您可將同樣的欄位增加一次以上。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10577.help.text"
msgid "<"
msgstr "<"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057B.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">從另一個清單中移除選取的欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1057E.help.text"
msgid "Drag address element to the field below"
msgstr "將地址元素拖曳至下方欄位"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10582.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用拖放方式或使用箭頭按鈕編排欄位。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10585.help.text"
msgid "Preview"
msgstr "預覽"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">以目前的地址區塊版面配置來顯示第一筆資料庫記錄的預覽。</ahelp>"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text"
msgid "(Arrow Buttons)"
msgstr "(箭頭按鈕)"

#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text
msgctxt "mm_cusaddfie.xhp#par_idN10590.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在清單中選取一個項目，然後按一下箭頭按鈕移動該項目。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Outline & Numbering"
msgstr "大綱與編號"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151173.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Numbering\">Outline & Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"編號\">大綱與編號</link>"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">Adds or removes outline level, numbering, or bullets from the paragraph. You can also select the style of numbering to use, and reset the numbering in a numbered list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_NUMPARA\">在段落中增加或移除大綱層次、編號或項目符號。也可以選取要使用的編號樣式，並在編號清單中重設編號。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153536.14.help.text
msgid "To change the numbering options for paragraphs that use the same paragraph style, choose <emph>Format - Styles and </emph>Formatting, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles </emph>icon. Right-click the style in the list, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "若要變更使用相同段落樣式之段落的編號選項，請選擇 <emph>[格式] - [樣式和格式]</emph>，然後按一下 <emph>[段落樣式] </emph>圖示。在清單中的樣式上按一下滑鼠右鍵，選擇 <emph>[修改]</emph>，然後按一下<emph> [大綱與編號]</emph> 標籤。"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154470.26.help.text
msgid "To change the numbering options for selected paragraphs, choose <emph>Format -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link>, and then click the<emph> Outline & Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "若要變更所選段落的編號選項，請選擇 <emph>[格式] - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"[段落]\"><emph>[段落]</emph></link>，然後按一下 <emph>[大綱與編號]</emph> 標籤。"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id1209200804371034.help.text"
msgid "Outline level"
msgstr "大綱層次"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id1209200804371097.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Assigns an outline level from 1 to 10 to the selected paragraphs or Paragraph Style.</ahelp> Select <emph>Body text</emph> to reset the outline level."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將從 1 到 10 的大綱層次指定給選取的段落或段落樣式。</ahelp>選取 <emph>[內文]</emph> 可重設大綱層次。"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3143283.5.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3154188.3.help.text
msgid "Numbering Style"
msgstr "編號樣式"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3155178.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">Select the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Style\">Numbering Style</link> that you want to apply to the paragraph.</ahelp> These styles are also listed in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link> window if you click the <emph>Numbering Style</emph> icon."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_NUMPARA:LB_NUMBER_STYLE\">選取想要套用到段落中的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130004.xhp\" name=\"編號樣式\">編號樣式</link> 。</ahelp>這些樣式也會列在<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"樣式和格式\">樣式和格式</link> 中，只要您按一下 <emph>[編號樣式]</emph> 圖示即可查看。"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149106.7.help.text
msgid "This section only appears when you edit the properties of the current paragraph by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "只有在您選擇<emph>[格式] - [段落]</emph>來編輯目前段落的屬性時，此區域才會出現。"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151250.8.help.text"
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
msgstr "在此段落上重新開始"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3154831.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">Restarts the numbering at the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_NEW_START\">自目前段落重新開始編號。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3147096.24.help.text"
msgid "Start with"
msgstr "開始於"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3148979.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">Select this check box, and then enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_TRISTATEBOX_TP_NUMPARA_CB_NUMBER_NEW_START\">選取此核取方塊，然後輸入您要為段落指定的號碼。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147226.10.help.text
msgid "\"Start with\" spin button"
msgstr "「開始於」微調按鈕"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3153632.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">Enter the number that you want to assign to the paragraph.</ahelp> The following paragraphs are numbered consecutively from the number that you enter here."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_NEW_START\">輸入您要為段落指定的號碼。</ahelp> 後續段落會從此處輸入的號碼開始連續編號。"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3147581.15.help.text
msgid "Line numbering"
msgstr "行編號"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3152771.16.help.text
msgid "Specify the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Line numbering\">Line numbering</link> options. To add line numbers to your document, choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "指定<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"[行編號]\">[行編號]</link>選項。若要在文件中加入行號，請選擇<emph>[工具] - [行編號]</emph>。"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3153345.17.help.text
msgid "Include this paragraph in line numbering"
msgstr "一起計數此段落的行"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3156267.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">Includes the current paragraph in the line numbering.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_COUNT_PARA\">在行編號中包括目前的段落。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3151026.19.help.text"
msgid "Restart at this paragraph"
msgstr "在此段落重新開始"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149168.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">Restarts the line numbering at the current paragraph, or at the number that you enter.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:TP_NUMPARA:CB_RESTART_PARACOUNT\">自目前段落或您輸入的號碼處重新開始行編號。</ahelp>"

#: 05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text
msgctxt "05030800.xhp#hd_id3145775.21.help.text"
msgid "Start with"
msgstr "開始於"

#: 05030800.xhp#par_id3149355.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">Enter the number at which to restart the line numbering</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_NUMPARA:NF_RESTART_PARA\">請輸入重新開始行編號的起始號碼</ahelp>"

#: 05060700.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Macro"
msgstr "巨集"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145241.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"Macro\">Macro</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp\" name=\"巨集\">巨集</link>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3158429.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Specifies the macro to run when you click a graphic, frame, or an OLE object.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">指定按一下圖形、訊框或 OLE 物件時要執行的巨集。</ahelp>"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3147176.3.help.text"
msgid "Event"
msgstr "動作"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147564.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">列出可觸發巨集的事件。</ahelp>只會列出與所選物件相關的事件。"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text
msgid "The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:"
msgstr "下表列出了可以觸發巨集的物件類型和事件："

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152949.24.help.text"
msgid "Event"
msgstr "<emph>動作</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149808.25.help.text
msgid "Event trigger"
msgstr "事件觸發"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152957.26.help.text
msgid "OLE object"
msgstr "<emph>OLE 物件</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154564.27.help.text"
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "<emph>圖形</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153675.28.help.text"
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "<emph>框架</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154473.29.help.text"
msgid "AutoText"
msgstr "<emph>自動圖文集</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149684.30.help.text
msgid "ImageMap area"
msgstr "<emph>影像映射區</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154197.31.help.text"
msgid "Hyperlink"
msgstr "<emph>超連結</emph>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155182.32.help.text
msgid "Click object"
msgstr "按一下物件"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149489.33.help.text
msgid "object is selected"
msgstr "選取物件"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151249.34.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149104.35.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147089.36.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153637.37.help.text
msgid "Mouse over object"
msgstr "滑鼠在物件之上"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147579.38.help.text
msgid "mouse pointer moves over the object"
msgstr "滑鼠指標移至此物件上"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3152779.39.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3153349.40.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149174.41.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151031.42.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145784.43.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155910.44.help.text
msgid "Trigger Hyperlink"
msgstr "執行超連結"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155857.45.help.text
msgid "hyperlink that is assigned to the object is clicked"
msgstr "按一下指定給物件的超連結"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150693.46.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147423.47.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145256.48.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149554.49.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155976.50.help.text
msgid "Mouse leaves object "
msgstr "滑鼠離開物件"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149216.51.help.text
msgid "mouse pointer moves off the object"
msgstr "滑鼠指標移開此物件"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3147739.52.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3146336.53.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3149841.54.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3148436.55.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3151082.56.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154780.57.help.text
msgid "Graphics load successful "
msgstr "載入圖形成功"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145304.58.help.text
msgid "graphic is loaded successfully"
msgstr "成功載入圖形"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150169.59.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154718.60.help.text
msgid "Graphics load terminated"
msgstr "中斷載入圖形"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156136.61.help.text
msgid "loading of the graphic is terminated by the user (for example, when downloading)"
msgstr "使用者終止圖形的載入 (例如，下載時)"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156105.62.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155079.63.help.text
msgid "Graphics load faulty"
msgstr "載入圖形不完整"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149250.64.help.text
msgid "graphic is not successfully loaded"
msgstr "未成功載入圖形"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3154327.65.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148779.66.help.text
msgid "Input of alpha characters "
msgstr "輸入希臘語第一個字母"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150030.67.help.text
msgid "text is inputted"
msgstr "輸入文字"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155792.68.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154623.69.help.text
msgid "Input of non-alpha characters "
msgstr "輸入非希臘語第一個字母"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147391.70.help.text
msgid "Nonprinting characters, such as tabs and line breaks, are entered"
msgstr "輸入非列印字元，如定位鍵和換行"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150666.71.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149963.72.help.text
msgid "Resize frame"
msgstr "變更框大小"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3147284.73.help.text
msgid "frame is resized"
msgstr "變更框架的大小"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3150774.74.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148713.75.help.text
msgid "Move frame"
msgstr "移動框"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155349.76.help.text
msgid "frame is moved"
msgstr "移動框架"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3155553.77.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3154227.78.help.text
msgid "Before inserting AutoText"
msgstr "插入「自動圖文集」前"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3155785.79.help.text
msgid "before AutoText is inserted"
msgstr "插入自動圖文集之前"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3145292.80.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145096.81.help.text
msgid "After inserting AutoText"
msgstr "插入「自動圖文集」後"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149577.82.help.text
msgid "after AutoText is inserted"
msgstr "插入自動圖文集之後"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#par_id3156237.83.help.text"
msgid "x"
msgstr "x"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3159203.89.help.text
msgid "For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"Control properties\">Control properties</link> or <link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"Form properties\">Form properties</link>."
msgstr "如需與表單中控制項相連結的事件，請參閱<link href=\"text/shared/02/01170103.xhp\" name=\"控制項屬性\">控制項屬性</link>或<link href=\"text/shared/02/01170202.xhp\" name=\"表單屬性\">表單屬性</link>。"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156030.5.help.text
msgid "Macros"
msgstr "巨集"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156043.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">指定在發生所選事件時執行的巨集。</ahelp>"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3156058.84.help.text
msgid "Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information."
msgstr "框架允許您將某些事件連結至某一函式，此函式隨後決定該事件是由 $[officename] Writer 來處理，還是由該函式來處理。請參閱 $[officename] Basic 說明，以取得更多資訊。"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3149271.7.help.text"
msgid "Category"
msgstr "區域"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3149284.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to save the macros."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">列出 $[officename] 程式並開啟 $[officename] 文件。</ahelp> 從此清單中，選擇用於儲存巨集的位置。"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3156441.9.help.text"
msgid "Macro name"
msgstr "巨集名稱"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3148458.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:TABPAGE:RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN\">列出可用的巨集。選取您要指定給所選事件的巨集，然後按一下<emph>[指定]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3145173.11.help.text"
msgid "Assign"
msgstr "指定"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3145197.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_ASSIGN\">將所選巨集指定給選取的事件。</ahelp>"

#: 05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text
msgctxt "05060700.xhp#hd_id3150811.15.help.text"
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "取消"

#: 05060700.xhp#par_id3150882.16.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"aufheb\"><ahelp hid=\"SFX2:PUSHBUTTON:RID_SFX_SMALLTP_MACROASSIGN:PB_DELETE\">從所選條目中移除指定的巨集。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 06120000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Page Formatting"
msgstr "頁面格式"

#: 06120000.xhp#hd_id3155961.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"Page Formatting\">Page Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06120000.xhp\" name=\"頁面格式\">頁面格式</link>"

#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">Updates the page formats in the document and recalculates the total number of pages that is displayed on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\".uno:Repaginate\">更新文件中的頁面格式，並重新計算在<emph>[狀態列]</emph>上顯示的總頁數。</ahelp>"

#: 06120000.xhp#par_id3154766.4.help.text
msgid "In long documents, updating the page formatting can take a while."
msgstr "在長文件中，更新頁面格式可能需要一段時間。"

#: 04020200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Indents"
msgstr "縮排"

#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3155898.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"Indents\">Indents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020200.xhp\" name=\"縮排\">縮排</link>"

#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3155182.2.help.text
msgid "Indents the section with a left and right margin."
msgstr "依左右邊距縮排區域。"

#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149488.3.help.text
msgid "Before section"
msgstr "在區域之前"

#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149824.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">指定左邊距處，區域之前的縮排。</ahelp>"

#: 04020200.xhp#hd_id3149108.5.help.text
msgid "After section"
msgstr "在區域之後"

#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">指定右邊距處，區域之後的縮排。</ahelp>"

#: 04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text
msgctxt "04020200.xhp#par_id3149032.7.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"欄位指令\">欄位指令</link>"

#: 04070000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04070000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Envelope"
msgstr "信封"

#: 04070000.xhp#bm_id7094027.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;envelopes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters;inserting envelopes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>envelopes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>插入; 信封</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>信函; 插入信封</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>信封</bookmark_value>"

#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3145245.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"Envelope\">Envelope</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp\" name=\"信封\">信封</link>"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3149289.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">Creates an envelope.</ahelp> On three tab pages, you can specify the addressee and sender, the position and format for both addresses, the size of the envelope, and the envelope orientation.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"briefum\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertEnvelope\">建立信封。</ahelp>透過三個分頁，您可以指定地址與寄件者、兩者地址的位置與格式、信封的大小、信封的方向。</variable>"

#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3153540.4.help.text
msgid "New doc."
msgstr "開啟新檔"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3154473.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_PRINT\">建立新文件並插入該信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text
msgctxt "04070000.xhp#hd_id3152959.6.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id3151320.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENVELOP_INSERT\">在文件中的目前頁面之前插入信封。</ahelp>"

#: 04070000.xhp#hd_id8208563.help.text
msgid "To delete an envelope from a document"
msgstr "從文件刪除信封"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id396130.help.text
msgid "Click into the envelope page to make it the current page."
msgstr "在信封頁面中按一下，使其成為目前的頁面。"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7174596.help.text
msgid "Right-click the field on the status line that shows \"Envelope\"."
msgstr "在顯示 [信封] 的狀態行欄位上按一下滑鼠右鍵。"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id7657704.help.text
msgid "A submenu opens showing some page styles."
msgstr "子功能表會隨即開啟，並顯示一些頁面樣式。"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id5187536.help.text
msgid "Choose the \"Default\" page style from the submenu."
msgstr "從子功能表選擇 [預設] 頁面樣式。"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id6952726.help.text
msgid "This removes the special \"Envelope\" page formatting."
msgstr "如此會移除特殊的 [信封] 頁面格式。"

#: 04070000.xhp#par_id1777092.help.text
msgid "Delete the frames for sender and recipient. Click the border of each frame and press the Del key."
msgstr "刪除寄件者與收件者的訊框。按一下每個訊框的邊框，然後按 Del 鍵。"

#: 04070200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151180.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"Format\">Format</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp\" name=\"格式\">格式</link>"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149295.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">指定此信封的版面配置和尺寸。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3147515.42.help.text"
msgid "Addressee"
msgstr "收件者"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154105.43.help.text
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field."
msgstr "指定收件者欄位的位置及其文字格式選項。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153527.3.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154563.4.help.text
msgid "Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope."
msgstr "指定信封上收件者地址的位置。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3154471.15.help.text"
msgid "from left"
msgstr "從左"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152957.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">輸入信封左邊緣和收件者欄位之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151319.17.help.text"
msgid "from top"
msgstr "從上"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155895.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">輸入信封上邊緣和收件者欄位之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149692.5.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3154201.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">按一下並選擇所要編輯之收件者欄位的文字格式樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3143272.7.help.text"
msgid "Character"
msgstr "字元..."

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149481.8.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field."
msgstr "開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以編輯在收件者欄位中使用的字元格式。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149815.11.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr "段落..."

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149828.12.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field."
msgstr "開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以編輯在收件者欄位中使用的段落格式。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151262.44.help.text"
msgid "Sender"
msgstr "寄件者"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149107.45.help.text
msgid "Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field."
msgstr "指定寄件者欄位的位置及其文字格式選項。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3148980.46.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149041.47.help.text
msgid "Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope."
msgstr "指定寄件者地址在信封上的位置。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3153636.29.help.text"
msgid "from left"
msgstr "從左"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3152776.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">輸入信封左邊緣和寄件者欄位之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145766.31.help.text"
msgid "from top"
msgstr "從上"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155149.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">輸入信封上邊緣和寄件者欄位之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149179.19.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3156281.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">按一下並選擇所要編輯之寄件者欄位的文字格式樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145787.21.help.text"
msgid "Character"
msgstr "字元..."

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3155918.22.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field."
msgstr "開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以編輯在寄件者欄位中使用的字元格式。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3151378.25.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph"
msgstr "段落..."

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150112.26.help.text
msgid "Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field."
msgstr "開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以編輯在寄件者欄位中使用的段落格式。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3150687.34.help.text"
msgid "Size"
msgstr "大小"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150700.35.help.text
msgid "Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size."
msgstr "選取您要使用的信封大小格式，或建立自訂大小。"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3155868.36.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3147422.37.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">選取需要的信封大小，或選取 [使用者定義]，然後輸入此自訂大小的寬度和高度。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3145256.38.help.text"
msgid "Width"
msgstr "寬度"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3149551.39.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">輸入此信封的寬度。</ahelp>"

#: 04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text
msgctxt "04070200.xhp#hd_id3149567.40.help.text"
msgid "Height"
msgstr "高度"

#: 04070200.xhp#par_id3150561.41.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">輸入此信封的高度。</ahelp>"

#: 04060000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Caption"
msgstr "標籤"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3147173.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Caption\">Caption</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"標籤\">標籤</link>"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149288.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">Adds a numbered caption to a selected graphic, table, frame, text frame, or drawing object.</ahelp> You can also access this command by right-clicking the item that you want to add the caption to. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"beschrifttext\"><ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CAPTION\">新增已編號的標籤至選取的圖形、表格、方塊、訊框或繪圖物件。</ahelp> 您也可以在想要加入標籤的項目上按一下右鍵，以便存取此指令。 </variable>"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154098.3.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "屬性"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149804.4.help.text
msgid "Set the caption options for the current selection."
msgstr "設定用於目前選擇的標籤選項。"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153533.5.help.text"
msgid "Category"
msgstr "分類"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3154574.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\">Select the caption category, or type a name to create a new category. The category text appears before the caption number in the caption label. Each predefined caption category is formatted with a paragraph style of the same name. </ahelp> For example, the \"Illustration\" caption category is formatted with the \"Illustration\" paragraph style."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_CATEGORY\">選取此標籤分類，或鍵入名稱建立新的分類。分類文字出現在標籤貼標中的標籤號碼前。每個預先定義的標籤分類都由具有相同名稱的段落樣式格式化。</ahelp>例如，「插圖」標籤分類由「插圖」段落樣式格式化。"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3153675.7.help.text"
msgid "Numbering"
msgstr "編號"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3152962.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">Select the type of numbering that you want to use in the caption.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_FORMAT\">選取您要在標籤中使用的編號類型。</ahelp>"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3155893.9.help.text"
msgid "Caption"
msgstr "標籤文"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149688.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\">Type the text that you want to appear after the caption number.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_CAPTION:EDT_TEXT\">輸入要在標籤編號後顯示的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#par_idN1068A.help.text"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "分隔符"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10690.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter optional text characters to appear between the number and the caption text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入要在編號和標籤文字之間顯示的可選擇的文字字元。</ahelp>"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text
msgctxt "04060000.xhp#hd_id3154199.11.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_id3149486.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">Adds the caption above or below the selected item. This option is only available for some objects.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_CAPTION:BOX_POS\">在所選項目的上方或下方加入標籤。此選項僅可用於某些物件。</ahelp>"

#: 04060000.xhp#hd_id3149043.29.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"Options\">Options</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04060100.xhp\" name=\"選項\">選項</link>"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN10744.help.text
msgid "AutoCaption"
msgstr "自動標籤"

#: 04060000.xhp#par_idN1074A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 [標籤] 對話方塊。它的資訊與利用 [選項] 對話方塊中功能表 [%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [自動標籤] 所開啟的對話方塊相同。</ahelp>"

#: 04120201.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Styles"
msgstr "樣式"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145825.36.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"Styles\">Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120201.xhp\" name=\"樣式\">樣式</link>"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154505.37.help.text
msgid "You can assign different paragraph styles to change the formatting of index titles, separators and index entries. You can also modify paragraph styles in this dialog."
msgstr "您可以指定不同的段落樣式，以變更索引標題、分隔符和索引條目的格式。還可以在此對話方塊中修改段落樣式。"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3150565.26.help.text
msgid "Assignment"
msgstr "指定"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147171.28.help.text
msgid "Levels"
msgstr "級"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3151180.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\" visibility=\"visible\">選取要變更格式的索引級。</ahelp>"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3147571.30.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
msgstr "段落樣式"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3149290.31.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">選取要對所選索引級採用的段落樣式，然後按一下 <emph>[指定]</emph> 按鈕。</ahelp>"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3145418.32.help.text"
msgid "<"
msgstr "<"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3154099.33.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\" visibility=\"visible\">使用選取段落樣式格式化選取索引級。</ahelp>"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3149807.34.help.text
msgid "Default"
msgstr "預設"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153539.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\" visibility=\"visible\">將選取級的格式重設為「預設」段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text
msgctxt "04120201.xhp#hd_id3154474.38.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: 04120201.xhp#par_id3153675.39.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">開啟 <emph>[段落樣式]</emph> 對話方塊，您可以在其中修改選取的段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Styles and Formatting"
msgstr "樣式和格式"

#: 05140000.xhp#bm_id3907589.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;applying styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>[樣式和格式] 視窗; 套用樣式</bookmark_value>"

#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"樣式和格式\">樣式和格式</link>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148391.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the Styles and Formatting window to apply, create, edit, add, and remove formatting styles. Double-click an entry to apply the style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用 [樣式和格式] 視窗套用、建立、編輯、增加和移除格式樣式。按兩下項目以套用樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id0122200903183687.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Choose Edit Paragraph Style in the context menu of a paragraph to edit the style of all paragraphs of the same style.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">在段落的右鍵功能表中，選擇 [編輯段落樣式]，可編輯使用相同樣式之所有段落的樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN106EF.help.text
msgid "To <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"dock\">dock</link> the Styles and Formatting window, drag its title bar to the left or to the right side of the workspace. To undock the window, double-click a free space on its toolbar."
msgstr "若要<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#andocken\" name=\"停駐\">停駐</link> [樣式和格式] 視窗，請將此標題列拖曳至工作區中的左邊或右邊。若要解除鎖定視窗，請連按兩下其工具列上的可用空間。"

#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3147167.37.help.text
msgid "How to apply a style:"
msgstr "如何採用樣式："

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151264.38.help.text
msgid "Select the text. To apply a Character Style to one word, click the word. To apply a Paragraph Style, click the paragraph."
msgstr "選取文字。若要將字元樣式採用至一個字詞，請按一下此字詞。若要採用段落樣式，請在段落中按一下。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150756.39.help.text
msgid "Double-click the style in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "在 [樣式和格式] 視窗中按兩下樣式。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN1071D.help.text
msgid "You can assign shortcut keys to Styles on the <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph> tab page."
msgstr "您可以在 <emph>[工具] - [自訂] - [鍵盤]</emph> 標籤頁上指定樣式的組合鍵。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154643.4.help.text
msgid "The Styles and Formatting toolbar contains icons for formatting your documents:"
msgstr "[樣式和格式] 工具列包含用於格式化文件的圖示："

#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3153146.5.help.text"
msgid "Style Category"
msgstr "樣式分類"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147506.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147512\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3147512\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam2.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3147512\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154106.6.help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles"
msgstr "段落樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149800.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">Displays formatting styles for paragraphs.</ahelp> Use paragraph styles to apply the same <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"formatting\">formatting</link>, such as font, numbering, and layout to the paragraphs in your document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ParaStyle\">顯示用於段落的格式樣式。</ahelp> 使用段落樣式套用相同的<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#formatierung\" name=\"格式\">格式</link>，例如字型、編號和文件中的段落版面配置。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151319.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152955\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152955\" src=\"sfx2/res/styfam1.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152955\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3150351.8.help.text"
msgid "Character Styles"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154570.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">Displays formatting styles for characters.</ahelp> Use character styles to apply font styles to selected text in a paragraph."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:CharStyle\">顯示用於字元的格式樣式。</ahelp> 使用字元樣式對段落中所選文字套用字型樣式。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3159194.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159200\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3159200\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf03.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159200\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3151332.10.help.text"
msgid "Frame Styles"
msgstr "框樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3143282.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">Displays formatting styles for frames.</ahelp> Use frame styles to format frame layouts and position."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:FrameStyle\">顯示用於訊框的格式樣式。</ahelp> 使用訊框樣式格式化訊框版面配置和位置。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149819.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149826\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149826\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf04.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149826\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148976.12.help.text
msgid "Page Styles"
msgstr "頁面樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147220.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">Displays formatting styles for pages.</ahelp> Use page styles to determine page layouts, including the presence of headers and footers."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:PageStyle\">顯示用於頁面的格式樣式。</ahelp> 使用頁面樣式決定頁面版面配置，包括頁首和頁尾的外觀。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3152766.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152772\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3152772\" src=\"sw/imglst/sf05.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152772\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#par_id3154390.28.help.text"
msgid "List Styles"
msgstr "清單樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3153361.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">Displays formatting styles for numbered and bulleted lists.</ahelp> Use list styles to format number and bullet characters and to specify indents."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:TemplateFamily5\">顯示用於已編號清單和項目符號清單的格式樣式。</ahelp> 使用清單樣式來格式化號碼字元與項目符號字元及指定縮排。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150576.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150590\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150590\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150590\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3145786.14.help.text
msgid "Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "充填模式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3156379.15.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">Applies the selected style to the object or text that you select in the document. Click this icon, and then drag a selection in the document to apply the style.</ahelp> To exit this mode, click the icon again, or press Esc."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_WATERCAN\">將所選樣式套用至在文件中選取的物件或文字。按一下此圖示，然後拖曳文件中的所選內容以套用此樣式。</ahelp>若要結束此模式，再按一下該圖示，或按 ESC 鍵。"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3150114.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150122\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150122\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_stylenewbyexample.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150122\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3147490.18.help.text
msgid "New Style from Selection"
msgstr "選取的新樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109BB.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens a submenu with more commands.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟具有更多指令的子功能表。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN109DA.help.text
msgid "New style from selection"
msgstr "選取的新樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3149552.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new style based on the formatting of the current paragraph, page, or selection.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">基於目前的段落、頁面或選擇等的格式建立新樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A04.help.text
msgid "Update style"
msgstr "更新樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3146333.22.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">The manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_TEMPLDLG_UPDATEBYEXAMPLE\">文件中游標所在位置之文字以手動格式化過的屬性，會增加至 [樣式和格式] 視窗中所選取的樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A31.help.text
msgid "Load style"
msgstr "載入樣式"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_idN10A36.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the Load Styles dialog to import styles from another document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 [載入樣式] 對話方塊可將另一個文件中的樣式匯入。</ahelp>"

#: 05140000.xhp#par_id3148860.25.help.text
msgid "More information about <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"styles\">styles</link>."
msgstr "關於<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"樣式\">樣式</link>的更多資訊。"

#: 05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text
msgctxt "05140000.xhp#hd_id3155576.26.help.text"
msgid "Applied Styles"
msgstr "使用的樣式"

#: 06220000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "All Charts"
msgstr "所有圖表"

#: 06220000.xhp#hd_id3155959.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"All Charts\">All Charts</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06220000.xhp\" name=\"全部的圖表\">全部的圖表</link>"

#: 06220000.xhp#par_id3150344.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the charts in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateCharts\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前文件中的圖表。</ahelp>"

#: 06040000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Word Count"
msgstr "字數統計"

#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\">Word Count</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06040000.xhp\">字數統計</link>"

#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN10552.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">Counts the words and characters in the current selection and in the whole document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"FN_WORDCOUNT_DIALOG\">計算目前選取和整份文件中的字詞和字元數目。</ahelp>"

#: 06040000.xhp#par_idN1062D.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"[檔案] - [特性] - [統計]\">[檔案] - [特性] - [統計]</link>"

#: 03100000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Nonprinting Characters"
msgstr "非列印字元"

#: 03100000.xhp#hd_id3154507.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"Nonprinting Characters\">Nonprinting Characters</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03100000.xhp\" name=\"控制符號\">控制符號</link>"

#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3154646.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">Shows nonprinting characters in your text, such as paragraph marks, line breaks, tab stops, and spaces.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:ControlCodes\">在文字中顯示非列印字元，如段落標記、換行、定位鍵和空格。</ahelp>"

#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3145410.5.help.text
msgid "When you delete a paragraph mark, the paragraph that is merged takes on the formatting of the paragraph that the cursor is in."
msgstr "刪除段落標記時，合併的段落採用游標所在段落的格式。"

#: 03100000.xhp#par_id3147511.6.help.text
msgid "To specify which nonprinting characters are displayed, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - Formatting Aids\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</link></emph>, and then select the options that you want in the <emph>Display of</emph> area."
msgstr "若要指定要顯示的非列印字元，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040600.xhp\" name=\"Writer - [格式化輔助]\">[%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</link></emph>，然後在 <emph>[顯示內容]</emph> 區域中選取想要的選項。"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Prepare Merge"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 準備合併"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit Document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 編輯文件</link>"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Browse through the document previews, exclude single recipients, and edit the main document."
msgstr "瀏覽文件預覽畫面、排除單個收件者以及編輯主文件。"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "Recipient"
msgstr "收件者"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入收件者的地址記錄編號以預覽該收件者的合併列印文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10604.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用瀏覽按鈕捲動地址記錄。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
msgid "Exclude this recipient"
msgstr "排除此收件者"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使目前收件者排除在此合併列印以外。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgid "Edit Document"
msgstr "編輯文件"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Minimizes the wizard so that you can edit the main mail merge document for all recipients.</ahelp> To return to the wizard, click the <emph>Return to Mail Merge Wizard</emph> button."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">最小化精靈，以便您可以編輯所有收件者的主合併列印文件。</ahelp> 若要返回精靈，請按一下 <emph>[返回合併列印精靈]</emph> 按鈕。"

#: mailmerge06.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Personalize document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge07.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 個人化文件\">合併列印精靈 - 個人化文件</link>"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Select Address List"
msgstr "選擇地址清單"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10542.help.text"
msgid "Select Address List"
msgstr "選擇地址清單"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text
msgid "Select the address list that you want to use for <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "選取要供<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">合併列印</link>使用的地址清單，然後按一下 <emph>[確定]</emph>。"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text"
msgid "Add"
msgstr "增加"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1055E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog opens."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取包含您要用作地址清單之地址的資料庫檔案。</ahelp> 如果該檔案包含多個表格，則會開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">[選取表格]</link> 對話方塊。"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10573.help.text
msgid "Create"
msgstr "建立"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN10589.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">[新的地址清單]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中建立新的地址清單。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059A.help.text
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "篩選"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN1059E.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/shared/02/12090100.xhp\">[標準篩選]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中將篩選套用於地址清單，以顯示您想要看到的收件者。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text
msgctxt "mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105AF.help.text"
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "編輯"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105B3.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp\">[新的地址清單]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中編輯選取的地址清單。</ahelp>"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C4.help.text
msgid "Change Table"
msgstr "變更表格"

#: mm_seladdlis.xhp#par_idN105C8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp\">[選取表格]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中選取另一個表格，以供合併列印之用。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Line Numbering"
msgstr "行編號"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3154705.1.help.text"
msgid "Line Numbering"
msgstr "行編號"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150249.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"zeinum\">Adds or removes and formats line numbers in the current document. To exclude a paragraph from line numbering, click in the paragraph, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>, click the <emph>Numbering </emph>tab, and then clear the <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph> check box.</variable> You can also exclude a paragraph style from line numbering."
msgstr "<variable id=\"zeinum\">在目前文件中加入或移除及格式化行號。若要在行編號中排除某個段落，請在此段落中按一下，選擇<emph>[格式] - [段落]</emph>，按一下<emph>[編號]</emph>標籤，然後清除[包括這個段落的行]核取方塊。</variable>您也可以在行編號中排除某個段落樣式。"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id248115.help.text
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr "HTML 格式中無法使用行號。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3146965.5.help.text
msgid "Show numbering"
msgstr "啟動編號"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3147295.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_NUMBERING_ON\">在目前文件中加入行號。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3083449.7.help.text
msgid "View"
msgstr "顯示"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3155621.8.help.text
msgid "Set the properties of the line numbering."
msgstr "設定行編號的屬性。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3145822.9.help.text"
msgid "Character Style"
msgstr "字元樣式"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153000.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_CHAR_STYLE\">選取您要用於行號的格式樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3149880.11.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145246.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_FORMAT\">選取您要使用的編號樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150569.13.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150932.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:LB_POS\">選取您要行號出現的位置。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3155986.15.help.text"
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "間隔"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153719.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:MF_OFFSET\">輸入您要在行號與文字之間留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151183.17.help.text
msgid "Interval"
msgstr "區間"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3151272.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_NUM_INVERVAL\">輸入行號的計數區間。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3156321.19.help.text"
msgid "Separator"
msgstr "分隔符"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150765.20.help.text
msgid "You can enter a separator character to display between line numbers if the counting interval is more than one."
msgstr "如果計數區間多於一行，則您可以輸入在行號之間顯示的分隔符字元。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text
msgctxt "06180000.xhp#hd_id3150258.22.help.text"
msgid "Text"
msgstr "文字"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149286.23.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_LINENUMBERING:ED_DIVISOR\">輸入要用做分隔符的文字。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3149757.24.help.text
msgid "Every"
msgstr "全部...列"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3145412.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_LINENUMBERING:NF_DIV_INTERVAL\">輸入分隔符之間留出的行數。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3153532.26.help.text
msgid "Separators are only displayed in lines that are not numbered."
msgstr "分隔符僅在未編號的行中顯示。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3152962.27.help.text
msgid "Count"
msgstr "計數"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150358.28.help.text
msgid "Specify whether to include empty paragraphs or lines in text frames in the line count."
msgstr "指定行計數時是否包括空段落或文字框架中的行。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3153677.29.help.text
msgid "Blank lines"
msgstr "空行"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150973.30.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_EMPTYLINES\">行計數中包括空的段落。</ahelp>"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3154476.31.help.text
msgid "Lines in text frames"
msgstr "文字框架內的行"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3150995.32.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\">Adds line numbers to text in text frames. The numbering restarts in each text frame, and is excluded from the line count in the main text area of the document.</ahelp> In <link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"linked frames\">linked frames</link>, the numbering is not restarted."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_LINENUMBERING:CB_COUNT_FRAMELINES\">為文字框架中的文字加入行號。在每個文字框架中重新開始編號，且此編號排除在文件主文字區域的行計數之外。</ahelp>在<link href=\"text/swriter/02/03210000.xhp\" name=\"連結的框架\">連結的框架</link>中，不會重新開始編號。"

#: 06180000.xhp#hd_id3151320.34.help.text
msgid "Restart every new page"
msgstr "從頁首重新開始"

#: 06180000.xhp#par_id3149685.35.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_LINENUMBERING_CB_RESTART_PAGE\">在文件中每頁頂端重新開始編行號。</ahelp>"

#: 06210000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Links"
msgstr "連結"

#: 06210000.xhp#hd_id3155962.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"Links\">Links</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06210000.xhp\" name=\"連結\">連結</link>"

#: 06210000.xhp#par_id3149499.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">Updates the links in the current document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:UpdateAllLinks\" visibility=\"visible\">更新目前文件中的連結。</ahelp>"

#: 05120400.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
msgstr "插入欄/列"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN1058C.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">在表格中插入列。</ahelp>"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_idN105A7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">在表格中插入欄。</ahelp>"

#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3148489.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Columns/Rows"
msgstr "插入欄/列"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3151241.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">Inserts a row or column into the table.</ahelp> This command is only available when the cursor is in a table.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"einfuegentext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:MODALDIALOG:DLG_INS_ROW_COL\">將列或欄插入表格中。</ahelp> 只有當游標處於表格中時，此指令才可用。</variable>"

#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3083447.3.help.text"
msgid "Insert"
msgstr "插入"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3155626.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:ED_COUNT\">輸入您需要的欄數或列數。</ahelp>"

#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3145829.6.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "位置"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3154504.11.help.text
msgid "Specifies where to insert the columns or rows."
msgstr "指定插入欄或列的位置。"

#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3150015.7.help.text"
msgid "Before"
msgstr "之前"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3150564.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_BEFORE\">在目前欄的左側增加新欄，或在目前列的上方加入新列。</ahelp>"

#: 05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text
msgctxt "05120400.xhp#hd_id3149024.9.help.text"
msgid "After"
msgstr "之後"

#: 05120400.xhp#par_id3153718.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_INS_ROW_COL:CB_POS_AFTER\">在目前欄的右側增加新欄，或在目前列的下方增加新列。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (alphabetical index)"
msgstr "項目 (索引目錄)"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147506.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"Entries (alphabetical index)\">Entries (alphabetical index)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120222.xhp\" name=\"條目 (索引目錄)\">條目 (索引目錄)</link>"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154100.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format of the alphabetical index entries. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定字母索引條目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153532.3.help.text
msgid "Level \"S\" refers to the single letter headings that divide the index entries alphabetically. To enable these headings, select the <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph> check box in the <emph>Format</emph> area."
msgstr "級「S」是指依字母順序分割索引條目的單個字母標題。若要允許這些標題，請選取<emph>[格式化]</emph>區域中的<emph>[字母分隔符]</emph>核取方塊。"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3152957.4.help.text
msgid "Chapter Info"
msgstr "章節資訊"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3154573.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">插入章節資訊，如章節標題和章節編號。選取要在 <emph>[章節條目]</emph> 方塊中顯示的資訊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149692.6.help.text
msgid "Chapter entry"
msgstr "章節條目"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3155174.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">選取要包含在索引條目中的章節資訊。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id7605517.help.text
msgid "Evaluate up to level"
msgstr "評估最高至層級"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id6739402.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the maximum hierarchy level down to which objects are shown in the generated index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入在產生的索引中，物件會顯示的最大階層層級數。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3149493.8.help.text
msgid "Character Style for main entries"
msgstr "主項目的字元樣式"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3149109.9.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">指定字母索引主條目的格式化樣式。若要將索引條目轉換至主條目中，請在文件中的索引欄位之前按一下，然後選擇 <emph>[編輯] - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"[索引條目]\"><emph>[索引條目]</emph></link>。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3148977.10.help.text
msgid "Alphabetical delimiter"
msgstr "字母分隔符"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3147100.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">使用依字母順序編排的索引條目之第一個字母作為小節標題。</ahelp>"

#: 04120222.xhp#hd_id3147226.12.help.text
msgid "Key separated by commas"
msgstr "鍵碼用逗號分開"

#: 04120222.xhp#par_id3153631.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">在同一行上編排索引條目，以逗號隔開。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Document"
msgstr "文件"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150017.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"Document\">Document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090001.xhp\" name=\"文件\">文件</link>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147167.2.help.text
msgid "Fields are used to insert information about the current document, for example, file name, template, statistics, user data, date, and time."
msgstr "文件欄位可用來插入直接和目前文件相關的內容。除了特殊文件標誌如，檔案名稱、範本和統計資料外，文字欄位同樣會加入使用者資料、日期和時間。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154470.3.help.text
msgid "For the HTML export and import of date and time fields, <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"special $[officename] formats\">special $[officename] formats</link> are used."
msgstr "在HTML中匯入和匯出日期和時間欄位時，適用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp#datumuhrzeit\" name=\"特殊 $[officename] 格式\">特殊 $[officename] 格式</link>。"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3151312.4.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "欄位類型"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153672.5.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">列出可用的欄位類型。若要新增欄位到您的文件，請按一下欄位類型，按一下 <emph>[選擇]</emph> 清單中的欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>下列欄位可用："

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155182.6.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "<emph>欄位類型</emph>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3143272.7.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151248.10.help.text
msgid "Author"
msgstr "作者"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148975.11.help.text
msgid "Inserts the name of the current user. "
msgstr "插入目前使用者的名稱。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3145759.18.help.text"
msgid "Chapter"
msgstr "章節"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149172.19.help.text
msgid "Inserts the chapter number and/or the chapter name."
msgstr "插入章節編號和/或章節名稱。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145771.14.help.text
msgid "Date"
msgstr "日期"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text
msgid "Inserts the current date. You can insert the date as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Date (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Date</item> field, press F9."
msgstr "插入目前日期。您可以將日期作為不會變更的固定欄位插入 (日期固定)，也可以作為可自動更新的動態欄位 (日期可變) 插入。若要手動更新「日期可變」欄位，請按 F9 鍵。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150699.12.help.text"
msgid "File name"
msgstr "檔案名稱"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150122.13.help.text
msgid "Inserts the filename and/or the directory path of the current document, as well as the filename without extension."
msgstr "插入目前文件的檔案名稱和/或目錄路徑，以及不含副檔名的檔案名稱。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3147495.20.help.text"
msgid "Page"
msgstr "頁"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145264.21.help.text
msgid "Inserts the page number of the current, previous, or next page."
msgstr "插入當頁、上一頁或下一頁的頁碼。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150561.8.help.text"
msgid "Sender"
msgstr "寄件者"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146341.9.help.text
msgid "Inserts fields containing user data. You can change the user-data that is displayed by choosing <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - User Data\">$[officename] - User Data</link></emph>."
msgstr "插入含有使用者資料的欄位。您可以變更透過選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - [使用者資料]\">[$[officename]] - [使用者資料]</link></emph> 所顯示的使用者資料。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148863.22.help.text
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "統計"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3151091.23.help.text
msgid "Inserts document statistics, such as page and word counts, as a field. To view the statistics of a document, choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>, and then click the <emph>Statistics</emph> tab.               "
msgstr "插入頁數與字數這類文件統計，作為一個欄位。若要檢視文件統計，請選擇 <emph>[檔案] - [特性]</emph>，然後按一下 <emph>[統計]</emph> 標籤。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3153302.16.help.text"
msgid "Templates"
msgstr "範本"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156123.17.help.text
msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template. To view the names of the template categories and the styles used in the templates, choose <emph>File - Templates -</emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"Organize\"><emph>Organize</emph></link>."
msgstr "插入檔案名稱、路徑或是檔案名稱，不使用目前範本的檔案副檔名。您也可以插入目前範本中使用的「分類」和「樣式」格式的名稱。若要檢視範本分類的名稱和範本中使用的樣式，請選擇 <emph>[檔案] - [範本] - </emph><link href=\"text/shared/01/01110100.xhp\" name=\"管理\"><emph>[管理]。</emph></link>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146939.24.help.text
msgid "Time"
msgstr "時間"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154340.25.help.text
msgid "Inserts the current time. You can insert the time as a fixed field - <item type=\"literal\">Time (fixed)</item> - that does not change, or as a dynamic field - <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> - that it is updated automatically. To manually update the <item type=\"literal\">Time</item> field, press F9."
msgstr "插入目前時間。您可以將時間作為不會變更的固定欄位插入 (時間固定)，也可以作為可自動更新的動態欄位 (時間可變) 插入。若要手動更新「時間可變」欄位，請按 F9 鍵。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154631.26.help.text
msgid "The following fields can only be inserted if the corresponding field type is selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "當您選取所屬欄位類型時，才會顯示或啟動接下來的文字欄位。"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150660.27.help.text"
msgid "Select"
msgstr "選取"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3150678.28.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">列出 <emph>[類型]</emph> 清單中選取的欄位類型可用的欄位。若要插入欄位，按一下欄位，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155537.53.help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a field from the list, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click the field."
msgstr "若要從清單快速插入欄位，按住 <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">指令</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>並按兩下欄位。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3155359.30.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "<emph>欄位指令</emph>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154220.31.help.text
msgid "Function"
msgstr "<emph>功能</emph>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145107.32.help.text
msgid "Previous page"
msgstr "上一頁"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3149595.33.help.text
msgid "Inserts the page number of the previous page in the document."
msgstr "插入上一頁的頁碼。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146896.34.help.text
msgid "Next page "
msgstr "下一頁"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148923.35.help.text
msgid "Inserts the page number of the next page in the document."
msgstr "插入下一頁的頁碼。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156032.36.help.text
msgid "Page Number "
msgstr "頁碼"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159212.37.help.text
msgid "Inserts the current page number."
msgstr "插入目前頁碼。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3159229.38.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Format</emph>, click the numbering format that you want to use."
msgstr "在<emph>「格式」</emph>下可以選擇想要的頁碼數字顯示。使用「文字」格式時，可在<emph>「數值」</emph>文字欄位中輸入自己的文字。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145188.39.help.text
msgid "If you want, you can enter an <emph>Offset </emph>for the displayed page number. With an <emph>Offset</emph> value of 1, the field will display a number that is 1 more than the current page number, but only if a page with that number exists. On the last page of the document, this same field will be empty."
msgstr "如果需要，您可以為顯示的頁碼輸入<emph>偏移量</emph>。若<emph>偏移</emph>值為 1，僅當存在比目前頁碼大 1 的頁時，欄位才會顯示比目前頁碼大 1 的號碼。在文件的最後一頁上，同一欄位將為空。"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3150891.45.help.text"
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "偏移"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155312.46.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">輸入您要套用於頁碼欄位的偏移值，例如 \"+1\"。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3154948.54.help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the actual page number and not the displayed number, do not use the <emph>Offset</emph> value. To change page numbers, read the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\"><emph>Page Numbers</emph></link> guide."
msgstr "如果您想要變更實際的頁碼而非顯示的頁碼，請勿使用 <emph>[偏移]</emph> 值。若要變更頁碼，請參閱<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"頁碼\"><emph>頁碼</emph></link>指南。"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3145595.41.help.text"
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3145613.42.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">按一下您要套用在所選欄位的格式，或是按一下 [其他格式] 自訂一種格式。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150138.49.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">When you click \"Additional formats\", the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"Number Format\"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog opens, where you can define a custom format. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"datumuhrzeitformat\">除了指定的日期/時間欄位格式，您可以按一下[其他格式]以設定自己的格式，這將開啟<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020300.xhp\" name=\"[數字格式]\"><emph>[數字格式]</emph></link>對話方塊。</variable>"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154867.50.help.text
msgid "If you choose \"Chapter number without separator\" for a chapter field, the separators that are specified for chapter number in <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Outline numbering\"><emph>Tools - Outline numbering</emph></link> are not displayed."
msgstr "若為章節欄位選擇了 [不含分隔符的章節編號]，則不會顯示在 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06060000.xhp\" name=\"[工具] - [大綱編號]\"><emph>[工具] - [大綱編號]</emph></link> 中為章節編號所指定的分隔符。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3156079.63.help.text
msgid "If you choose \"chapter number\" as the <emph>format</emph> for reference fields, only the number of the chapter heading containing the referenced object is displayed in the field. If the paragraph style for the chapter heading is not numbered, the field is left blank."
msgstr "在參照欄位中可選取章節編號當作<emph>「格式」</emph>。然後便會在參照中顯示所參照物件的章節編號。如果現在此章節級未編號，則 $[officename] Writer 會在上一級中根據含編號的等級進行搜尋，並設定其章節編號。"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148682.56.help.text
msgid "The following number range formats are for paragraphs formatted with numbered or bulleted lists:"
msgstr "您可以選擇對號碼範圍的參照所採用的格式。此選項包含以下內容："

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3150006.57.help.text
msgid "Category and number"
msgstr "分類和號碼"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155386.58.help.text
msgid "The format contains everything between the beginning of the paragraph and directly after the number-range field"
msgstr "這個格式包括從段落開頭一直到編號順序欄位後的全部"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3146919.59.help.text
msgid "Caption text"
msgstr "標籤文"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3155929.60.help.text
msgid "The format contains the text following the number-range field up to the end of the paragraph"
msgstr "這個格式包括編號順序欄位後到段落尾端的文字"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#par_id3148733.61.help.text"
msgid "Number"
msgstr "編號"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3148755.62.help.text
msgid "The format only contains the reference number"
msgstr "這個格式只包括參照編號"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id0902200804313432.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">將欄位當做靜態內容插入，也就是說，無法更新欄位。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3153026.43.help.text
msgid "Layer"
msgstr "分層"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154580.44.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">選取您要納入所選欄位的章節標題層級。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154598.51.help.text
msgid "Offset in days/minutes"
msgstr "偏移日期的天數/分鐘"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3154899.52.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">輸入您要套用於日期或時間欄位的偏移量。</ahelp>"

#: 04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text
msgctxt "04090001.xhp#hd_id3154922.47.help.text"
msgid "Value"
msgstr "數值"

#: 04090001.xhp#par_id3153049.48.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">輸入要增加至使用者定義欄位的內容。</ahelp>"

#: 04090200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Defining Conditions"
msgstr "定義條件"

#: 04090200.xhp#bm_id3145828.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>logical expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulating conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; in fields and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;defining conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables; in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;in conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding; database fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>邏輯表示式</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>公式化條件</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>條件; 欄位與區段中</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>欄位; 定義條件</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>區段; 定義條件</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>變數; 在條件中</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>使用者資料; 在條件中</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>資料庫; 在條件中</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>隱藏; 資料庫欄位</bookmark_value>"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145828.1.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">Defining Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"defining_conditions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\">定義條件</link></variable>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145242.13.help.text
msgid "Conditions are logical expressions that you can use to control the display of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">fields</link> and <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">sections</link> in your document. Although the following examples apply to fields, they also apply to sections."
msgstr "條件為邏輯表示式，您可以用來控制文件中的<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\">欄位</link> 和<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\">區段</link> 。雖然以下範例適用於欄位，但它們也適用於區域。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147171.93.help.text
msgid "You can define conditions for the following field types:"
msgstr "您可以為以下欄位類型定義條件："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151185.14.help.text
msgid "Conditional text: displays text A if the condition is true, or text B if the condition is false."
msgstr "條件文字：如果條件為真則顯示文字 A；或如果條件為假，則顯示文字 B。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149289.15.help.text
msgid "Hidden text: hides the contents of the field if the condition is true."
msgstr "隱入文字：如果條件為真則隱入欄位的內容。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145412.16.help.text
msgid "Hidden paragraph: hides the paragraph if the condition is true."
msgstr "隱入段落：如果條件為真則隱入段落。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147515.17.help.text
msgid "Any record and next record: controls the access to database records."
msgstr "任何資料條目和下一個資料條目：控制存取資料庫資料條目。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149802.18.help.text
msgid "The simplest way to define a condition is to type the logical expression directly in a <emph>Condition </emph>box using the following values:"
msgstr "定義條件最簡單的方法是使用下列值，直接在<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊中鍵入邏輯表達式："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153677.19.help.text
msgid "TRUE"
msgstr "TRUE"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152960.20.help.text
msgid "The condition is always met. You can also enter any value not equal to 0 as the conditional text."
msgstr "總是滿足條件。或者，您也可以輸入任意一個不等於 0 的數值作為條件文字。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155900.21.help.text
msgid "FALSE"
msgstr "FALSE"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154191.22.help.text
msgid "The condition is not met. You can also enter the value 0."
msgstr "條件未滿足。您也可以指定數值為 0。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147090.23.help.text
msgid "If you leave the <emph>Condition </emph>box empty, the condition is interpreted as not being met."
msgstr "如果您保留<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊為空白，則解譯為未符合條件。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148980.24.help.text
msgid "When you define a condition, use the same <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">elements</link> for defining a formula, namely comparative operators, mathematical and statistical functions, number formats, variables and constants."
msgstr "當您定義某個條件時，請使用相同的<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">元素</link> 以定義公式，即比較運算子、數學與統計函數、數字格式、變數與常數。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153638.25.help.text
msgid "You can use the following types of variables when you define a condition:"
msgstr "定義條件時，您可以使用下列變量類型："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155135.27.help.text
msgid "Predefined <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] variables</link> that use statistics on document properties"
msgstr "文件特性使用統計資料的預先定義的 <link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\">$[officename] 變數</link>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156273.26.help.text
msgid "Custom variables, that are a created with the \"Set variable\" field"
msgstr "自訂變量，由「設定變量」欄位建立"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149174.94.help.text
msgid "Variables based on user data"
msgstr "基於使用者資料的變量"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145781.28.help.text
msgid "Variables based on the contents of database fields"
msgstr "基於資料庫欄位內容的變量"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155916.29.help.text
msgid "You cannot use internal variables, such as page and chapter numbers, in condition expression."
msgstr "在條件表達式中，您無法使用內部變量 (如頁碼和章節號)。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3151375.30.help.text
msgid "Conditions and Variables"
msgstr "條件和變量"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150122.31.help.text
msgid "The following examples use a variable called \"x\":"
msgstr "下列範例使用了稱為「x」的變量："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147417.32.help.text
msgid "x == 1 or x EQ 1"
msgstr "x == 1 或 x EQ 1"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147500.33.help.text
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is equal to 1."
msgstr "如果「x」等於 1，則該條件為真。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145259.34.help.text
msgid "x != 1 or x NEQ 1"
msgstr "x != 1 或 x NEQ 1"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150551.35.help.text
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" does not equal 1."
msgstr "如果「x」不等於 1 則該條件為真。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147749.36.help.text
msgid "sinx == 0"
msgstr "sinx == 0"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146345.37.help.text
msgid "The condition is true if \"x\" is a multiple of pi."
msgstr "如果「x」是 pi 的倍數則條件為真。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149846.38.help.text
msgid "To use comparative operators with strings, the operands must be bounded by double quotation marks:"
msgstr "若要以字串形式表示比較運算子，運算元必須用雙引號引起來："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151078.39.help.text
msgid "x == \"ABC\" or x EQ \"ABC\""
msgstr "x == \"ABC\" 或 x EQ \"ABC\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150162.40.help.text
msgid "Checks if variable \"x\" contains (true) the \"ABC\" string, or not (false)."
msgstr "檢查變量「x」是否包含「ABC」字串 (包含為真，未包含為假)。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153301.41.help.text
msgid "x == \"\" or x EQ \"\""
msgstr "x == \"\" 或 x EQ \"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156120.90.help.text
msgid "or"
msgstr "以及"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156133.42.help.text
msgid "!x or NOT x"
msgstr "!x 或 NOT x"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156112.44.help.text
msgid "Checks if the variable \"x\" contains an empty string."
msgstr "檢查變量「x」是否包含空白字串。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150097.45.help.text
msgid "The \"equal\" comparative operator must be represented by two equal signs (==) in a condition. For example, if you define a variable \"x\" with the value of 1, you can enter the condition as x==1."
msgstr "在條件中，「等於」比較運算子必須由兩個等號 (==) 來表示。例如，如果定義變數「x」的值為 1，您可以輸入條件 x==1。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3148791.95.help.text
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "使用者資料"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150028.96.help.text
msgid "You can include user data when you define conditions. To change your user data, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - User data</emph>. User data must be entered in the form of strings. You can query the user data with \"==\" (EQ), \"!=\" (NEQ), or \"!\"(NOT)."
msgstr "您可以在定義條件時包括使用者資料。若要變更使用者資料，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [$[officename]] - [使用者資料]</emph>。使用者資料必須以字串形式輸入。您可以使用「==」(EQ)、「!=」(NEQ) 或「!」(NOT) 查詢使用者資料。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153124.97.help.text
msgid "The following table lists user data variables and their meanings:"
msgstr "下表列出了使用者資料變量及其含義："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149632.130.help.text
msgid "Variable"
msgstr "<emph>變量</emph>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3150662.131.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154026.98.help.text
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "user_firstname"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149953.99.help.text
msgid "First name"
msgstr "名字"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147272.100.help.text
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "user_lastname"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149601.101.help.text
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "姓氏"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150770.102.help.text
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "user_initials"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155529.103.help.text
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "縮寫"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148705.104.help.text
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "user_company"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148728.105.help.text
msgid "Company"
msgstr "公司"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155361.106.help.text
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "user_street"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154222.107.help.text
msgid "Street"
msgstr "街道"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145108.108.help.text
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "user_country"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146885.109.help.text
msgid "Country"
msgstr "國家/地區"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149580.110.help.text
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "user_zipcode"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156241.111.help.text
msgid "Zip code"
msgstr "郵遞區號"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148922.112.help.text
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "user_city"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148945.113.help.text
msgid "City"
msgstr "城市"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156053.114.help.text
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "user_title"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3159219.115.help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "頭銜"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156435.116.help.text
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "user_position"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3145178.117.help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "職位"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150797.118.help.text
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "user_tel_work"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150820.119.help.text
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "公司電話"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150894.120.help.text
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "user_tel_home"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155320.121.help.text
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "住家電話"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154400.122.help.text
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "user_fax"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153363.123.help.text
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "傳真號碼"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153390.124.help.text
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "user_email"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154948.125.help.text
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "電子郵件地址"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145603.126.help.text
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "user_state"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150129.127.help.text
msgid "State (not in all $[officename] versions)"
msgstr "省 (並非所有 $[officename] 版本都有)"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150147.128.help.text
msgid "For example, to hide a paragraph, text, or a section from a user with a specific initial, such as \"LM\", enter the condition: user_initials==\"LM\"."
msgstr "例如，若要對具有特定縮寫 (如「LM」) 的使用者隱入段落、文字或區域，請輸入條件：user_initials==\"LM\"。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3154115.46.help.text
msgid "Conditions and Database Fields"
msgstr "條件和資料庫欄位"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154128.47.help.text
msgid "You can define conditions for accessing databases, or database fields. For example, you can check the contents of a database field from a condition, or use database fields in logical expressions. The following table lists a few more examples of using databases in conditions:"
msgstr "您可以定義存取資料庫或資料庫欄位的條件。例如，您可以使用條件檢查資料庫欄位的內容，或在邏輯表達式中使用資料庫欄位。下表列出了在條件中使用資料庫的更多範例："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156066.132.help.text"
msgid "Example"
msgstr "<emph>範例</emph>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3156088.133.help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "<emph>涵義</emph>"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155948.48.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company"
msgstr "database.sheet.company"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148673.91.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148687.92.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company != \"\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company != \"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155373.49.help.text
msgid "The condition is true if the COMPANY field is not empty. (In the first example, no operator is required.)"
msgstr "如果 COMPANY 欄位不是空白則條件為真。(在第一個範例中，不需要運算子。)"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149977.7.help.text
msgid "!Database.Table.Company"
msgstr "!Database.Table.Company"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149991.129.help.text
msgid "NOT Database.Table.Company"
msgstr "NOT database.sheet.company"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150004.50.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company EQ \"\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company EQ \"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3146911.9.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company ==\"\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company ==\"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148733.8.help.text
msgid "Returns TRUE if the COMPANY field is empty."
msgstr "如果 COMPANY 欄位為空白，則傳回 TRUE。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148762.5.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company !=\"Sun\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company !=\"Sun\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153016.149.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"Sun\""
msgstr "Database.Table.Company NEQ \"Sun\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153040.6.help.text
msgid "Returns TRUE if the current entry in the COMPANY field is not \"Sun\". (Exclamation sign represents a logical NOT.)"
msgstr "如果 COMPANY 欄位中目前的項目不是「Sun」，則傳回 TRUE (驚歎號代表邏輯 NOT)。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154605.51.help.text
msgid "Database.Table.Firstname AND Database.Table.Name"
msgstr "database.sheet.firstname AND database.sheet.name"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153059.52.help.text
msgid "Returns TRUE if the record contains the first and the last name."
msgstr "如果資料條目包含名字和姓氏，則傳回 TRUE 。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3159247.53.help.text
msgid "Note the difference between the boolean NOT \"!\" and the comparative operator not equal \"!=\" (NEQ)."
msgstr "請注意邏輯的 NOT \"!\" (NOT) 和比較運算子「不等於」\"!=\" (NEQ) 之間的差異。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153876.54.help.text
msgid "When you refer to a database field in a condition, use the form Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname. If one of the names contains a character that is an operator, such as a minus sign (-), enclose the name in square brackets, for example, Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname. Never use spaces inside field names."
msgstr "條件中涉及資料庫欄位時，請使用格式 Databasename.Tablename.Fieldname。如果其中一個名稱包含運算子字元，例如減號 (-)，則將該名稱括在方括號內，例如 Databasename.[Table-name].Fieldname。欄位名稱內不得有空格。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153891.55.help.text
msgid "Example: Hiding an Empty Database Field"
msgstr "範例：隱入空白資料庫欄位"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150051.56.help.text
msgid "You may want to create a condition that hides an empty field, for example, if the COMPANY field is empty for some of the data records."
msgstr "您可能想要建立隱入空白欄位的條件，例如，假如某些資料條目的 COMPANY 欄位為空。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150067.57.help.text
msgid "Select the <emph>Hidden Paragraph</emph> list entry, and type the following condition: Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""
msgstr "選取 <emph>[隱藏的段落]</emph> 清單項目，並鍵入下列條件：Addressbook.Addresses.Company EQ \"\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147110.150.help.text
msgid "or type the following"
msgstr "或鍵入下列條件"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147123.151.help.text
msgid "NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company"
msgstr "NOT Addressbook.Addresses.Company"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147136.152.help.text
msgid "If the COMPANY database field is empty, the condition is true and the paragraph is hidden."
msgstr "如果 COMPANY 資料庫欄位為空，則條件為真，且該段落被隱入。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150232.58.help.text
msgid "To display hidden paragraphs on the screen, you can choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and clear the <emph>Fields: Hidden paragraphs</emph> check box."
msgstr "若要在螢幕上顯示隱藏的段落，您可以選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</emph>，然後清除 <emph>[欄位：隱入的段落]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3145218.59.help.text
msgid "Examples of Conditions in Fields"
msgstr "欄位指令中所使用條件的範例"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3145231.60.help.text
msgid "The following examples use the Conditional text field, although they can be applied to any fields that can be linked to a condition. The syntax used for conditions is also used for the Hidden text, Hidden paragraph, Any record or Next record fields."
msgstr "下列範例使用條件文字欄位，但這些範例也可以採用至任何可與條件連結的欄位。條件所使用的語法也用於隱入的文字、隱入的段落、任何資料條目或下一個資料條目等欄位。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3150311.61.help.text
msgid "To display conditional text based on the number of pages:"
msgstr "若要顯示基於頁數的條件文字，請："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150333.136.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab."
msgstr "選擇<emph>[插入] - [欄位指令] - [其他]</emph>，然後按一下<emph>[功能]</emph>標籤。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147471.62.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, click \"Conditional text\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>清單中，按一下「有條件的文字」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154294.63.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type \"page == 1\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「page == 1」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154319.64.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"There is only one page\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[就]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「There is only one page」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150640.65.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"There are several pages\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[否則]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「There are several pages」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153086.137.help.text
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>，然後按一下<emph>[關閉]</emph>。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155814.67.help.text
msgid "To display conditional text based on a user-defined Variable"
msgstr "若要顯示基於使用者自訂變量的條件文字，請"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155836.138.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Variables</emph> tab."
msgstr "選擇<emph>[插入] - [欄位指令] - [其他]</emph>，然後按一下<emph>[變量]</emph>標籤。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155109.68.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Set Variable\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>清單中，按一下「設定變量」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147008.139.help.text
msgid "In the<emph> Name</emph> box, type \"Profit\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[名稱]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「Profit」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147032.140.help.text
msgid "In the<emph> Value</emph> box, type \"5000\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[數值]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「5000」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3152974.141.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3152998.70.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[功能]</emph>標籤，並在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>清單中按一下「有條件的文字」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150952.142.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Condition</emph> box, type \"Profit < 5000\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「Profit < 5000」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156291.71.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Then</emph> box, type \"Target is not met\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[就]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「Target is not met」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3156317.72.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Or </emph>box, type \"Target is met\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[否則]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「Target is met」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3154366.143.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3154389.73.help.text
msgid "To edit the contents of the \"Profit\" variable, double-click the variable field."
msgstr "若要編輯「Profit」變量的內容，請按兩下此變量欄位。"

#: 04090200.xhp#hd_id3155573.74.help.text
msgid "To display conditional text based on the contents of a database field:"
msgstr "若要顯示基於資料庫欄位內容的條件文字："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3155587.144.help.text
msgid "The first part of this example inserts a space between the \"First Name\" and \"Last Name\" fields in a document, and the second part inserts text based on the contents of a field. This example requires that an address data source is registered with $[officename]."
msgstr "此範例的第一部份在文件的「名字」和「姓氏」欄位之間插入一個空格，第二部份依欄位的內容插入文字。此範例需要地址資料來源以 $[officename] 註冊。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150523.145.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>, and then click the <emph>Database</emph> tab."
msgstr "選擇<emph>[插入] - [欄位指令] - [其他]</emph>，然後按一下<emph>[資料庫]</emph>標籤。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148811.75.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>list, click \"Mail merge fields\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>清單中，按一下「合併列印欄位」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3148841.76.help.text
msgid "In the<emph> Database selection</emph> box, double-click an address book, click \"First Name\", and then click<emph> Insert</emph>. Repeat for \"Last Name\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[選擇資料庫]</emph>方塊中，按兩下某個通訊錄，按一下「名稱」，然後按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。對「姓氏」重複上一個指令。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3147549.78.help.text
msgid "In the document, place the cursor between the two fields, press Space, and then return to the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog:"
msgstr "在文件中，將游標放置在兩個欄位之間，按空格鍵，然後返回<emph>[欄位指令]</emph>對話方塊："

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150416.79.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab, and then click \"Conditional text\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[功能]</emph>標籤，然後在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>清單中按一下「有條件的文字」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153589.146.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: \"Addressbook.addresses.firstname\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊中，鍵入：「Addressbook.addresses.firstname」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153615.80.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type a space and leave the <emph>Or </emph>box blank."
msgstr "在<emph>[就]</emph>方塊中，鍵入一個空格，並使<emph>[或]</emph>方塊保持空白狀態。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3153562.84.help.text
msgid "You can now use a condition to insert text based on the contents of the First Name field."
msgstr "現在，您可以使用條件依名稱欄位的內容來插入文字。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150574.147.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Fields </emph>dialog, click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr "在<emph>[欄位指令]</emph>對話方塊中，按一下<emph>[功能]</emph>標籤。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3150605.85.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, click \"Conditional text\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[欄位類型]</emph>方塊中，按一下「有條件的文字」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151277.86.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Condition </emph>box, type: Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\""
msgstr "在<emph>[條件]</emph>方塊中，鍵入：Addressbook.addresses.firstname == \"Michael\""

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3151303.87.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Then </emph>box, type \"Dear\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[就]</emph>方塊中，鍵入「Dear」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149138.88.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Else</emph> box, type \"Hello\"."
msgstr "在 <emph>[否則]</emph> 方塊中，鍵入「Hello」。"

#: 04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text
msgctxt "04090200.xhp#par_id3149163.148.help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。"

#: 04200000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert Script"
msgstr "插入程式檔"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3147402.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert Script"
msgstr "插入程式檔"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3155620.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">Inserts a script at the current cursor position in an HTML or text document.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"scripttext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertScript\">在 HTML 或文字文件中目前游標所在處插入程式檔。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149880.4.help.text
msgid "An inserted script is indicated by a small green rectangle. If you do not see the rectangle, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"View\">View</link></emph>, and select the <emph>Comments</emph> check box. To edit a script, double-click the green rectangle."
msgstr "插入的程序檔透過小型的綠色矩形指出。若看不到矩形，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web] - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"[檢視]\">[檢視]</link></emph>，然後選取 <emph>[備註]</emph> 核取方塊。若要編輯程序檔，請連按兩下綠色矩形。"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3150572.5.help.text
msgid "If your document contains more than one script, the <emph>Edit Script</emph> dialog contains previous and next buttons to jump from script to script."
msgstr "如果文件包含一個以上的程式檔，則<emph>[編輯程式檔]</emph>對話方塊會包含用於程式檔之間跳換的前一個按鈕和下一個按鈕。"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541668.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Previous Script.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳至前一個程序檔。</ahelp>"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id0903200802541770.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\" visibility=\"hidden\">跳至下一個程序檔。</ahelp>"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154644.7.help.text"
msgid "Contents"
msgstr "內容"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3149294.9.help.text
msgid "Script Type"
msgstr "程式檔類型"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3145413.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\">."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_TYPE\">輸入您所要插入程式檔的類型。</ahelp> HTML 來源程式碼中的程式檔由標記 <SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\"> 來識別。"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3154097.13.help.text"
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3149810.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">Adds a link to a script file. Click the <emph>URL </emph>radio button, and then enter the link in the box. You can also click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>), locate the file, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The linked script file is identified in the HTML source code by the following tags:"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:DLG_JAVAEDIT:ED_URL\">將連結增加至程式檔檔案。按一下 <emph>URL </emph>單選按鈕，然後在方塊中輸入此連結。您也可以按一下瀏覽按鈕 (<emph>[...]</emph>)，尋找該檔案，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp> HTML 來源程式碼中的連結程式檔檔案由下列標記來識別："

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3152963.15.help.text
msgid "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">"
msgstr "<SCRIPT LANGUAGE=\"JavaScript\" SRC=\"url\">"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3153678.16.help.text
msgid "/* ignore all text here */"
msgstr "/* 將忽略此處的全部文字 */"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154574.17.help.text
msgid "</SCRIPT>"
msgstr "</SCRIPT>"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155903.19.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3154188.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:PB_URL\">找到您要連結的程式檔檔案，然後按一下 <emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text
msgctxt "04200000.xhp#hd_id3155184.11.help.text"
msgid "Text"
msgstr "文字"

#: 04200000.xhp#par_id3143272.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">Enter the script code that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:DLG_JAVAEDIT:RB_EDIT\">輸入您要插入的程式檔碼。</ahelp>"

#: 04120226.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Entries (table of objects)"
msgstr "項目 (物件目錄)"

#: 04120226.xhp#hd_id3147401.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"Entries (table of objects)\">Entries (table of objects)</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120226.xhp\" name=\"條目 (物件目錄)\">條目 (物件目錄)</link>"

#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3083447.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"eintraege\">Specify the format for the entries in a Table of Objects. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"eintraege\">指定物件表格中條目的格式。</variable>"

#: 04120226.xhp#par_id3150017.3.help.text
msgid "A Table of Objects only has one index level."
msgstr "物件目錄僅有一個索引級。"

#: 05110200.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05110200.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Optimal Height"
msgstr "最適高度"

#: 05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text
msgctxt "05110200.xhp#hd_id3150010.1.help.text"
msgid "Optimal Height"
msgstr "最適高度"

#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3147436.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">Automatically adjusts row heights to match the contents of the cells.</ahelp> This is the default setting for new tables.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"zeilenhoehetext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight\" visibility=\"visible\">自動調整列高度，以適合儲存格的內容。</ahelp> 此為新表格的預設設定。</variable>"

#: 05110200.xhp#par_id3154765.3.help.text
msgid "This option is only available if the table contains a row with a fixed height."
msgstr "只有在表格包含高度固定的列時，此選項才可用。"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 地址"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 地址</link>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Specify the recipients for the mail merge document as well as the layout of the address block."
msgstr "指定合併列印文件的收件者以及地址區塊的版面配置。"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select address list</emph> button is called <emph>Select different address list</emph>."
msgstr "如果您在已包含地址資料庫欄位的文字文件中啟動「合併列印」精靈，則該精靈會開啟至此頁。如果該精靈直接開啟至此頁，<emph>[選擇地址清單]</emph> 按鈕會被稱為 <emph>[選擇不同的地址清單]</emph>。"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "The title of this page is <emph>Address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Address list</emph> for e-mail messages."
msgstr "此頁的標題用於信函時為<emph>地址區塊</emph>，用於電子郵件訊息時為<emph>地址清單</emph>。"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgid "Select address list"
msgstr "選擇地址清單"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1056C.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp\">[選擇地址清單]</link> 對話方塊，您可在其中選擇地址的資料來源、增加新地址或在新的地址清單中輸入內容。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id7805413.help.text
msgid "When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge."
msgstr "當您編輯合併列印目前在 Calc 試算表資料來源中使用的部分記錄時，合併列印不會顯示您所做的變更。"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
msgid "This document shall contain an address block"
msgstr "此文件應該包含一個地址區塊"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10581.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">在合併列印文件中增加一個地址區塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取要使用的地址區塊版面配置。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#hd_id9355754.help.text
msgid "Suppress lines with just empty fields"
msgstr "不列印僅含空欄位的行"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_id3109225.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將空行留置在位址之外。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN10587.help.text"
msgid "More"
msgstr "更多"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp\">[選擇地址區塊]</link> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN1059C.help.text"
msgid "Match fields"
msgstr "符合欄位"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105A0.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp\">[符合欄位]</link> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B1.help.text"
msgid "(Browse buttons)"
msgstr "(瀏覽按鈕)"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B5.help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用瀏覽按鈕可預覽上一筆或下一筆資料記錄的資訊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge03.xhp#par_idN105B8.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation\">Mail Merge Wizard - Create a salutation</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 建立稱謂\">合併列印精靈 - 建立稱謂</link>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Layout"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 版面配置"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust Layout</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 調整版面配置</link>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents."
msgstr "指定文件上地址區塊和稱謂的位置。"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "Align to text body"
msgstr "對齊內文"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將包含地址區塊的訊框與頁面左邊距對齊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
msgid "From left"
msgstr "自左"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入頁面左邊緣和地址區塊左邊緣之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgid "From top"
msgstr "從上"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">輸入頁面上邊緣和地址區塊上邊緣之間要留出的間隔。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
msgid "Up"
msgstr "向上"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將問候語行向上移。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
msgid "Down"
msgstr "向下"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">將問候語行向下移。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
msgid "Zoom"
msgstr "顯示比例"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select a magnification for the page preview.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取頁面預覽的放大倍率。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN106AF.help.text
msgid "Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down."
msgstr "使用預覽的右鍵功能表中的指令將檢視上移及下移。"

#: mailmerge05.xhp#par_idN10580.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Edit document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge06.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 編輯文件\">合併列印精靈 - 編輯文件</link>"

#: 02160000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
msgstr "編輯索引項目"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3154567.1.help.text"
msgid "Edit Index Entry"
msgstr "編輯目錄項目"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151314.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">Edits the selected index entry. Click in front of or in the index entry, and then choose this command.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichniseintragtext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:IndexEntryDialog\">編輯選取的索引項目。在此索引項目之前或之中按一下，然後選擇此指令。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155896.30.help.text
msgid "To insert an index entry, select a word in the document, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr "若要插入索引條目，請選取文件中的字詞，然後選擇<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]\"><emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]</emph></link>。"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3159193.3.help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "標記"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149486.4.help.text
msgid "Edits the selected index entry."
msgstr "編輯選取的索引條目。"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3143272.5.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "目錄"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3151251.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Displays the type of index that the selected entry belongs to.</ahelp> You cannot change the index type of an index entry in this dialog. Instead, you must delete the index entry from the document, and then insert it again in a different index type."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">顯示選取項目所屬的索引類型。</ahelp> 您無法在此對話方塊中變更索引項目的索引類型。但是，您必須在從文件中刪除此索引項目後，再以不同的索引類型將其插入。"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149107.7.help.text"
msgid "Entry"
msgstr "條目"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149823.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Edit the index entry if necessary. When you modify the index entry, the new text only appears in the index, and not at the index entry anchor in the document. </ahelp> For example, you can enter an index with comments such as \"Basics, see also General\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">如有必要，編輯此索引項目。當您修改此索引項目時，新的文字僅出現在此索引中，而不是在文件的索引項目標號處。</ahelp>例如，您可以輸入帶有備註 (如「Basics, see also General」) 的索引。"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3149036.9.help.text"
msgid "1st key"
msgstr "第 1 個關鍵字"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153631.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">To create a multilevel index, type the name of the first level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">若要建立多級索引，請鍵入第一級索引項目的名稱，或從清單中選取名稱。目前的索引項目將被加入到此名稱之下。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3152773.11.help.text"
msgid "2nd key"
msgstr "第 2 個關鍵字"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3145758.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Type the name of the second level index entry, or select a name from the list. The current index entry is added below this name.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">鍵入第二級索引項目的名稱，或從清單中選取名稱。目前的索引項目將被加入到此名稱之下。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3155143.13.help.text"
msgid "Level"
msgstr "級"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149170.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:DLG_MULTMRK:LB_TOX\">變更目錄條目的大綱層次。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3145785.15.help.text"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "刪除"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155919.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">Deletes the selected entry from the index. The entry text in the document is not deleted.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_DELETE\">從此索引中刪除選取的項目。文件中的項目文字不會被刪除。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3151384.18.help.text"
msgid "End arrow to left"
msgstr "末端箭頭向左"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155869.19.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV_SAME\">跳換到文件中同一類型的第一個索引項目。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3147420.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3150550.26.help.text"
msgid "End arrow to left"
msgstr "末端箭頭向左"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#hd_id3147736.20.help.text"
msgid "End arrow to right"
msgstr "末端箭頭向右"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149829.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT_SAME\">跳換到文件中最後一個同類型的索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153298.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3156108.27.help.text"
msgid "End arrow to right"
msgstr "末端箭頭向右"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3155080.22.help.text
msgid "Arrow to left"
msgstr "左向箭頭"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154327.23.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_PREV\">跳換到文件中前一個同類型的索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3148785.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148791\" src=\"res/commandimagelist/sc_prevrecord.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148791\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3153129.28.help.text"
msgid "Left Arrow"
msgstr "左向箭頭"

#: 02160000.xhp#hd_id3154617.24.help.text
msgid "Arrow to right"
msgstr "右向箭頭"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3154633.25.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_INSERT_IDX_MRK_NEXT\">跳換到文件中下一個同類型的索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3150677.help.text
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/res/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">圖示</alt></image>"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text
msgctxt "02160000.xhp#par_id3149965.29.help.text"
msgid "Right Arrow"
msgstr "右向箭頭"

#: 02160000.xhp#par_id3155539.32.help.text
msgid "You can jump quickly to index entries with the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"Navigation Bar\">Navigation Bar</link>."
msgstr "您可以利用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp\" name=\"瀏覽位址列\">瀏覽位址列</link>快速地跳到文件中不同的目錄條目上。"

#: 04120211.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150018.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3150570.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Contents </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type. </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取<emph>「目錄」</emph>作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，可使用以下選項。</variable>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3150763.3.help.text
msgid "Type and Title"
msgstr "類型和標題"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149286.4.help.text
msgid "Specify the type and title of the index."
msgstr "指定索引的類型和標題。"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3151171.5.help.text"
msgid "Type"
msgstr "類型"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145418.6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\" visibility=\"visible\">選取您要插入的索引類型。</ahelp>此標籤上哪些選項可用取決於您選取的索引類型。當您選擇<emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [索引與表格]</emph>時，如果游標處於索引中，您就可以編輯此索引。"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149801.7.help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "標題"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153532.8.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入所選索引的標題。</ahelp>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151317.9.help.text
msgid "Protected against manual changes"
msgstr "避免手動變更"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3153665.10.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">防止變更索引內容。</ahelp> 重新整理索引時，會失去對索引所進行的手動變更。若希望游標能捲動整個保護的區域，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [格式化輔助]</emph>，然後選取 <emph>[游標在保護區域之中] - [允許]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3155893.11.help.text
msgid "Create index for"
msgstr "新增目錄用於"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149688.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\" visibility=\"visible\">選取是否為文件或目前章節建立索引。</ahelp>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3154199.13.help.text
msgid "Evaluation level"
msgstr "包括級別"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3143270.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\" visibility=\"visible\">輸入索引中要包含的標題級數目。</ahelp>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149484.15.help.text"
msgid "Create from"
msgstr "製作從"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3149096.16.help.text
msgid "Use this area to specify which information to include in an index."
msgstr "使用此區域來指定索引中要包含的資訊。"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149815.17.help.text
msgid "Outline"
msgstr "大綱"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3151253.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\" visibility=\"visible\">使用大綱層次建立索引，也就是在索引中加入使用其中一個預先定義的標題樣式 (標題 1-10) 格式化的段落。</ahelp>"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id1209200804373840.help.text
msgid "You can also assign the outline levels in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">Outline & Numbering</link> tab page of the Format - Paragraph dialog."
msgstr "也可在 [格式] - [段落] 對話方塊的 <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\">[大綱與編號]</link> 標籤頁中指定大綱層次。"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3153633.21.help.text
msgid "Additional Styles"
msgstr "其他樣式"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3152772.22.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">包含您在 <emph>[指定樣式]</emph> 對話方塊中指定為索引項目的段落樣式。若要選取您要包含在索引中的段落樣式，請按一下此方塊右側的 <emph>[指定樣式 (...</emph>)] 按鈕。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text
msgctxt "04120211.xhp#hd_id3149168.23.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3145776.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">開啟 <emph>[指定樣式]</emph> 對話方塊，您可以在其中選取要包含在索引中的段落樣式。</ahelp>"

#: 04120211.xhp#hd_id3151374.25.help.text
msgid "Index marks"
msgstr "目錄標記"

#: 04120211.xhp#par_id3155861.26.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">包含您透過選擇<emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [條目]</emph>而在索引中插入的索引條目。</ahelp>"

#: 05060000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "圖形"

#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3150016.1.help.text"
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "圖形"

#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3148774.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">Formats the size, position, and other properties of the selected graphic.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"grafiktext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:GraphicDialog\">格式化所選圖形的大小、位置和其他屬性。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3147167.5.help.text
msgid "You can also change some of the properties of the selected graphic with <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
msgstr "您也可以使用<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"捷徑鍵\">捷徑鍵</link>變更所選圖形的某些屬性。"

#: 05060000.xhp#par_id3150759.3.help.text
msgid "The <emph>Graphics</emph> dialog contains the following tab pages:"
msgstr "<emph>[圖形]</emph>對話方塊包含下列標籤頁："

#: 05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text
msgctxt "05060000.xhp#hd_id3145419.4.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\">Wrap</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"環繞\">環繞</link>"

#: 04130000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04130000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "訊框"

#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text
msgctxt "04130000.xhp#hd_id3151189.1.help.text"
msgid "Frame"
msgstr "框架"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3145420.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">Inserts a frame that you can use to create a layout of one or more columns of text and objects.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"rahm\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrame\">插入框架，您可以用它來建立一欄或多欄文字或物件的版面配置。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3153678.37.help.text
msgid "To edit a frame, click the border to select it, and then choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object</emph>. You can also resize or move a selected frame using special <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"shortcut keys\">shortcut keys</link>."
msgstr "若要編輯框架，請按一下邊框以選取該框架，然後選擇 <emph>[格式] - [框架/物件]</emph>。也可以使用特殊<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp\" name=\"捷徑鍵\">捷徑鍵</link>，變更所選框架的大小或移動框架。"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3152952.38.help.text
msgid "To delete a frame, click the border of the frame, and then press Delete."
msgstr "若要刪除框架，請按一下框架的邊框，然後按 DELETE 鍵。"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3151311.23.help.text
msgid "If you see small red arrows at the beginning and the end of text in frame, use the arrow keys to scroll through the remaining text."
msgstr "如果您看到框架中文字的起始處和結尾處有紅色小箭頭，使用箭頭鍵捲動可查看其餘的文字。"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3155896.25.help.text
msgid "In the preview area of the <emph>Frame</emph> dialog, the frame is represented by a green rectangle, and the reference area by a red rectangle."
msgstr "在<emph>[框架]</emph>對話方塊的預覽區域中，框架由綠色矩形表示，參照文區域由紅色矩形表示。"

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3149694.26.help.text
msgid "You can also preview the effects when you change the frame anchor to \"As Character\". The \"Baseline\" is drawn in red, \"Character\" is the font height, and \"line\" is the height of the line, including the frame."
msgstr "將框架標號變更為「當作字元」時，您也可以預覽效果。「基線」以紅色線條繪製，「字元」為字型高度，而「行」為行高度，包括框架。"

#: 04130000.xhp#hd_id3149107.5.help.text
msgid "Icon on the Insert toolbar:"
msgstr "[插入] 工具列上的圖示："

#: 04130000.xhp#par_id3148970.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">Draws a frame where you drag in the document. Click the arrow next to the icon to select the number of columns for the frame.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"syrahmentext\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertFrameInteract\">在文件中，於拖曳處繪製框架。按一下圖示旁邊的箭頭文字以選取訊框的欄數。</ahelp></variable>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 開始文件"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting Document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 開始文件</link>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document."
msgstr "指定您想要作為合併列印文件之基礎的文件。"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "Use the current document"
msgstr "使用目前的文件"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用目前的 Writer 文件作為合併列印文件的基礎。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1055D.help.text
msgid "Create a new document"
msgstr "建立新文件"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">建立新的 Writer 文件以供合併列印之用。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10564.help.text
msgid "Start from existing document"
msgstr "從現有文件開始"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10568.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取現有的 Writer 文件作為合併列印文件的基礎。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056B.help.text"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1056F.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want too use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">找到您要使用的 Writer 文件，然後按一下 <emph>[開啟舊檔]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
msgid "Start from a template"
msgstr "從範本開始"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10576.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取建立合併列印文件時想要使用的範本。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text
msgctxt "mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10579.help.text"
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "瀏覽"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1057D.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Opens the <emph>Templates and Documents</emph> dialog.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">開啟 <emph>[範本和文件]</emph> 對話方塊。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10584.help.text
msgid "Start from a recently saved starting document"
msgstr "從最近儲存的開始文件開始"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN10588.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">使用現有的合併列印文件作為建立新合併列印文件的基礎。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN106F6.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Select the document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">選取此文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge01.xhp#par_idN1058B.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Document type\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document type</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 文件類型\">合併列印精靈 - 文件類型</link>"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type"
msgstr "合併列印精靈 - 文件類型"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10543.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard - Document Type</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp\">合併列印精靈 - 文件類型</link>"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10553.help.text
msgid "Specify the type of mail merge document to create. "
msgstr "指定要建立的合併列印文件類型。"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10556.help.text
msgid "Letter"
msgstr "信函"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN1055A.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">建立可列印的合併列印文件。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#hd_id6954863.help.text
msgid "E-mail message"
msgstr "電子郵件訊息"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10561.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp> This feature needs Java Mail. If Java Mail is not installed, you can download the software from <link href=\"http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/\">http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/</link>."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">建立您可用電子郵件傳送或用電子郵件附件傳送的合併列印文件。</ahelp>此功能需要 Java 郵件。若尚未安裝 Java 郵件，請從 <link href=\"http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/\">http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/</link> 下載軟體。"

#: mailmerge02.xhp#par_idN10572.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses\">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 地址\">合併列印精靈 - 地址</link>"

#: 04120216.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120216.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Index"
msgstr "索引"

#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3145247.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"Index\">Index</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp\" name=\"目錄\">目錄</link>"

#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3147175.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">The following options are available when you select <emph>Table of Objects </emph>as the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index\">index</link> type.</variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"verzeichnis\">當您選取<emph>「物件目錄」</emph>作為<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"索引\">索引</link>類型時，以下選項可用。</variable>"

#: 04120216.xhp#hd_id3151174.3.help.text
msgid "Create from the following objects"
msgstr "從下述物件中建立"

#: 04120216.xhp#par_id3153417.4.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">選取您要包含到物件目錄中的物件類型。</ahelp>"

#: 04190000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04190000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Insert (File)"
msgstr "插入 (檔案)"

#: 04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text
msgctxt "04190000.xhp#hd_id3147562.1.help.text"
msgid "Insert (File)"
msgstr "插入 (檔案)"

#: 04190000.xhp#par_id3145411.2.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">Inserts a text file at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"datei\"><ahelp hid=\".uno:InsertDoc\">在目前的游標位置插入文字檔案。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 04190000.xhp#par_idN105BD.help.text
msgid "To always have the latest version of the contents of a file, insert a section into your document, and then insert a link to the text file in the section. See <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">insert a section</link> for details."
msgstr "如果要隨時擁有最新的檔案內容版本，請在您的文件中插入區域，然後在區域中插入文字檔案的連結。請參閱<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\">插入區域</link> 以瞭解詳細資訊。"

#: 04120250.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
msgstr "編輯詞彙索引檔"

#: 04120250.xhp#bm_id3148768.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>editing; concordance files</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>concordance files; definition</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>編輯; 詞彙索引檔</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>詞彙索引檔; 定義</bookmark_value>"

#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3148768.1.help.text"
msgid "Edit Concordance File"
msgstr "編輯語彙索引檔案"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151180.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">建立或編輯要在字母索引中包含的字詞清單。</ahelp>詞彙索引檔會列出字母索引中應參照的字詞，以及其在文件中出現的頁碼。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id837427.help.text
msgid "You can use the Find All button on the Find & Replace dialog to highlight all places where a word appears, then open the Insert Index Entry dialog to add that word and places to the alphabetical index. However, if you need the same set of alphabetical indexes in multiple documents, the concordance file allows to enter every word just once, then use the list many times."
msgstr "您可以使用 [尋找和替代] 對話方塊中的 [尋找全部] 按鈕，反白顯示某個字詞出現的所有位置，然後開啟 [插入索引項目] 對話方塊，以在字母索引中增加該字詞和所有位置。但是，如果需要在多份文件中有同一組字母索引，詞彙索引檔僅需輸入每個字詞一次，之後便可多次使用清單。"

#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3154645.19.help.text
msgid "To access the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
msgstr "若要存取[編輯詞彙索引檔]對話方塊，請："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149292.20.help.text
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables - Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr "選擇<emph>[插入] - [索引與表格] - [索引與表格] - [索引/表格]</emph>。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3145420.21.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Type </emph>box, select \"Alphabetical Index\"."
msgstr "在<emph>[類型]</emph>方塊中，選取「索引目錄」。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154107.22.help.text
msgid "In the <emph>Options </emph>area, select the <emph>Concordance file</emph> check box."
msgstr "在<emph>[其他]</emph>區域，選取<emph>[從檔案匯編條目]</emph>核取方塊。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153668.23.help.text
msgid "Click the <emph>File</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph> or <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "按一下<emph>[檔案]</emph>按鈕，然後選擇<emph>[開啟新檔]</emph>或<emph>[開啟舊檔]</emph>。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154470.24.help.text
msgid "A concordance file contains the following fields: "
msgstr "詞彙索引檔包含下列欄位："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152953.3.help.text
msgid "\"Search term\" refers to the index entry that you want to mark in the document."
msgstr "「搜尋術語」是指要標記在文件中的索引條目。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155896.4.help.text
msgid "\"Alternative entry\" refers to the index entry that you want to appear in the index."
msgstr "「替代條目」是指要其出現在索引中的索引條目。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3154194.5.help.text
msgid "The 1st and 2nd Keys are parent index entries. The \"Search term\" or the \"Alternative entry\" appears as a subentry under the 1st and 2nd Keys."
msgstr "第一個關鍵字和第二個關鍵字是父索引條目。「搜尋術語」或「替代條目」作為子條目出現在第一個關鍵字和第二個關鍵字之下。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155184.6.help.text
msgid "\"Match case\" means that uppercase and lowercase letters are considered."
msgstr "「精確搜尋」表示考量字母的大小寫。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3143282.7.help.text
msgid "\"Word only\" searches for the term as a single word."
msgstr "「僅是單詞」搜尋作為單個字詞的術語。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3147220.8.help.text
msgid "To enable the \"Match case\" or \"Word only\" options, click in the corresponding cell, and then select the check box."
msgstr "若要允許「精確搜尋」和「僅是單詞」選項，請在對應的儲存格中按一下，然後選取核取方塊。"

#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3153629.25.help.text
msgid "To create a concordance file without the Edit Concordance File dialog:"
msgstr "若要不使用[編輯詞彙索引檔]對話方塊來建立詞彙索引檔，請："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153644.9.help.text
msgid "Use the following format guidelines when you create a concordance file:"
msgstr "建立詞彙索引檔時，使用下列格式準則："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3152770.10.help.text
msgid "Each entry in the concordance file is on a separate line."
msgstr "詞彙索引檔中的每一個條目都位於獨立的行上。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155142.26.help.text
msgid "Commented lines start with #."
msgstr "備註行以 # 開始。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3153354.11.help.text
msgid "Use the following format for the entries:"
msgstr "使用用於條目的下列格式："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3149172.12.help.text
msgid "Search term;Alternative entry;1st key;2nd key;Match case;Word only"
msgstr "搜尋項目;替代條目:第一個關鍵字;第二個關鍵字;精確;完整的字詞"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3156270.13.help.text
msgid "The entries \"Match case\" and \"Word only\" are interpreted as \"No\" or FALSE if they are empty or zero (0). All other contents are interpreted as \"Yes\" or TRUE."
msgstr "如果條目「精確搜尋」和「僅是單詞」為空白或為零 (0)，則將其解釋為「否」或 FALSE。所有其他內容解釋為「是」或 TRUE。"

#: 04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text
msgctxt "04120250.xhp#hd_id3145778.27.help.text"
msgid "Example"
msgstr "範例"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155907.14.help.text
msgid "For example, to include the word \"Boston\" in your alphabetical index under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line in the concordance file:"
msgstr "例如，若要在索引目錄的「Cities」條目下包含字詞「Boston」，請在詞彙索引檔中輸入以下行："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151370.15.help.text
msgid "Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0 "
msgstr "Boston;Boston;Cities;;0;0"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3151383.16.help.text
msgid "This also finds \"Boston\" if it is written in lowercase letters."
msgstr "這也可以搜尋以小寫字母寫入的「Boston」。"

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3155866.17.help.text
msgid "To include the \"Beacon Hill\" district in Boston under the \"Cities\" entry, enter the following line:"
msgstr "若要在「Cities」條目下的波士頓市中包括「Beacon Hill」區，請輸入以下行："

#: 04120250.xhp#par_id3150116.18.help.text
msgid "Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities; "
msgstr "Beacon Hill;Boston;Cities;"

#: 03090000.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "03090000.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Fields"
msgstr "欄位"

#: 03090000.xhp#hd_id3154505.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Field Names</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"欄位\">欄位名稱</link>"

#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3147171.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">Switches the field display between field names and field contents.</ahelp> A check mark indicates that the field names are displayed, and no check mark indicates that field contents are displayed. Some field contents cannot be displayed."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".uno:Fieldnames\">在欄位名稱和欄位內容間切換欄位顯示模式。</ahelp> 核取標記表示顯示欄位名稱，無核取標記則表示顯示欄位內容。一些欄位內容無法顯示。"

#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3149287.4.help.text
msgid "To change the default field display to field names instead of the field contents, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph>, and then select the<emph> Field codes </emph>checkbox in the <emph>Display</emph> area."
msgstr "若要將預設欄位顯示變更為欄位名稱，而非欄位內容，請選擇 <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">[%PRODUCTNAME] - [喜好設定]</caseinline><defaultinline>[工具] - [選項]</defaultinline></switchinline> - [%PRODUCTNAME Writer] - [檢視]</emph>，然後選取 <emph>[顯示內容]</emph> 區域中的 <emph>[欄位代碼]</emph> 核取方塊。"

#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3154098.5.help.text
msgid "When you print a document with <emph>View - Field Names</emph> enabled, you are prompted to include the field names in the print out."
msgstr "如果您啟用 <emph>[檢視] - [欄位名稱]</emph>，列印文件時會提示您是否要列印出欄位名稱。"

#: 03090000.xhp#par_id3145579.3.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields\">Insert - Fields</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"[插入] - [欄位指令]\">[插入] - [欄位指令]</link>。"

#: 04020100.xhp#tit.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#tit.help.text"
msgid "Section"
msgstr "區域"

#: 04020100.xhp#bm_id5941038.help.text
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting sections by DDE</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE; command for inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>區域;以 DDE 插入區域</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>DDE 指令;插入區域</bookmark_value>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3157557.37.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"Section\">Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp\" name=\"區域\">區域</link>"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154644.38.help.text
msgid "Sets the properties of the section."
msgstr "指定區域的屬性。"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3151170.6.help.text
msgid "New Section"
msgstr "新區域"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145420.7.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">鍵入新區域的名稱。</ahelp>依預設，$[officename] 會自動為新區域指定名稱「區域 X」，其中 X 是一個連續的數字。"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3154102.8.help.text"
msgid "Link"
msgstr "連結"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149806.20.help.text"
msgid "Link"
msgstr "連結"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154472.21.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">在目前區域中插入另一個文件的內容或區域。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153672.26.help.text
msgid "DDE"
msgstr "DDE"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151310.27.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">Creates a <emph>DDE </emph>link. Select this check box, and then enter the <emph>DDE </emph>command that you want to use. The <emph>DDE</emph> option is only available if the <emph>Link</emph> check box is selected.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_DDE\">建立 <emph>DDE </emph>連結。選取此核取方塊，然後輸入要使用的<emph>[DDE]</emph>指令。只有在已選取<emph>[連結]</emph>核取方塊時，<emph>[DDE]</emph>選項才可用。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3143280.34.help.text
msgid "The general syntax for a DDE command is: \"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\", where server is the DDE name for the application that contains the data. Topic refers to the location of the Item (usually the file name), and Item represents the actual object."
msgstr "DDE 指令的一般語法是：\"<Server> <Topic> <Item>\"，在此處 Server 是包含資料的應用程式的 DDE 名稱。Topic 是指 Item 的位置 (通常是檔案名稱)，而 Item 表示實際物件。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149098.35.help.text
msgid "For example, to insert a section named \"Section1\" from a $[officename] text document abc.sxw as a DDE link, use the command: \"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Section1\". To insert the contents of the first cell from a MS Excel spreadsheet file called \"abc.xls\", use the command: \"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\". You can also copy the elements that you want to insert as a DDE link, and then <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>. You can then view the DDE command for the link, by selecting the contents and choosing <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "例如，若要在 $[officename] 文字文件 abc.sxw 中將名為 \"Section1\" 的區域作為 DDE 連結插入，請使用指令：\"soffice x:\\abc.sxw Section1\"。若要插入稱為「abc.xls」的 MS Excel 試算表檔案中第一個儲存格的內容，請使用命令：\"excel x:\\[abc.xls]Sheet1 z1s1\"。您也可以複製要作為 DDE 連結插入的元素，然後選擇<emph>[編輯] - [選擇性貼上]</emph>。然後您可以選取該內容並選擇 <emph>[編輯] - [欄位]</emph>，檢視連結的 DDE 指令。"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3153640.28.help.text
msgid "File name<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE command </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "檔案名稱<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\"> / DDE 指令 </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3145754.29.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">Enter the path and the filename for the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) to locate the file.</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">If the <emph>DDE </emph>check box is selected, enter the DDE command that you want to use. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_FILE\">輸入您想要插入的檔案的路徑與檔案名稱，或是按一下瀏覽按鈕 (<emph>...</emph>) 以找出檔案。</ahelp><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">如果已經選取 <emph>DDE </emph>核取方塊，請輸入您想要使用的 DDE 指令。 </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3155136.39.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3156274.40.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">Locate the file that you want to insert as a link, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:MD_EDIT_REGION:PB_FILE\">找到要作為連結插入的檔案，然後按一下<emph>[插入]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149180.23.help.text"
msgid "Section"
msgstr "區域"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155910.24.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">Select the section in the file that you want to insert as a link.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:LB_SUBREG\">在檔案中選取您要作為連結插入的區域。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3151373.25.help.text
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, you are prompted to update the links."
msgstr "當您開啟一個包含連結區域的文件時，會提示您更新這些連結。"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150687.43.help.text
msgid "Write Protection"
msgstr "唯讀"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150700.10.help.text
msgid "Protected"
msgstr "受保護/保護"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150110.11.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">Prevents the selected section from being edited.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_PROTECT\">防止編輯所選區域。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3145261.44.help.text
msgid "With password"
msgstr "套用密碼"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3149555.45.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">Protects the selected section with a password. The password must have a minimum of 5 characters.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_INSERT_SECTION_CB_PASSWD\">採用密碼保護選取的區域。密碼至少要有 5 個字元。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3150549.46.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3147742.47.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_INSERT_SECTION_PB_PASSWD\">開啟對話方塊，在此處您可以變更目前的密碼。</ahelp>"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3146333.48.help.text"
msgid "Hide"
msgstr "隱藏"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#hd_id3149830.12.help.text"
msgid "Hide"
msgstr "隱藏"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3148849.13.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\">Hides and prevents the selected section from being printed.</ahelp> The components of a hidden sections appear gray in the Navigator. When you rest your mouse pointer over a hidden component in the Navigator, the Help tip \"hidden\" is displayed."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:TRISTATEBOX:MD_EDIT_REGION:CB_HIDE\">隱藏並且避免列印選取的區域。</ahelp> 在瀏覽中隱入的區域將呈現灰色。當您的滑鼠指標停在瀏覽中的一個隱入部份上時，螢幕上會顯示說明提示「隱入」。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3155074.50.help.text
msgid "You cannot hide a section if it is the only content on a page, or in a header, footer, footnote, frame, or table cell."
msgstr "如果某區域是頁面上、或頁首、頁尾、註腳、框架或表格儲存格中的唯一內容時，則您無法將其隱入。"

#: 04020100.xhp#hd_id3154323.16.help.text
msgid "With condition"
msgstr "帶有條件"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3154343.17.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\">Enter the condition that must be met to hide the section.</ahelp> A condition is a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"logical expression\">logical expression</link>, such as \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\". For example, if you use the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"mail merge\">mail merge</link> form letter feature to define a database field called \"Salutation\" that contains \"Mr.\", \"Ms.\", or \"Sir or Madam\", you can then specify that a section will only be printed if the salutation is \"Mr.\"."
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:MD_EDIT_REGION:ED_CONDITION\">輸入隱藏區域所必須符合的條件。</ahelp> 條件是一個<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"邏輯表示式\">邏輯表示式</link>，例如 \"SALUTATION EQ Mr.\"。例如，如果您使用<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"郵件合併\">合併列印</link> 表單信函功能，定義一個稱為「稱呼」的資料庫欄位，其值為 \"Mr.\"、\"Ms.\"、\"Sir\" 或 \"Madam\"，您就可以指定僅當稱呼為 \"Mr.\" 時，才能列印區域。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150086.18.help.text
msgid "Another example would be to create the field variable \"x\" and set its value to 1. Then specify a condition based on this variable for hiding a section, such as: \"x eq 1\". If you want to display the section, set the value of the variable \"x\" to \"0\"."
msgstr "另一個範例是建立欄位變量「x」並設定其值為 1。然後依此變量指定區域的隱入條件，如：「x eq 1」。如果您要顯示此區域，請將變量「x」的值設定為「0」。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_idN108DF.help.text"
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "屬性"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E3.help.text
msgid "You see this area of the dialog when the current document is an XForms document."
msgstr "當目前的文件為 XForms 文件時，此對話方塊中將出現此區域。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108E6.help.text
msgid "Editable in read-only document"
msgstr "可在唯讀文件中編輯"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_idN108EA.help.text
msgid "Select to allow editing of the section's contents even if the document is opened in read-only mode."
msgstr "選取此選項可允許編輯段落的內容，即使文件是以唯讀模式開啟。"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text
msgctxt "04020100.xhp#par_id3150032.19.help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Field commands\">Field commands</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"欄位指令\">欄位指令</link>"

#: 04020100.xhp#par_id3158420.51.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"Syntax for conditions\">Syntax for conditions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"條件的語法\">條件的語法</link>"

#: 05060300.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Picture"
msgstr "圖片"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154473.1.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"Graphics\">Picture</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp\" name=\"圖形\">圖片</link>"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152961.2.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">指定用於所選圖形的翻轉和連結等選項。</ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154191.3.help.text
msgid "Flip"
msgstr "翻轉"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3155174.7.help.text
msgid "Vertically"
msgstr "垂直方向"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149485.8.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">垂直翻轉選取的圖形。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3154829.5.help.text
msgid "Horizontally"
msgstr "水平方向，向上"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151261.6.help.text
msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">水平翻轉選取的圖形。</ahelp></variable>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147101.15.help.text
msgid "On all pages"
msgstr "在所有頁面上"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3147212.16.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">在所有頁上水平翻轉選取的圖形。</ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153632.17.help.text
msgid "On left pages"
msgstr "在左頁上"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149037.18.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">僅在偶數頁上水平翻轉選取的圖形。</ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3147580.19.help.text
msgid "On right pages"
msgstr "在右頁上"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3152775.20.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">僅在奇數頁上水平翻轉選取的圖形。</ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3153349.9.help.text"
msgid "Link"
msgstr "連結"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3149164.10.help.text
msgid "Inserts the graphic as a link."
msgstr "將圖形作為連結插入。"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3149178.11.help.text"
msgid "File name"
msgstr "檔案名稱"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3156278.12.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">顯示所連結圖形檔案的路徑。若要變更此連結，請按一下瀏覽按鈕 (<emph>[...]</emph>)，然後找到您要連結的檔案。 </ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text
msgctxt "05060300.xhp#hd_id3145776.13.help.text"
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3151373.14.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">找到您要連結的新圖形檔案，然後按一下<emph>[開啟舊檔]</emph>。</ahelp>"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3155855.21.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Flip\">Format - Flip</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05240000.xhp\" name=\"[格式] - [翻轉]\">[格式] - [翻轉]</link>"

#: 05060300.xhp#par_id3158743.22.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Links\">Edit - Links</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02180000.xhp\" name=\"[編輯] - [連結]\">[編輯] - [連結]</link>"

#: mailmerge00.xhp#tit.help.text
msgid "Mail Merge Wizard"
msgstr "合併列印精靈"

#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10549.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">合併列印精靈</link>"

#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN10559.help.text
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Starts the Mail Merge Wizard to create form letters or send e-mail messages to many recipients.</ahelp>"
msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">啟動「合併列印精靈」以建立表單信函或傳送電子郵件訊息給多位收件者。</ahelp>"

#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105CC.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document\">Mail Merge Wizard - Starting document</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp\" name=\"合併列印精靈 - 開始文件\">合併列印精靈 - 開始文件</link>"

#: mailmerge00.xhp#par_idN105F6.help.text
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">Configurable Mail Merge dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp\">可調整的合併列印對話方塊</link>"